Capilano College

1989-1990
CALENDAR

How To Find Us

CAMPUS MAP

KEY
A BUILDING

Information and Reception, Registrar's Office, Extension Programs
and Services, Art Studios and Offices, Administration Offices, Purchasing and Receiving, Personnel.
B BUILDING

Library, Achievement Resource Centre, Cafeteria, Media
Resources Labs and Offices.
H BUILDING

Music/Typing/Microcomputer/Science Labs, Faculty Offices for:
Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Office Administration, Music, Business Management, Labour Studies. International
Studies, Writing Centre.
M BUILDING

Counselling, Advising Centre, Financial Aid, Student Employment
Centre, Health Services, Women's Centre.
N BUILDING

Cafeteria, Student Society Offices.

Capilano College 1989-1990
Lynnmour Campus and
Administrative Offices
2055 Purcell Way
North Vancouver B.C. V7J 3H5
Telephone (604) 986-1911
TDD (for deaf) 980-9921
FAX (604) 984-4985

Sechelt Campus
5627 Inlet Avenue
P.O. Box 1609
Sechelt, B.C. VON 3AO
Telephone (604) 885-9310
Toll free from Vancouver:
987-1535

Squamish Campus
37827 Second Avenue
P.O. Box 1538
Squamish, B.C. VON 3G0
Telephone (604) 892-5322
Toll free from Vancouver:
986-1535

Table of Contents
Welcome to Capilano College 3
Academic Schedule
4
Calendar for 1989-1990
4
Admission
5
Who is Eligible
5
When to Apply
5
How to Apply
5
Registration
6
How to Register
6
When to Register
7
Changing Registration Status 8
Fees
9
General Course Information 10
Academic Policies
11
Services
14
Academic Advising
14
Achievement Resource
Centre
14
Athletics
15
Bookstore
15
Counselling
15
Distance Education
16
Fitness Centre
16
Food and Beverage Services 16
Health Services
16
International Education
17
Library/Media Centre
18
Lost and Found
18
Parking
18
Student Employment Centre 18
Student Newspaper
19
Student Society
19
Student Store
19
Writing Centre
19
Women's Centre
19
Financial Aid and Awards
20

ACADEMIC STUDIES/
UNIVERSITY TRANSFER
PROGRAMS
27
Preparatory Programs
Anthropology
Biology
Chemistry
Chinese
Commerce
Computing
Economics

31
32
33
36
37
38
39
41

English
Fine Arts
French
Geography
Geology
German
History
Japanese
Labour Studies
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physics
Political Studies
Psychology
Sociology
Spanish
Thai
Theatre Arts
Women's Studies

42
45
46
48
49
50
51
52
52
54
58
58
61
62
64
65
67
68
68
70

CAREER/VOCATIONAL
PROGRAMS
71
Preparatory Programs
72
Adult Basic Education
72
Alternative Career Training
74
English as a Second
Language
75
Art Programs
76
Studio Art
78
Clay and Textile Arts
82
Crafts Instructor Training
85
Graphic Design & Illustration 85
Business Management
90
Administrative Management 91
Financial Management
92
Marketing Management
93
Computer Systems
Management
93
International Business
93
Retail Management
94
Accelerated Business
Management
94
Part-Time Evening Certificate
Programs
96
R.I.A., C.G.A. and C A .
Transfer
97
Communications
105
Early Childhood Education 107

Health and Human Services 111
Long Term Care Aide
111
Food Service Worker
111
Working with the Mentally
Fragile
112
Landscape Horticulture
113
Legal Assistant
114
Media Resources
118
Music
120
Commercial Music
120
Bachelor of Music Transfer 122
Music Therapy
123
Office Administration
130
Office Technology
130
Accelerated Office Training 132
Information Processing
133
Legal Secretarial
135
Medical Office Assistant
138
Outdoor Recreation
Management
140
Outdoor Recreation Mgt.
140
Wilderness Leadership
141
Tourism Management
145
Additional Vocational
Programs
148

SPECIAL PROGRAMS 149
Achievement Resource
Centre
International Studies
Cooperative Program

149
149

NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS
AND COURSES
151
Extension Programs and
Services
Achievement Resource
Centre
TRANSFER GUIDE
Index
Capilano College
Governance

151
151
152
169
171

The Calendar is published by the
Public Relations
and
Promotions
Department. Photos by Edna Sakata.
Typesetting by Jane Hamilton.

Capilano Welcomes You
Welcome to Capilano College
Over the last twenty years, Capilano College has experienced a great deal of growth, but two elements have
remained constant: commitment to the student and to
quality education. The successes of our Academic
Studies students transferring to university and our Career
students entering the work force have contributed to our
excellent reputation.
Capilano College has also made a name for itself with the
introduction of the Evening Credit College. We have
extended our programs and sen/ices to become the first
institution in B.C. to offer students a complete first year of
Academic Studies in the late afternoon and evening.
Also, students can take the Business Management program or a variety of Career credit courses in the evening.
To meet the needs of a changing society and to prepare
students for the future, we are continually updating our
wide array of programs and courses with the assistance of
key decision-makers drawn from business and industry.
Because the College is committed to its students and the
life-long process of learning, it has become the first choice
for many students.

Emphasis on Excellence
Capilano College both encourages and rewards student
excellence through its awards and recognition programs:
• Academic scholarships to outstanding high school
graduates enrolling at Capilano.
• Dean's List for full-time students with a 3.5 grade point
average or higher
• Merit List for part-time students with a 3.5 grade point
average or higher when they have successfully completed
a minimum of 30,45 or 60 term hours at Capilano College
• President's Award to the Career and Academic Studies
graduates achieving exceptional academic excellence
• Science and Music scholarship programs
• Scholarships for academic excellence for returning
students
• Priority registration for high school graduates with a 2.5
grade point average or better who are enrolling in Academic Studies programs
• An Outstanding Student program that recognizes current
students for their high academic standings or significant
contributions to the College or community
• Science Enrichment Workshops for outstanding grade
11 high school students from the Capilano College region
• Book Awards
• Club Optima, an academic competition open to top
Grade 12 students from the Lower Mainland.

About Capilano College
Since September 1968, when Capilano College first
opened its doors to just over 700 students, it has grown
steadily to become one of British Columbia's most outstanding Colleges, with over 5,000 students. The College
directly serves Noith and West Vancouver, Howe Sound
and the Sunshine Coast, with the core of the College
located at the Lynnmour campus in North Vancouver and
satellite campuses in Sechelt and Squamish. Approximately 30 per cent of student enrollment now comes from
outside the official College region. Capilano College offers
a variety of programs which include:
• Academic Studies: Students take the first two years of
an Arts or Science degree, or a professional program and
then transfer to university or enter the work force.
• Career/Vocational Programs: Certificate and dipbma
programs give students practical skills and knowledge to
prepare them for employment or transfer to other postsecondary institutions.
• Preparatory Programs: After upgrading or refreshing
their skills, students can gain employment or continue on
to Career or Academic Studies programs.
• Extension Programs and Services: Short courses,
seminars, workshops and lectures are offered on a noncredit basis
Our programs have gained an excellent reputation, which
we believe is largely attributable to our highly qualified
and dedicated faculty.
But Capilano College is more than a classroom. It plays a
key role in the civic and cultural life of the three regions it
serves and will continue to be a dynamic source of
leadership within its communities.

3

1989-1990 Academic Schedule
1989 FALL TERM

1990 SPRING TERM

JULY 31 - AUGUST 11 - Early Registration

JANUARY 2 (Tuesday): Career and Vocational Program
Registration, (see Spring 1990 Timetable for details).
Faculty Advisors present.

AUGUST 7 (Monday): B.C. Day. College closed.
AUGUST 28 (Monday): Career and Vocational Program
Registration, (see Fall 1989 Timetable for details) Faculty
Advisors present.
AUGUST 29, 30, 31, SEPTEMBER 1, (Tuesday - Friday):
Academic Program Registration, (see Fall 1989 Timetable
for details). Faculty Advisors present.
SEPTEMBER 4 (Monday): Labour Day. College closed.
SEPTEMBER 5 (Tuesday): Classes commence for all
Divisions.
SEPTEMBER 18 (Monday): Last day to ADD a course or
change status from AUDIT to CREDIT or withdraw from a
course and not be invoiced for the balance of tuition fees
owing.
OCTOBER 9 (Monday): Thanksgiving Day. College
closed.
OCTOBER 19 (Thursday): Final Date for payment of
Balance of Tuition Fees.
NOVEMBER 10 (Thursday): Last day to withdraw from a
course, or change status from CREDIT to AUDIT, or
change sections.
NOVEMBER 13 (Monday): Remembrance Day. College
closed.
NOVEMBER 17 (Friday): Fall Graduation.
NOVEMBER 27 - DECEMBER 8: Early Registration for
Spring Term for Career and Vocational Students.
DECEMBER 6 - 1 6 (Wednesday - Saturday): Examination Period.
DECEMBER 22 - 26 - Christmas Break. College closed.

Introduction

4

— Academic Schedule

JANUARY 3, 4, 5, 6 (Wednesday - Saturday): Academic
Program Registration, (see Spring 1990 Timetable for
details). Faculty Advisors present.
JANUARY 8 (Monday): Classes commence for all
Divisions.
JANUARY 19 (Friday): Last day to ADD a course, or
change status from AUDIT to CREDIT or withdraw from a
course and not be invoiced for the balance of tuition fees
owing.
FEBRUARY 15-16 (Thursday, Friday): Reading break.
No classes scheduled.
FEBRUARY 20 (Tuesday): Final Date for payment of
Balance of Tuition Fees.
MARCH 16 (Friday): Last day to WITHDRAW from a
course, or change status from CREDIT to AUDIT, or
change sections.
APRIL 13: Good Friday. College closed.
APRIL 16: Easter Monday. College closed.
APRIL 17-30: Examination Period.
MAY 21 (Monday): Victoria Day. College closed.
MAY 26 (Saturday): Spring Graduation.

Admission
Who is Eligible for Admission
Canadian citizens and Landed Immigrants are eligible for
admission if they are in at least one of the following
categories:
1. Persons who have a B.C. Secondary School graduation certificate or equivalent educational record.
2. Persons 18 years of age or older who do not have a
B.C. Secondary School graduation certificate or equivalent.
3. Persons who are secondary school students attending
a school in the College Region and have the written
recommendation of their school principal.
4. Persons at least 16 years of age who can satisfy a
College counsellor that they possess an interest in, and
an aptitude for, a vocation for which the College provides
instruction, may be eligible to enter the related College
Vocational program.

International Student Information
Capilano College welcomes applications for admission
from well-qualified students who are normally resident in
countries outside Canada. Generally, to be considered
for admission, applicants should possess the equivalent of
Secondary School graduation (Grade 12) in the Province
of British Columbia. Students wishing assessment of their
academic credentials should contact the Registrar of the
College.
Students whose primary language is not English must
demonstrate the competency in English required to be
successful in their studies. In some instances, the English
Language Assessment Test (ELAT) or the Test of English
as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) may be required. Based
on the College's assessment of the applicant's facility,
students may be required to successfully complete a
prescribed course of study in English to a level deemed
sufficient for academic success.
In certain programs, enrollment limitations are in effect
both for international students and for Canadian citizens
and residents. Entry to these programs is competitive and
is based on academic standing and other published
criteria. In accord with Provincial Government policy,
international students are subject to higher tuition fees
than Canadian students.
In addition to courses offered in English as a Second
Language (ESL) programs, admission of international
students is also open to all courses in the Academic
(University Transfer) and Career/Vocational Divisions.
The attention of interested students is directed to closing
dates for applications for Fall and Spring Terms in an
earlier section of this Calendar.

Applications for admission from international students
should be accompanied by a $75 (Can.) application fee.
See page 17 for information on International Students.

When to Apply for Admission
Generally, applications for Admission to the College may
be made at any time during the year. However, for
Canadian citizens and landed immigrants, early application deadlines have been established in relation to the
formal In-Person registration period for each term. For
international students, no application received for admission to the Academic Division less than six weeks prior to
the commencement of a term can be guaranteed consideration in time for admission in that term; no application
for admission to the Career Division less than five months
prior to the commencement of a term can be guaranteed
consideration in time for admission in that term.

A. For Academic Studies Programs and
Courses
Persons applying for Academic Studies by the deadlines
listed below will, if they are accepted, be registered on the
date and time listed on their Permit to Register. Acceptance notices and permits to register will be mailed to
each successful applicant within one month of the application deadline. Persons who apply after the deadline, but
before the formal in-person registration periods, will be
able to register only at a later sequence in the registration
period.
Term

Application
Deadline

Dates
Acceptance Mailed

Fall '89
Spring '90
Summer '90

May 31/89
Oct. 31/89

June 30/89
Nov. 30/89

March 30/90

as processed

B. For Career and Vocational Programs and
Courses
Most Career and Vocational programs have earlier
application deadlines than those listed above. For details
please refer to the specific program in this Calendar.
Generally, applications for the next Fall Term should be
received before March 1.

How to Apply for Admission
A. Lynnmour Campus
1. Obtain an "Application for Admission Form" from the
Registrar's Office. Persons wishing to enter full-time
programs of study or who need assistance in completing
this form are advised to arrange a meeting with a College

Introduction — Admission

5

Academic Advisor by calling the Advising Office at 9844990.
Canadian citizens, landed immigrants, and international
students already in Canada on a student visa wishing
admittance to the College to enter a Career program must
arrange an interview with the Career Program Coordinator
prior to being admitted. International students not yet in
Canada wishing admittance to a Career program must
have the Career Program Coordinator's recommendation
for admission before being admitted.
Individuals who are not admitted to a particular Career
program may still be eligible for admission to the College
to enter an Academic Studies or General Studies program. If in doubt please contact the Registrar's Office.
2. Complete the Application Form and bring or mall ft
to the Registrar's Office. Include with your Application Form Official High School Transcripts, Official
Transcripts from other post-secondary institutions,
and English Placement Test scores.
3. Once your application for Admission and supporting
documents have been received, the application will be
processed and you will receive a Letter of Acceptance
and a "Permit to Register" from the Registrar's Office by
mail. (See page 4 for Registration dates and procedures.)

B. Howe Sound and Sechelt Centres
Each term Capilano College offers a number of courses in

Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast. Students who
wish to be admitted to the College in order to register for
these courses should contact the Squamish Campus
(37827 - 2nd Avenue, 892-5322 or toll free from North
Van. 986-3515) or the Sechelt Centre (1360 Inlet Avenue,
885-9310 or 987-1535) for forms and details of course
offerings. Counselling services are available at both
centres and the application procedures are as outlined
above.

Student Number - Identification
Card
When a student has been accepted and is first admitted to
the College s/he is assigned a permanent student number. This number controls the Student's Record, Statement of Grades and Student Identification Card.
Student Identification Cards are issued at the beginning of
the term for which a student is registered. These cards
will be available from the Registrar's Office within two
weeks after the beginning of classes. If the card is lost, a
duplicate may be obtained from the Registrar's Office for
$3.00.
To use the Library services of the College, to sign out
audio-visual materials or to vote in Student Society
elections, a student must have a Student Identification
Card.

Registration
Academic Studies
Once you have received your Letter of Acceptance and/
or Permit to Register, you may select the courses in
which you wish to register.
Registration is done in a priority sequence each term and
will be determined by a system of student number coupled
with Grade Point Average (GPA). Please go to the
Advising Centre or the Registrar's Office for details.
YOU SHOULD REMEMBER THAT, B E C A U S E O F T H E
L A R G E NUMBER O F STUDENTS ENROLLING, T H E
C O L L E G E IS N O T A B L E T O G U A R A N T E E REGISTRATION IN SPECIFIC P R O G R A M S OR C O U R S E S EVEN
IF YOU H A V E B E E N GRANTED ADMISSION. REGISTRATION IS A L S O DEPENDENT UPON HAVING T H E
PREREQUISITES O F INDIVIDUAL PROGRAMS OR
COURSES.
YOUR 'PERMIT T O REGISTER' WILL INFORM YOU O F
T H E DAY AND TIME YOU WILL B E A B L E T O REGISTER FOR YOUR C O U R S E S .

Introduction

6

—

Registration

(For example, a student whose G.P.A. is 3.0 or greater
would receive an earlier registration date than students
with a lesser G.P.A.)

How to Register
1. For Academic Programs and Courses at
Lynnmour:
a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the
Registrar's Office or the Squamish or Sechelt Campus.
Timetables giving the times of course offerings, room
numbers and instructors are available approximately three
weeks prior to each registration period.
b. Select the courses and sections you wish to take and
complete the registration form. The DATE and TIME for
you to register will be on your Permit to Register. All
registration will take place In Person and payment of fees
is required at that time.

2. For Career and Vocational Programs and
Courses
a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the
Registrar's Office or the Squamish or Sechelt Centre.
b. Complete and submit registration forms and fees
payable to the appropriate coordinator for approval. For
new full-time students this will normally involve an interview and counselling. Part-time Career and Vocational
students may either mail in or bring in their registration
form and appropriate fees at any time.
c. Registration can often be completed prior to the
registration period; however, new registrants who have
been accepted and returning students who have not
completed their registration must submit approved
registration forms and fees payable to the Registrar's
Office during Registration for Career students.

3. For Courses In Howe Sound and the
Sunshine Coast
a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the
Registrar's Office on the Lynnmour Campus or from the
Squamish or Sechelt Centre.
b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the appropriate centre.

4. For Courses on More than One Campus
a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the
Registrar's Office on the Lynnmour Campus or from the
Squamish and Sechelt Centre.
b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the Lynnmour Campus.

5. For Extension Courses and Activities

Student Responsibility
It Is the responsibility of the student to ensure that
his/her registration Is accurate and complete, and that
tuition fees are paid at the appropriate time. Failure
to do so may result In no credit granted for work done
or immediate de-registration for non-payment of
tuition fees.

Right to Register
A student who has not maintained a satisfactory standing
in a program in any term may be denied permission to
register in that program in a subsequent term.

Change of Name and/or Address
It is the responsibility of the student to inform the Registrar's Office of any changes in his/her name, address or
phone number. Documentation must be provided to
support a change of name request.

Course Overload
A course overload is a registration for more than 16 credit
hours of academic courses or more than the full requirements specified for a Career program.
Students may register at their discretion for a course
overload up to a total of 21 credit hours as bng as they
have discussed their need or wish for an overload with a
counsellor. Science students, however, are automatically
allowed to register for more than 16 credit hours, as long
as the total credit hours does not exceed 21 credit hours
and does not arise from registration in more than five
courses.
Students may not register for a course overload until after
the Registration period.

See page 151 of the Calendar.

When to Register
1. Academic Studies Programs and Courses
Academic students will register at the time and on the
date as indicated on their Permit to Register.

2. Career and Vocational Programs and
Courses
Career and Vocational students who have not preregistered through their Coordinator may register as
follows:
FALL 1989 Term: August 28, 1989
SPRING 1990 Term: January 2,1990

English Proficiency
Applicants are required to be functional in the English
language. The College reserves the right to assess the
competence of applicants in the English language prior to
granting admission.
Those students who wish to enroll in English must submit
the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test with
their registration forms or must take the Capilano College
English Diagnostic Test before registering for any of these
courses. Schedules of English Diagnostic Tests will be
available in the Registrar's Office - 984-4913; Squamish
Learning Centre - 892-5322 (986-3515); Sechelt Learning
Centre - 885-9310 (987-1535); the Humanities Division 984-4957, or the Advising Centre - 984-4990.

Introduction

—

Registration

7

Changing Registration Status
Wait Lists
Students who register but are unable to get into a course
because it is full will automatically be included on a
chronological wait list. Students must attend the first
class of that course to either be accepted into the class or
have their names remain on the wait list.

Course Verification
Following the last day to add a course the Registrar's
Office will issue Course Verification forms to each student.
IT IS THE STUDENT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK
HIS/HER LIST OF COURSES.
If a student believes that there is an error in his/her
registration, s/he must correct the errors with a Course
Change Form before the final withdrawal date. Failure to
correct the error may result in an ' F grade on the student's transcript (or no credit being granted for work
done).

Adding or Changing a Course
A student may enroll in a course, change sections, or
change from audit to credit status (see Academic Schedule, page 4) after the registration period but before the
final date to add a course. This must be done on a
Course Change form, be signed by the instructors
involved and submitted to the Registrar's Office.

Introduction

8

— Changing

Registration

Status

The addition of a course or change from audit to credit
status after the final date to add a course may only be
done in exceptional circumstances and with the approval
of the Instructor, Coordinator and Registrar. Requests for
such changes after the final date to add a course should
be directed first to the Registrar.

Withdrawing from a Course or
Changing from Credit to Audit
Status
Students may withdraw from a course or change from
credit to audit status after the last day of the In-Person
Registration period but before the final date to withdraw
from a course. This must be done on a Course Change
Form signed by the instructor involved and submitted to
the Registrar's Office.
Requests after the final date to withdraw from a course
require the approval of the Instructor, Coordinator and
Registrar. Approval will not normally be granted unless
the records of the College are incorrect as the result of an
error by the College, or the student is simply requesting a
change from one section to another of the same course,
or is transferring to a lower level at the request of the
instructor, or the student is unable to meet the deadline
date because of illness or emergency circumstances.
•NOTE: Approval for late adds and/or late drops will
not be granted simply because the student was
unaware of, or neglected to comply with, the College's registration policies and procedures.

Fees
Tuition Fees
The new tuition fees for the 1989/90 instructional year will
be announced in the Fall Timetable which will be available
at least one month prior to the beginning of the Fall '89
term. It is likely that they will be higher than in 1988/1989.
For details of payment of fees consult the Timetable.
As a general guideline, the basic tuition fees for 1988/89
were:
• $24.50 per credit hour of which $14.50 is refundable if
the course is dropped within the first two weeks of the
term.
• $30.00 non-refundable registration fee.
• $2.50 per credit hour Student Society Membership Fee
to a term maximum of $37.50. (This fee is optional for
courses in Howe Sound and on the Sunshine Coast.)
• $5.00 Recreational Facility Levy for students on the
Lynnmour campus registered in 1.5 credits or more.
• $3 per credit hour or a minimum of $25 late payment
penalty for students who have not settled their tuition fees
account by the end of the fifth week of the term.

International Student Fees'"
• $150.00 per credit hour.
• $30.00 non-refundable registration fee.
• $ 2.50 per credit hour Student Society Membership Fee
per term to a maximum of $37.50.
• $5.00 Recreational Facility Levy for students on the
Lynnmour campus.
• International Student Fees are payable in full at the time
of registration and are non-refundable.

Conditions of Registration
a. All cheques and money orders are to be made payable
to "Capilano College" and accompanied by a completed
Registration Form.
b. Underpaid registrations will not be processed.
c. A charge of $10.00 will be levied for costs of handling
cheques returned by the bank for insufficient funds. The
College reserves the right to take only money orders,
certified cheques, or cash from students whose cheques
are returned by the bank for insufficient funds.
d. Post-dated cheques will not be accepted.
e. Students whose fees are to be paid by agencies, other
than Government Scholarships , are required to present a
letter to this effect at registration.
f. Students with outstanding debts to the College will not
be allowed to register until their debts are cleared.

Special Fee Waivers for Senior •
Citizens
Any person 60 years of age or over is entitled to free
tuition, and is not required to pay student activity fees or
the capital levy. Applicants for this special senior citizen
fee waiver need only produce appropriate identification
such as the Courtesy Card for senior citizens or Pharmac-

are card at the time of registration. Senior citizens must
pay the $30 registration fee.
For cost recoverable courses such as Art Institute and
private music instruction, seniors must pay full fees.

Non-registration
Returning students with debts to the College (e.g. lost
materials, lost equipment, tuition fees not paid) will be
refused registration until such debts are erased.

Refunds
Students withdrawing from a course within the first two
weeks of a term will be refunded a portion of the tuition
fees if they have paid more than the non-refundable
deposit. In 1988/89 the non-refundable portion was $10
per credit hour and the $30 registration fee. Students
withdrawing from a course after the end of the second
week of a term receive no refund.

Fees Policy - Extension Programs
and Services Department
Tuition fees charged for Extension Programs and Services are based on the principle of recovering the cost of
instructional and related expenses.
Refunds: The College reserves the right to cancel any
course for which registration does not reach the required
minimum, and to withdraw, postpone, or combine classes
or to change instructors.
Fees are payable at time of registration. Fees paid for
courses or workshops cancelled by the College will be
refunded in full. Applications for withdrawal and refund
will not be accepted after the second session of a course
has been held and in the case of workshops of short
duration (up to three consecutive days) withdrawal
applications will be accepted no later than the day before
the workshop commences.
Refunds are subject to a 20% administration charge.
Refunds on discounted and package fees will be subject
to the 20% administration charge against the full course
fee. Any departure from the foregoing policy will be stated
in the course or workshop description. Under no circumstances will refunds be given after the end of a course of
workshop.
Transfers: In specified courses a student may transfer
from one course to another if space is available. Fees are
not transferable from one term to another.
Fee Waiver for Senior Citizens: People age 60 and over
are eligible for a 10% discount on fees for most courses.
Some co-sponsored and certain other courses are
excluded from this policy. At time of registration senior
citizens are asked to provide proof of age, such as a
Pharmacare card or senior citizens' courtesy card.
Also, see "Limit of Responsibility", page 13.
Introduction

—

Fees

9

General Course Information
The Instructional Year
The instructional year is divided into two four month
terms, Fall and Spring, and an equivalent Summer
Session of two months (May and June).

Course Credits
A student will receive credit only for the courses in which
s/he is officially registered according to the records in the
Registrar's Office.
A credit hour normally represents one hour per week of
classroom work per term. Most courses offered are three
credit hour courses. As such, they normally require three
class hours per week and may, in addition, require
laboratories, seminars and tutorials.

Credit Status
A student may attend all classes, seminars, labs, etc. of
the course and pays the normal tuition fee. S/he is
required to submit assignments and sit examinations.
(See Attendance.)

A student may attend all meetings of a credit class without
receiving credit. The audit student attends all classes,
seminars, labs, etc. of the class and pays the normal
tuition fee. S/he is not required to sit examinations or
submit assignments. The status of audit will be denied by
an instructor if the student has not met the attendance
requirements for that class. This denial may be appealed
through the grade appeal process. Audit students will be
accepted on a space available basis, and are only
permitted to register after the last day of In-Person
Registration.

Credit-Free Status (Extension Programs and Services)
A student who has paid the appropriate fee is registered
for a credit-free course or activity.

Course Challenge Procedure
The College has a policy which allows registered College
students to request examination for achievement in
certain courses. By this procedure, a student may receive
credit for a course without taking the course. Interested
students should consult a counsellor for current information on the challenge procedure. There are certain
courses which may not be challenged. A student challenging a course will be required to pay the normal tuition
fee for that course.
Courses challenged successfully will be indicated on the
student's transcript.
NOTE: Credit for courses successfully challenged will

10

— General

Attendance
A student is expected to attend all classes in which s/he is
registered, since evaluation of progress in any course is
cumulative, based on class assignments, participation and
examinations.
A student expecting to be absent from classes because of
prolonged illness is advised to notify his/her instructor as
soon as possible and to arrange to make up missed
instruction. The instructor may require that a medical
certificate be presented to reinstate the student.
If illness prevents a student from writing a final examination or assignment, s/he may be assigned a grade or
granted a deferral at the discretion of his/her instructor. In
such cases, a medical certificate must be submitted within
one week of the date of the examination or due date of
the assignment.
Faculty members are authorized to dismiss from a class a
student who is disruptive to the learning process.

Audit Status

Introduction

apply towards a Certificate or Diploma from Capilano
College; however, some other institutions may not grant
credit for some courses challenged.

Course

Information

Visitors
A person may attend a class session as a visitor for a
limited period of time, provided s/he has permission from
the instructor in advance. This privilege does not extend
to science and language labs or courses requiring the use
of machinery or materials. A visitor is not registered, does
not sit examinations, does not receive credit and attends
not more than three weeks during the term.

Examination Week
For students enrolled in academic courses, the last week
of the instructional term is designated as an examinatbn
week. If there is to be an examination in a course near
the end of a term, it is during this week that the examination will be given. Such examinations will be up to three
hours in duration. Faculty will be accessible during the
examination week to meet with students to review their
assignments and final letter grade and/or engage in other
instruction-related activities.
For students enrolled in Career/Vocational programs, the
last week of the instructional term will include having
regularly scheduled class sessions during which time an
examination may be administered, or in some program
areas a special examination schedule may be set.
Students should consult with their instructors for detailed
information regarding examination schedules.

Academic Policies
Grading System
Capilano College uses the following categories of grading:

Letter

Grade Point
Value

A+
A
AB+
B
BC+
C
CD
CR
F
NC

41/3
4
3273
3 1/3
3
2 2/3
21/3
2
1 2/3
1
0
-

1

0

W
NA
AUD

-

Classification

Excellent

Upon the completion of the required assignments by the
specified time, the instructor will record the final grade
based on the completed work.
Students are cautioned that other institutions may include
"I" grades in the G P A calculation.
A student who registers for a course, does not attend and
does not officially withdraw may be assigned a grade
designation of "NA" at the discretion of the individual
instructor. NA grades are assigned as of the final Drop
date for the term registered in.

Good

Satisfactory
Minimal Pass
Credit Granted*
Fail
No Credit
Granted*+
Incomplete*
Withdrawn**
Not Attending**
Audit*

* not calculated in Grade Point Average
+ not shown on transcript

Repeating a Course
A course may be repeated for the purpose of improving a
grade. The grade for each attempt will be recorded with
the higher grade used in the computation of the Grade
Point Average. Students are cautioned that other institutions may include both grades in the GPA computation.

Grade Point Average (GPA)
GPAs are reported on each Permanent Student Record.
The GPA is the sum of the grade point hours earned in
the term, divided by the number of credit hours applicable
to the Grade Point Computation.

Interpretation of Grades
"I" Grades are given at the end of a term when, in the
judgement of the instructor, the student would have a
reasonable expectation of passing the course but has not
completed the work required. An "I" grade is only
awarded where the instructor and student have arranged
for the work to be completed by a specified date, which is
noted in the class list with grades.
A student granted an "I" grade must complete the necessary assignments on the date specified by the instructor
on the grade sheet or s/he will automatically receive a
predetermined grade which reflects the work not completed.

STUDENTS WHO HAVE APPLIED FOR STUDENT
LOANS SHOULD NOTE THAT N/A GRADES DO NOT
CARRY CREDIT AND ARE TREATED AS COURSE
WITHDRAWALS. N/A GRADES REDUCE YOUR
CREDIT LOAD AND MAY CANCEL YOUR ELIGIBILITY
FOR FUTURE STUDENT LOANS AND REQUIRE
EARLY REPAYMENT OF EXISTING STUDENT LOANS.
All " F grades are recorded on the student's transcript.
These grades are assigned a value of zero in the calculation of a student's Cumulative Grade Point Average.
Students are cautioned that other institutions may not
grant transfer credit for courses completed with a "D"
grade.
Registering as an audit student does not guarantee that a
student will receive audit status. Based on attendance
and participation requirements of the instructor, an
instructor will confirm or deny the "audit" status of a
student in their course. A denial ruling is open to appeal
by the student.
The grades "CR" or "NC" are assigned to courses in which
a level of mastery is required for successful completion.
When a course is graded in this manner, the course
outline must state the necessary requirements to achieve
the grade of CR.

Official Transcript/Statement of
Grades
A statement of grades is either mailed or distributed from
the Registrar's Office.
Official transcripts are issued only at the request of the
student. The student must complete a Transcript Order
Form and pay $5.00 for the first copy and $2.00 for each
additional copy.

Appeal of Final Grades
It is essential that a student take immediate action if s/he
wishes to appeal a grade. To do so s/he must contact a
counsellor not later than two weeks after receipt of grades
or Change of Grade Notification. The counsellor will
discuss the grade and appeal procedure with the student
and attempt to arrange a meeting with the instructor. The

General Information —Academic

Policies

11

counsellor will provide the student with a "Final Grade
Appeal" form.
If the student wishes to pursue the appeal, the student
must do so within fourteen calendar days of the date on
which the counsellor's report is mailed. Failure to meet
this timeline will be grounds for dismissal of the appeal.
To continue the appeal, the student completes the "Final
Grade Appeal" form and submits it to the Secretary of the
Appeals Committee with a fee of $20 for each course to
be appealed.

A

B

Biology
Chemistry
Computing
Science
Geography
Geology
Mathematics
Physics

Anthropology
Art
Chinese
Commerce
Economics
English
Fine Arts
French
German

History
Japanese
Music
Philosophy
Political Studies
Psychology
Sociology
Spanish
Thai
Women's Studies

Appeals are considered by an Appeals Committee chaired
by one of the College Deans. The Committee consists of
representatives from faculty, students, and a counsellor.
During the Appeal process all term grades, including the
final examination mark, are taken into consideration. In all
cases the student is informed in writing of the Committee's decision. Should the mark be changed, the $20 fee
is refunded.

3. For a General Studies Diploma

Only those appeals that follow the above process will be
considered.

a. Completed 60 credit hours at least 30 of which must be
completed at Capilano College.

Human errors and omissbns in the Statement of Grades
will be corrected as soon as identified without appeal or
cost to the student.

b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point Average or better.

Diploma and Certificate
Requirements
Students who complete their programs fill out a "Request
for Diploma or Certificate" form at the Registrar's Office
one month before the end of the term in which the
program is to be completed.
Students who complete courses which are not part of a

program may also apply to the Registrar's Office for a
Certificate.
To be eligible for an Associate in Arts and Science
Diploma, a student must have:

1. For an Academic Studies Diploma
a. Completed 60 credit hours, of which at least 30 must
be completed at Capilano College.
b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point Average or better.
c. Obtained at least 45 credit hours from the following
subject areas, including at least 6 credit hours in English
(100 level or higher), at least 6 credit hours from subjects
listed in A below, and at least 15 credit hours from 200
level courses.

2. For a Career Studies Diploma (by program)
a. Completed the program requirements, fifty percent of
which must be completed at Capilano College.
b. Obtained a 2.00 Grade Point Average or better.

To be eligible for a Certificate, a student must have
successfully completed the requirements of a course or
program of studies of fewer than four terms in duration, at
least fifty percent of which must be completed at Capilano
College, and they must have obtained at least a 2.0 G P A
(where calculated) in the last term.
There is a $10 fee for diploma replacement.

Academic Difficulties
Students who are experiencing difficulties in their course
work during a term may be referred by an instructor to a
Counsellor. The student is encouraged to consult with
his/her instructor and Counsellor to evolve a satisfactory
plan which will remedy these difficulties.

Disruptive Students
In the case where the behaviour of a student or group of
students is such as to disrupt the activity of a class, an
instructional group, service area or study facility, a
member of the faculty or staff may ask the student(s) to
modify their behaviour. Should the student(s) fail to follow
this request, the student(s) will be asked to leave. If the
student(s) refuses to leave, the faculty or staff is advised
to cancel the activity or insist on an alternate place for the
student(s) to carry out the activity.
Some time between the cancelled activity and the next
meeting of the group, or use of the facility, the student(s)
will be requested to meet with the personnel involved and
the appropriate faculty coordinator. The purpose of the
meeting is to have a commitment from the student(s) to

General Information

12

— Academic

Policies

more reasonable behaviour in the future. In light of this
and at the discretion of the coordinator, other faculty and/
or the Dean may be invited to the meeting or subsequent
meetings.
Should the behaviour of the student(s) continue to be
disruptive, the coordinator may recommend to the Dean
that the student(s) be required to withdraw.

Cheating and Plagiarism
All forms of cheating, including plagiarism, are serious
offences and will normally result in a grade of zero on the
examination or assignment, or, at the instructor's discretion, a grade of "F" for the course. Plagiarism is the
presentation of another person's words or ideas as if they
were one's own. Intentional plagiarism is both dishonest
and a rejection of the principles of scholarship. Students
in doubt about the need for and practices of acknowledgement of sources should familiarize themselves with proper
scholarly procedures. A document explaining these
procedures is available from the Media Centre or the
Achievement Resource Centre.

Student Records
All official student records are kept in the Registrar's
Office. The information on file for a student is always
available to that student for examination. No information
on file is divulged to any agency or person other than the
student without the student's permission except for
institutional research projects approved by the College.
Students are cautioned that student loan applications and
other similar applications have such consent written in the
document.

Limit of Responsibility
The College accepts no responsibility for the cancellation
or discontinuance of any course or program or class of
instruction that may be necessary as a result of an Act of
God, fire, labour problems, lack of funds, or other similar
causes.
The College accepts no responsibility for any injury, loss
or expense sustained, arising out of or in any way connected with a student's participation in any course or
program.

Copyright Policy
A copy of the College Policy and Procedures regarding
Canadian Copyright Law is available in the Library and in
all departments. This policy applies to all College departments, employees and students. A shortened version
with specific application for students is available in the
Library and the Student Society office.

Misuse of Computer System
The misuse of a computer system (such as unauthorized
access to other computer accounts or unauthorized use of
system software) is not only unfair to other students but
can result, at the instructor's discretion, in suspension of
the offender's computer access in a course, which may
result in an "F" grade. Repeated offences may result in a
permanent revoking of all computer privileges.

Sexual Harassment
The College makes every effort to ensure that no student
or employee is subjected to sexual harassment. Sexual
harassment is seen to be any uninvited sexual advances,
requests for sexual favours, and other verbal or physical
conduct of a sexual nature when submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as a basis for
decisions affecting employment, admission to the College
or registration in college courses, a student's marks or
grades, participation in a club, society or organization; or,
when such conduct creates an intimidating, hostile or
offensive working/teaching/ learning environment.

General Information

— Academic

Policies

13

Services
Academic Advising and Educational
Planning
Personnel
Dan DOYLE, B.A., B.Ed. - Advisor
Jeri KROGSETH, B.A. (UBC) B.C. Teacher's Cert. Advisor
Drena McDOUGALL - Educational Planning/Advising
Assistant
Kerry MURTAGH, B.A. (SFU), B.C. Teacher's Cert. Educational Planning/Advising Assistant
Greg SHARPE, Head of Advising and Student Employment
Suzanne STEWART, B.A. (SFU) - Advising Receptionist
Myla WATERMAN, Educational Planning/Advising
Assistant
Prospective students may contact the Advising Centre for
information on all College programs and courses. Admissions appointments can be made with an Advisor throughout the year for assistance with educational planning and
program development. Advisors visit all secondary
schools in the College region each Fall and Spring to
speak to student groups about opportunities at Capilano
College. High school students planning to enter the
College may take advantage of early admission interviews
at their school by contacting their school counsellor for
appropriate dates. Appointments to see an Advisor may
be made at the reception desk in M Building or by calling
984-4990. Drop-in advising is also available. The Advising
Centre is open 8:30 a.m. - 8 p.m. Monday - Thursday, and
Friday 8:30 a.m. - 4 p.m.

Achievement Resource

Centre

Faculty
John BROOKS, B.A. (SFU)
Donna BUCHAN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Educ.) (SFU)
Ruth D'HOLLANDER, B.C. Teaching Cert., B.Ed. (McGill),
M.Ed. (McGill), C.A.S. (Harvard)
Marlene FRY, B.Ed. M.Ed. (UBC)
Lynne HAMILTON, Divisional Assistant
Bev HILL, B.Ed. (UBC)
Paul JONES, B.A. (Hons.) (UBC), B.C. Teaching Cert.,
M.A. (UBC)
Wendy LYNN, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.A.Sc. (Waterbo)
Dennis WRIGHT, B.Sc. (Idaho), M.Sc. (Brigham Young),
Ph'D. (Arizona State)

Achievement Resource Centre - Lynnmour
The Achievement Resource Centre (ARC), located in the
southwest area of the B building, invites you to use its
services and facilities. A R C faculty and staff are qualified
to assist you increase your learning efficiency, if you
have specific learning difficulties, talk over your concerns
with A R C faculty.

Introduction — Services

14

At present the Achievement Resource Centre offers you
the following services:
a. Scheduled workshops on study skills to help you
succeed at college: (See page 151).
b. Personal assistance for you if you are doing well but
want to do better, or if you require personal attention with
learning problems.
c. Professional assessment of your learning difficulties.
d. Assistance in using computer resources available in
the Centre.
Resources available to you are:
a. Computer programs to help you develop your reading,
spelling, vocabulary, and keyboarding skills.
b. Word processing programs.
c. Self-paced learning programs on cassette to improve
your study and learning skills: listening and concentration, time management, logical and critical thinking,
research, English language (grammar, punctuation, etc.),
and more.
ARC houses a learning library, two typewriters, and a
variety of microcomputers and software for your use. You
can also pick up written study tips on such topics as
listening, note-taking, memorization, and test-taking
strategies.
For more information, call 984-4945 or drop by the
Achievement Resource Centre, Building "B - Room 107
at the west end of the Library.

The Mathematics Learning Centre
The Achievement Resource Centre and the Mathematics
Department provide the facilities and services of the
Mathematics Learning Centre, a resource open to all
students. The Centre is located at the south end of the
first floor of the J building (J107) and offers self-paced
learning courses, guided independent study in Mathematics, and a Math library. In the general study area there
are microcomputers available for student use, which have
statistical and graphing packages and other Math software. A Math Video room is equipped with three VCRs
and has video tapes on topics in Algebra, Calculus, and
Statistics. Students requiring assistance may use the
learning aids or consult the Lab Supervisor or Mathematics instructors who drop in at assigned times. If you have
any questions, call the Mathematics Department or visit
the Mathematics Learning Centre.

Special Needs Services
Special Needs Services, a component of the Achievement
Resource Centre, provides the support services necessary for students with physical disabilities to take part in
College programs. Some of these services are: advanced timetable scheduling, provision of taped texts and
technical aids (Visuafteks, talking calculators, etc.), and
specialized exam arrangements.

Information and advice is available on access (to building,
washrooms, etc.), financial assistance, transportation,
parking, and advocacy. In order to obtain required
services, contact Paul Jones, Special Needs Advisor, at
984-4945 as far in advance of each registration as
possible.

Achievement Resource Centre - Squamish and
Sechelt
A R C programs and services are also offered in these
locations. Contact the local College receptionist for more
information: in Squamish 986-3515 (toll free from North
Vancouver) or 892-5322 (local); in Sechelt 987-1535 (toll
free) or 885-9310 (local).

The Athletic Department annually sponsors several
programs directed toward both the student body and the
community at large. Programs vary with demand but in
the past have included Pre-Ski Fitness, Beginner and
Intermediate Tennis, and the B.C. Coaching Certification
Program.

Bookstore
The Bookstore, located in R building offers required and
recommended texts, stationery, and some sundry items.
A postage stamp machine is located in the Bookstore.
Canada Post boxes are located on both North and South
campuses.

Counselling
Writing Centre

Faculty

See page 19.

Robert BAGSHAW, B.Comm., M.A. (UBC), M.A. (Colorado)
Mel FELKER, B.A., M.S.W. (UBC)
David JONES, B.A., M.A. (Dalhousie)
Yvonne MCCOLL, B.A. (Simmons), M.Ed. (Harvard)
Ethelyn MCINNES-RANKIN, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
Susan MITCHELL, B.S.Ed. (N. Illinois), M.A. (UVic)
Nancy NEWMAN, B.A. (Concordia), M.Sc. (San Diego)
Gary SIEGRIST, M.B.A. (SFU)
Marie TOOMPUU, B.A., M.S.W. (Western)

Athletics
Faculty
Neil CHESTER, B.A.P.E., B.Ed., (U. of Sask.), M.P.E.
(UBC)
Joe IACOBELLIS, B.P.E., M.P.E. (UBC)
Capilano is a full member of the British Columbia Colleges
Athletic Association, which is the governing body for all
inter-college athletics in British Columbia. Provincial
champions are determined annually with winners advancing to a national final. This affords our College's highly
skilled student athletes the opportunity to meet with and
compete against the best College athletes in Canada.
Inter-collegiately, Capilano College competes in Soccer,
Basketball, Volleyball and Golf.
At present, gymnasium-based Blues teams operate out of
what was formerly Delbrook High School's Gymnasium.
The facility has been completely renovated and upgraded
to meet College standards. Contingent on successful
fund-raising, we plan in 1989 to begin construction of a
College Recreational Facility on campus to include a gymnasium, courts for racquet sports, aerobic and weight
training facilities, and space for all-College activities.
Each year, our many exceptional athletes, working with
the experienced Blues coaching staff, have combined to
produce several BCCAA championship teams. Capilano
College is proud of the accomplishments of its student
athletes and of its growing reputation for athletic excellence.
Opportunities to take part in intramural activities are also
provided by the College. Activities offered vary from year
to year with expressed interests, but usually include such
activities as badminton, volleyball, basketball, soccer,
touch football, and physical fitness.

General Information
The services of trained counsellors are available to all
students in the College. Counsellors assist students in
educational planning and provide information and consultation in the solution of academic problems. Counsellors
are often helpful in dealing with personal problems and
have a real interest and expertise in this area of student
life. The College counselling objective is to facilitate the
activities of students moving toward self-direction in
decision-making and planning. Counsellors can also
assist with career planning, and vocational testing is
available for students by appointment. Other services
available to students are workshops in such areas as
career planning and stress management, and a computerassisted career choice system.
Appointments to see a counsellor may be made through
the front desk located in the M building or by calling 9844990. Drop-in counselling is also available every day
from 9 am - 4 pm. As well, appointment time is available
four evenings per week to 8 p.m.
Those living in the Pemberton-Howe Sound Region
requiring the assistance of a counsellor should contact the
Squamish Centre. Appointments may be arranged by
calling 892-5322.
Sunshine Coast Region residents should call the Sechelt
Centre, 885-9310, for information.
Introduction

—

Services

15

Career Resource Centre

Food and Beverage Service

The College assists students considering career options
by providing information and reference materials on a
wide variety of occupations. The Centre is located in the
M building and houses a collection of self-help books,
vocational literature, calendars from Canadian and foreign
universities and colleges, and brochures and free information on campus and community resources. For assistance in the Centre, contact the Advising Centre/Counselling receptionist in the M building.

The main cafeteria, located in building N, offers full hot
meal service during the Fall and Spring terms from
approximately 8:00 a.m. through 9:30 p.m. daily except
Fridays when it closes at 3:30 p.m. For special events,
catering services are available. Contact the Food Services Director, North Campus Cafeteria.

Disabled Student Services
See Special Needs Services in Achievement Resource
Centre, page 14.

Distance Education
Open Learning Agency
Open College and Open University
The Open College and Open University, two components
of the Open Learning Agency, offer a wide variety of credit
and non-credit courses through open learning methods.
Courses and programs can lead to one of several college
diplomas or certificates or to a university degree. For
information on course offerings and transfer credit, visit or
write to the Open Learning Agency's Student Services
office at 7671 Alderbridge Way, Richmond, B.C. V6X 1Z9,
or call 660-2221 (toll free 1-800-663-9711).

Knowledge Network
The third component of the Open Learning Agency, the
Knowledge Network also offers a wide range of credit and
non-credit courses. For further information, call 660-2000
(toll-free 1-800-663-1678).

Open Learning in British Columbia
In addition to the courses offered by the Open Learning
Agency, there are many more open learning courses
offered by British Columbia's colleges and universities.
The Open Learning Agency can advise which courses are
available, but specific enquiries should be directed to the
sponsoring institution.

Fitness Centre
The Fitness Centre is located in the west corner of the
south parking lot. The facility contains showers, locker
rooms, saunas, an equipment room and an exercise area,
complete with weight training and fitness testing facilities.
Scheduled fitness sessions are intermingled with large
blocks of open facility time. The Fitness Centre's professional staff will provide personal consultation and testing
services related to health, physical fitness, and weight
control on an appointment basis. For more information
call 986-1911, local 2281.
Introduction

16

—

Services

The smaller cafeteria, located in building B, offers limited
hot foods and snack items from approximately 8 a.m.
through 9:30 p.m. Monday through Thursday; Friday 8
a.m. through 3:30 p.m.
Vending service offering limited food, beverage and
confectionery items is available in Building N (North
Campus) and B (South Campus).
Limited dining space (seating and circulation) does not
allow for the use of either cafeteria for special functions
during the period the food service is in operation, unless
the function is designated by the College's administration.

Health Services and First Aid
Personnel
Dr. Thais HALL, B.A. (UBC), M.D. (UBC)
Dr. Bill MACKIE, M.D. (UBC), C C F P
Donna SAVAGE, R.N., B.Sc.N. (UBC), Ind. First Aid
Brenda JARVIS, R.N., Ind. First Aid
Located in the M building on the North Campus, the
Health Services and First Aid Department is concerned
with maintaining the good general health of all individuals
on campus, and with providing a safe and healthy atmosphere in which to work and study. Emphasis is directed
toward prevention of disease and injury and attainment of
a healthy lifestyle. A Community Health Nurse and
physicians are available to provide the following services:
1. First Aid - come to M 103 or phone local 2964. If no
answer, call the College switchboard "0".
2. Health Counselling - offered on nutrition, weight
control, immunization, birth control and other health
related matters.
3. Physical Health Care - such as vision check, hearing
tests, blood pressure check, pregnancy tests.
4. Diagnosis and Treatment of Illness—appointments
with College Physician may be made in person at M 103,
or by phoning 984-4964.
5. Pamphlets and Teaching Aids on various topics are
available in the reception area of Health Services.
6. Regular meetings of the Health and Safety Committee
are held. Complaints or suggestions regarding hazards or
potential hazards can be submitted in writing via the
Student Representatives.
7. Referrals to outside agencies or individuals can be
made through the Health Service.

International Education
1. International Student Information

3. CANASEAN International Entrepreneurial
Project
C A N A S E A N is another unique program at this College,

T h e College welcomes Applications for Admission from

specifically designed to meet the needs of businessmen

well-qualified students who are normally resident in

and women in C a n a d a and from countries forming part of

countries outside C a n a d a . In 1988, there were approxi-

the Association of South East Asian Nations ( A S E A N ) .

mately 100 international students studying regular

B e g u n in the mid-1980s a s a seminar/workshop series, it

c o u r s e s at Capilano. T h e majority of them are enrolled in

has b e c o m e a regular feature of Capilano International

university transfer programs in the A c a d e m i c Studies

programs and is held for one month e a c h spring.

Division, while others are taking specialized courses in the
Career/Vocational Division.

4. Other International Courses

Normally, to be considered for admission, applicants

A number of individual programs offered in the Academic

should p o s s e s s the equivalent of Secondary School

and C a r e e r Divisions have specific courses providing

graduation (Grade 12) in the Province of British Columbia.

international content. S o m e of them are optional, while

Students wishing a s s e s s m e n t of their a c a d e m i c creden-

others are an integral part of the curriculum leading to a

tials should contact the College Registrar.

college diploma or certificate.

In certain programs, enrollment limitations are in effect

In the B u s i n e s s Management Department, International

both for international students and for Canadian citizens

Marketing ( B S M G 277) is primarily intended for students

and residents. Entry to these programs is competitive and

in the two year Marketing Management program, but ft is

is b a s e d on a c a d e m i c standing and other published

open to students in other programs a s well. A one year

criteria. In accord with provincial government policy,

International Business option is currently being planned

international students are subject to higher tuition fees

and will include c l a s s e s in international finance, world

than C a n a d i a n students.
S e e p a g e 5 for detailed application information.
T h e International Student Liaison Office on c a m p u s gives
help to international students and will provide assistance
to applicants with student visa requirements, location of
home accommodation, educational counselling, and
orientation. All other student services at the Lynnmour
c a m p u s are also available to international students.

economics, international trade law, and cross-cultural
communication.
T h e Modern Languages Department currently schedules
first and s e c o n d year university level courses in French,
G e r m a n , Mandarin C h i n e s e , J a p a n e s e , and Spanish.
English as a S e c o n d L a n g u a g e c o u r s e s provide foreign
and new immigrant students a variety of intermediate and
advanced courses to help improve competency in English
for work, daily life, and post-secondary study.

T h e attention of interested students is directed to closing
dates for applications for Fall, Spring, and S u m m e r terms
in an earlier section of this Calendar. All applications for
admission should be directed to the Office of the Registrar
and should be accompanied by a $75 (Can.) application

English Language training is also offered throughout the
summer; these home-stay programs are designed for
groups only.

5 . International Exchanges

fee.
T h e College has been active for a number of years in

2. International Studies Co-op Program
This program, unique in C a n a d a , enrolled its first class in
1987 and was an immediate s u c c e s s . A diploma program
in A s i a Pacific studies, it is open to students who normally
have completed an undergraduate degree from a recog-

promoting exchanges with colleges, universities and other
agencies outside C a n a d a . Currently, exchanges involve
students from Capilano and Aichi G a k u s e n in J a p a n and
faculty and students from C h i n a Management Training
Centre in C h e n g d u , S i c h u a n , People's Republic of China.

nised university or those who are sponsored by their

Formal agreements have been signed with other post-

employer.

secondary educational institutions in C h i n a , Malaysia and

Combining an examination of culture, history, language,
business, politics, and economics of Pacific Rim regions

other countries of the Pacific Rim which will continue to
enhance opportunities for exchange.

over the course of a full time, nine-month intensive period

A s a member of a number of international education

at the College, and followed by a co-operative work

training associations and consortia in C a n a d a and the

experience of four to twelve months, usually o v e r s e a s ,

United States, the College is able to provide a variety of

graduates b e c o m e immediately involved in working with

opportunities for students and faculty to study, travel, or

industry in development and trade-related business. S e e

work overseas.

page 149 in this Calendar for details.

Introduction — Services

17

6. International Projects and Initiatives
With a particular focus on Pacific Rim endeavours,
Capilano College is involved in development activities in
Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, Japan, and the
People's Republic of China. Current examples include
graduate training of management instructors from the
China Management Training Centre, the establishment of
a pilot centre for enterprise development in Kuala Lumpur
and the development of a marketing research project
related to Canada-China trade.
For further information on any of these international
activities or other international education opportunities,
contact Dr. Jon L. Jessiman, Associate Dean, at (604)
984-4975, FAX (604) 984-4985, or Room A209.

Library/Media Centre
Pat Biggins, B.A. (Hons.) (Manchester), A.L.A., B.L.S.,
M.L.S. (Toronto), M.A. (SFU)
Judy Inouye, B.A., B.L.S., M.L.S. (UBC)
David LAMBERT, B.A. (UofA), M.L.S. (UBC)
George Modenesi, Journalistic Studies (Peru), B.A.,
M.L.S. (UBC)
Frieda Wiebe, B.A. (Hons.) (UofS), M.L.S., M.B.A. (UBC),
Head Librarian

General Information
For students at Capilano College, the Media Centre,
which includes the Library, is an essential resource. Skills
in research can be learned there which will be valuable in
whatever career is pursued. The Media Centre's main
aim is to provide resources for all courses offered by the
College. If users' requests cannot be satisfied immediately, other resources in the Lower Mainland are accessible through the network of public, college and university
libraries. All Capilano services are available to students
and community members alike.

Lynnmour
The Media Centre is an integral part of the instructional
process of the College. Books, films, videos, slides,
diskettes, journals, database searches and A/V equipment
are provided; users are taught how to find and make the
best use of these materials.
Equipment and facilities are available in the Media
Production Centre for audio visual and graphics production.
For more information, drop by the Library/Media Centre in
the B building, or call 984-4944.

Sechelt
A small collection of general reference is held in the
Learning Centre on Inlet Avenue and materials are sent
up each term to support the courses offered. Access to

Introduction

18

—

Services

the book and media collection is provided through use of
the microfiche catalogue. In addition, the Sunshine Coast
Aquaculture Resource Centre is housed in the Sechelt
facility to serve the growing demands in the area on all
aspects of fish farming.

Squamish
A small circulating and reference collection is held at the
Squamish Campus, 37827 2nd Ave. The collection
supports the services and the courses offered at
Squamish. Access to the book and media collection at
Lynnmour is provided through use of the microfiche
catalogue.

Lost and Found
Students may inquire about lost or found items at the
Student Society office or the Library, located in the B
building.

Parking
Parking is available to all students in parking lots 1,2,3,
and 4 only. For exact locations consult the map on the
inside cover.
The following parking regulations, which have been
designed to meet the Fire Marshal's instructions, are in
effect:
a. No restrictions apply to Open Parking areas on the
North and South campuses.
b. No parking is permitted in a Fire Zone.
c. Vehicles may park in a Loading Zone for up to 30
minutes while loading or unloading. Vehicles parked in
excess of this time period are subject to the College
towing policy (see f below).
d. Reserved Parking may be made available to selected
departments and to handicapped persons requiring a
vehicle to be parked near specific work areas. In such
cases, a permit must be secured from the Facilities
Department allowing extended parking privileges.
e. All traffic and parking signs must be observed.
f. Vehicles parking in unauthorized areas will be towed
away at the owner's risk and expense.

Student Employment Centre
Personnel
Lesley ELCHUK, Student Employment Advisor
Greg SHARPE, Head of Advising and Student Employment
The Student Employment Centre assists students in
locating part-time, full-time, summer and career employment. Assistance is also available to students requesting
volunteer or work experience situations. In addition, the
Centre provides help with a variety of job search techniques such as resume writing and interview preparation,
and houses a lending library of resource materials.

Students wishing to take advantage of these services
should drop in and register at the Centre in the M building
or contact Lesley Elchuk, 984-4965.

Student Newspaper
The student newspaper of Capilano College is the
Capilano Courier, a bi-weekly publication funded by the
Student Society and run by an independent staff of
student volunteers. The Courierls a member of Canadian
University Press, a co-operative news organization of
more than 60 college and university papers from across
Canada. As the Courier is written, typeset and laid out on
campus, there are always positions open in the areas of
news and feature writing, reporting, editing, layout,
photography, artwork, typesetting and advertising. All
interested students are welcome to join.
The Courier encourages input from the entire College
community. Classified ads (which are free to students,
staff and faculty), letters to the editor, and other contributions can be submitted to C-4 portable.

Student Society
and Student Activities
Every student who registers for credit courses at Capilano
College must pay Student Activity fees, and is a member
of the Student Society. This fee also includes membership within the Canadian Federation of Students. The
Student Society is a registered non-profit society incorporated under the Societies Act of B.C.
The Student Society has two main goals:
1. To promote, coordinate and administer the participation of students in the affairs of Capilano College, College
Committees, the local community, national student
bodies, other post-secondary institutions and external
organizations.
2. The recognition by the Capilano College Student
Society of responsibilities as a member of a global
society, with obligations to work for the protection of basic
human rights, and the promotion of mutual understanding.
In addition, the Society has a commitment to help the
students on a day-to-day basis through services. The
production of an annual Student Handbook offers information on the operations, detailed services and facilities on
campus and in the community. This handbook is available free of charge through the Student Society office.
The Society also organizes social events to provide oncampus entertainment for students as well as to raise
funds for clubs. In addition to social events, the Society
provides a number of educational forums and lectures on
topics of interest to students.

located in N building next to the North Cafeteria and is
open from 8:30 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. Monday to Thursday and
8:30 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. Fridays. For further information call
984-4969.

Student Store — Cap Corner
There is a store located in the lobby of B building, which is
jointly run by the Student Society and Retail Management
students.
This small shop serves as a laboratory for the Retail
students to practise the skills learned in the program, and
also as an information service for students. The store
sells items such as stationery, gifts, clothing, candy, and
bus passes.

Writing Centre
Located in H470, the English Department Writing Centre
provides:
1) a drop-in centre where you can work on your writing
assignments
2) a set of writing tools: dictionaries, grammar texts,
information sheets, exercises, and software
3) an English instructor available to answer any specific
writing questions you might have on such topics as
researching, grammar, and analysis
4) a tutorial service where you can look at your EDT
results and discuss, in detail, grammatical concerns or
graded assignments with an English instructor
5) a computer room where you can do grammatical
exercises and word processing

Women's Centre
The Women's Centre is located in the north end of the "M"
building on the North Campus. Its purpose is to ensure
equal opportunity for women in all aspects of College
activities. For example, the Centre is available to faculty,
staff, administration, and students to review policies,
practices and curriculum which may present barriers to
women.
The Centre's advisory committee is available to help with
complaints, such as sexual harassment, which may
present barriers to educational opportunities. If you need
assistance, call us.
The Centre has an extensive library of books, periodicals
and papers by and about women. The Centre is a place
where you can study, get assistance for writing papers or
doing projects, use the library, and obtain information on
College and community sen/ices. For further information,
call us at 984-4941 or local 2941.

The Student Society is directed by an eleven member
executive elected by the student body. Half are elected in
October, and half in February. The Society Office is

Introduction

—

Services

19

Financial Aid and Awards
Personnel
Connie GIBBS, B.A., M.Ed. (UBC), Department Head
Zulekha PIRANI
Sheila ROSEN
The Financial Aid Office, located in the M building (North
Campus) may be contacted for information and assistance regarding the B.C. Student Assistance Program,
Bursaries, Scholarships, and Loans. Applications for
financial aid administered by the Financial Aid Office are
available. The Financial Aid Advisor is available to
discuss financial assistance and provide financial advising. The office sponsors workshops on personal money
management and distributes a free brochure called
Student Money Management. Please check our office
hours which are posted in the M building, phone 9844966.

Capilano College Foundation
The Capilano College Foundation is an independent
volunteer community organization, established under the
Societies Act to encourage community interest in the
college, to raise and administer donations primarily to aid
worthy students who require financial assistance.
Membership in the Foundation is open to all contributors.
Contributions should be sent to The Treasurer, Capilano
College Foundation, c/o O'Neill, Goldstone & Co., Suite 6
-144 West 15th Street, North Vancouver, B.C.

Student Assistance
The B.C. Student Assistance Program
The following information is subject to change. This
program is the major source of student financial assistance and is a combination of Federal Canada Student
Loan and B.C. Provincial Government Loan. Equalization
grants are available to students who meet special criteria.
The amount of aid awarded is based on a standard
means test. The maximum Canada Student Loan is set at
$105 per week or $3,570 for a standard 34 week (two
term) school year. The maximum B.C. Student Loan for
single students is $2,630 for two terms while married
students with dependent children or single parents can
qualify for a maximum loan of $4,830. These amounts
are subject to change. The Canada Student Loan and
B.C. Student Loan are interest-free while a full-time
student and for six months after full-time studies. At the
end of six months a student must begin repayment of the
loan, with interest, to the bank.
Eligible applicants are Canadian citizens or landed
immigrants who qualify as B.C. residents.
Students who fail to make satisfactory scholastic
progress may be ineligible for student loans and
grants.

Introduction

20

— Financial

Aid and

Awards

Students who are dissatisfied with their award are entitled
to an appeal. Please make an appointment with the
Financial Aid Advisor.
A detailed brochure and applications are available at the
Financial Aid Office.
Applications should be made by the early deadline date of
July 1 as delays are common.
Students who have applied for student loans should
note that N/A grades do not carry credit and are
treated as course withdrawals. N/A grades reduce
total credit load and may cancel eligibility for future
student loans and require early repayment of existing
loans.

Work-Study Program
The Work-Study Program, a part of the British Columbia
Student Assistance Program, is designed to provide oncampus work experience for students requiring financial
assistance while attending college. A limited number of
part-time on-campus jobs, averaging five to ten hours per
week, may be available. The program is open only to
students demonstrating financial need under the terms of
the B.C. Student Assistance Program. For further details
contact the Financial Aid Office.

B.C. Loan Remission Program
Loan remission will reduce debt to ceiling limit of $12,000
for a first diploma. Check with the Financial Aid Office for
eligibility details. Students whose debt load is less than
$12,000, may be eligible for loan remission of 25% of B.C.
student loans negotiated between April 1, 1984 and
August 1,1987.

Interest Relief Plan
The Government of Canada will pay the interest on fulltime and part-time Canada Student Loans on behalf of
debtors who are experiencing financial hardship due to
inability to find employment or to temporary disability.
Additional information is available from:
Student Assistance Directorate
Department of Secretary of State
P.O. Box 2090, Station D
Ottawa, Ontario K 1 P 6 C 6
Tel: (819) 994-1844 or
1-800-567-9602
A detailed brochure and applications are available at the
Financial Aid Office.

B.C. Youth Foundation
Interest-free loans are available to full-time students who
are B.C. residents and under 30 years of age. Students
are requested to apply first to the Canada Guaranteed
Student Loan Plan (B.C. Student Assistance Program.) A
suitable adult guarantor is required. Loans may be for

fees, books and/or a monthly allowance for living costs.

Capilano College Faculty Association

Deadline: Open

A bursary of $300 will be awarded in each of the Fall and
Spring semesters. Financial need is the main criterion.

Adult Basic Education Grants
Students registered in ABE, ESL and ACT programs may
be eligible for non-repayable grants to cover fees, books,
and transportation. Contact Financial Aid for details.
Deadline: Open

Bursaries
N.B. - Bursaries are non-repayable grants based on
need and satisfactory standing.

The following bursaries are administered by the Financial
Aid Office. Applications forms are available and should
be submitted before the deadlines.
Unless otherwise noted, deadline dates are October
31 (Fall term) and January 31 (Spring term).
Birks Family Foundation Bursary
A bursary of $250 will be awarded in the Spnng semester.
Satisfactory scholastic standing is a requirement.
Rosalind Brossard Memorial Bursary
This bursary is provided to assist a student with financial
need in the Long Term Care Aid program. Rosalind
Brossard, a former student at Capilano College had an
outstanding talent in the Long Term Care Aid field. The
bursary is provided by her family and friends in memory of
her.
Margaret Campbell Bursary
This $400 award is made possible by the North Shore
Business and Professional Women's Club in recognition
of Alderman Margaret Campbell's outstanding contribution
to the North Vancouver Community and as past president
of the Canadian Federation of Business and Professional
Women's Club. The bursary is open to women students
enrolled at Capilano College in at least three courses.
Canadian Federation of University Women of
North Vancouver
A $100 bursary will be awarded to a female student from
North Vancouver who is pursuing a degree in Science or
Business Management. The donor prefers that the
bursary be awarded to a mature woman.

Credit Union Foundation Bursary
The Credit Union Foundation of B.C. awards two $200
grants each year on the basis of financial need. Applicants must be Canadian citizens and residents of the area
served by the College.
Credit Union Foundation:
Sid Butterfleld Bursary
This trust fund was established by the North Shore
Community Credit Union in honour of Sid Butterfield for
his active leadership in every facet of the Credit Union.
Interest from this fund will be disbursed annually to
provide educational and vocational bursaries to assist
young people who exhibit leadership qualities and dedication to their fellow man.
Credit Union Foundation:
Tom Dearlove Memorial Bursary
This memorial fund was established to honour Tom
Dearlove, the first treasurer of the North Short Community
Credit Union. Bursaries will be awarded to students who
reflect Tom Dearlove's special interest in good citizenship
and community work.
Credit Union Foundation Vocational Bursary
A bursary of $300 will be awarded.
Delta Kappa Gamma International Alpha
Province Bursary
A $100 bursary will be awarded to a female student who
is in financial need.
Delta Kappa Gamma International Society of
Women Educators, Kappa Chapter Bursaries
Three bursaries of $300 each will be awarded during the
college year to female single parents residing in B.C. and
studying full or part-time in any program. Candidates will
have achieved a satisfactory academic standing and will
have demonstrated financial need.
Horticulture Bursary Fund
A bursary of $500 will be awarded to a worthy horticulture
student on the basis of financial need and academic
standing in Spring term.

Canadian Information Processing Society
Scholarship

Howard/Yano Award

Scholarships worth $300 each are available to students
who are in an information processing program with GPAs
of at least 3.00 and who are active in student and community life. Above average written and verbal communication
skills are necessary to qualify.

The Howard/Yano architectural firm is a long-standing
company with a reputation as one of the top post-secondary architectural firms in the province. They designed
the "H" building at the College and have been selected as
the architects for the new recreational facility. This $250

Introduction

— Financial

Aid and

Awards

21

award will be given to a student in an academic program.
Howard/Yano prefers that the candidate have an interest
is architecture but such interest would not necessarily be
a prerequisite.

Institute of Chartered Accountants of British
Columbia
A $300 bursary is available to a full-time student at
Capilano College completing the first year of the University Transfer program, who is proceeding to second year
or to a university in the commerce option, has a good
record in the accounting classes completed, has maintained a second class standing overall, has financial need
and who is interested in becoming a Chartered
Accountant.

I.O.D.E. Lions Gate Chapter Bursary
Founded in 1900 in Canada, the IODE is a national
women's organization with over 600 chapters in every
province and both territories. The Lions Gate chapter has
established a bursary for Music Therapy students who
combine scholastic excellence and financial need.

John "Stein" Kramer Memorial Bursary
A bursary will be provided to an Outdoor Recreation
student.

Stephen Leskard Bursary Fund
In 1985 Stephen Leskard retired after a long and distinguished teaching career at Capilano College. A founding
member of the College's Art department, his efforts and
professional work contributed greatly to the development
of all three Art programs. Bursaries from this fund will be
allocated to students in the Foundations of Visual Communications and first year Graphic Design and Illustration
programs. Candidates will be judged on their artistic
abilities. Financial need of the candidates is paramount.
Apply to the program coordinator.

This $400 award is presented by the West Vancouver
University Women's Club in memory of Mary Neil, a
former president and active member. She was a much
loved and respected member of the club and had a lifelong interest in education. The bursary is presented each
year to a mature woman student studying full-time or parttime who has satisfactory academic standing, demonstrated financial need and who is registered in the academic program.

North Shore Community Credit Union Awards
Each Spring a $200 bursary is granted to a student with
financial need who exhibits leadership, citizenship and
good scholastic standing. Eligible candidates are residents of North Vancouver City or District who have
completed one year at Capilano College.

22

— Financial

Aid and

A bursary of $300 will be awarded on the basis of financial
need to a full-time student in each of the Fall and Spring
terms.

Operation Link Bursary Fund
These bursaries are awarded to Business Management
students. Funds for Operation Link are provided by
voluntary contributions of employers participating in Business Management's work practicum program. Apply to
the Financial Aid Office by Oct. 31.

Maureen Piekaar Bursary
This bursary was established in memory of Maureen
Piekaar, a teacher in the Medical Office Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be awarded to an
MOA student who is in financial need and has a satisfactory standing of 70% or better in the first term of the MOA
program.

George Raven Wood Fund
A large number of bursaries will be awarded in both Fall
and Spring terms. A minimum G P A of 2.3 (C+) is required. A limited number of first term students may be
considered in exceptional cases but must provide a letter
of recommendation from an instructor. Bursaries are
available to part-time and full-time students.

Caroline Smith Memorial Award
One $150 award will be granted annually in memory of
Caroline Smith.

Student Society Bursaries
The Student Society provides several bursaries annually
to full-time and part-time students. Financial need is the
main requirement.

Vancouver Foundation Bursaries

Mary Neil Memorial Bursary

Introduction

Office and Technical Employees Union
Bursaries

Awards

For more than twenty years the Vancouver Foundation
has been providing financial assistance to students
enrolled in past-secondary institutions in British Columbia.
Under the block grant scheme, lump sums are provided to
23 post-secondary institutions for disbursal by respective
financial aid personnel to deserving students. These
grants, administered through the institution's financial aid
office, are to assist full-time students who have identified
vocational or academic objectives, demonstrated ability to
reach those objectives, and who, along with their families
when possible, are contributing towards their educational
costs, but still require and merit further financial assistance.

John Percy Williamson Memorial Fund
Bursaries will be awarded in the Spring term. A minimum
G P A of 2.3 (C+) is required.
Deadline: January 31

2. Leadership and character
3. Demonstrated exceptional athletic ability
In addition, preference is given to students who attend
Capilano College for their second year of studies. Apply
to: Joseph lacobellis, Dept. of Fitness & Athletics.

Capilano College Board Entrance Scholarships

Scholarships
Scholarships are generally administered by the Registrar's Office. Please direct inquiries to 984-4912. The
Registrar's office is located on the first floor of A building.

Capilano College
The College offers a number of scholarships to students
with a demonstrated record of scholastic excellence at
Capilano College. Many of these scholarships are for
specific programs. There are also some significant
scholarships for students entering the College.

B.C. Telephone Company Awards for Returning
Students
Two awards of $500 will be awarded in the Spring term.
Students completing first year who intend to continue
second year at Capilano and who have an outstanding
scholastic record may be selected for these awards.

Campney & Murphy Scholarship - Legal
Secretarial Program
This Scholarship will be available to a second term
student based on scholastic achievement, financial need
and career potential. Apply to the Program Coordinator.

Canadian Information Processing Society
Scholarship
A $300 scholarship is available to a computer student
with:
1) a G.P.A. of at least 3.0
2) active interest in student and community life
3) above average communication skills.
Apply to B. Campbell, Business Management.

Capilano College Athletic Scholarships
Several athletic scholarships have been established by
contributions from the following donors:
Vancouver Safeway Employees Union
Keith Plumbing
Time Out Sports
Arrow Transport
Carting O'Keefe Breweries
Quadra Athletic
Budget Rent-a-Car
Confratellanza Italo-Canadesse
Scholarships are awarded on the following criteria:
1. Above average academic standing

These scholarships - sixteen in total - are awarded to
outstanding high school graduates who enroll at Capilano
College. One scholarship in the form of a tuition fee
waiver for two consecutive academic terms in a program
of study of the student's choice is made available through
each of the 16 high schools in the College region. Each
high school chooses the Capilano College Board Entrance Scholarship recipient based on criteria of demonstrated superior scholastic achievement in Grades 11 and
12 in courses of study relevant to the program of studies
the student wishes to pursue at this College.

Capilano College Fee Waiver Scholarships for
Returning Students
Several scholarships will be awarded to outstanding
returning full-time students who have completed one year
at Capilano College. The scholarships will be in the form
of fee waivers for second year. Candidates will be
automatically selected by Grade Point Average.

Capilano College Foundation Scholarships for
Highest Academic and Career Students
Four $600 scholarships will be awarded annually to the
highest achieving full-time students in the Academic and
Career programs as determined by Grade Point Average.
Selection is automatic. Scholarships are limited to
returning students and are intended to help defray tuition
fee and book costs.

Michael Carr Memorial Award for Second Term
Students
This $250 award will be given annually to a student
enrolled in the second term of any first year program at
Capilano College. The award will go to a student who has
combined hard work and perseverance in scholastics and
athletics and who has shown involvement in the community. Students who are pursuing studies in spite of
handicaps are encouraged to apply.
Letters of reference from an instructor and an athletic
coach may be requested to supplement the application.
Deadline: Open

Certified General Accountants Association of
B.C. for Accounting/Business Students
The Certified General Accountants Association of B.C.
offers two scholarships equivalent to the first year's tuition
(approximately $600) to students graduating from an

Introduction

— Financial

Aid and

Awards

23

accounting/business program who has been admitted to
the CGA program from Capilano College. Apply to the
Business Management Program Coordinator.

Davis and Co. Legal Secretarial Scholarships
A $300 scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding
student entering the second term of the Legal Secretarial
Program.

Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship - English
and Communications
This scholarship, donated by the West Vancouver Memorial Library and West Vancouver Municipal Employees Association, will be awarded to a student in a Fall Term
course which emphasizes the development of a student's
creative skills and abilities in the use of the English
language. Faculty in English and Communications will
determine the winner of this scholarship. Contact the
Coordinators in the Communications or English departments.

The Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence
Dr. Paul Gallagher, former Principal of Capilano College,
was noted for his scholastic achievement, qualities of
leaoership, enthusiastic approach to work and leisure,
warmth and compassion towards others and his belief in
the innate goodness of people. In his honour the College
Board has established the Paul Gallagher Scholarship for
Excellence. The recipient of this Scholarship will exemplify the universal qualities of excellence espoused by Dr.
Gallagher.
Applicants must be Canadian citizens or landed immigrants and must have completed at least 15 credit hours
of course work at Capilano College prior to taking up the
Scholarship.
The value of the Scholarship consists of a direct payment
to the College of tuition fees and other set charges and an
allowance of $250 per term towards the cost of books and
other educational expenses. The Scholarship may be
held for a maximum of two terms. Application forms are
available from the Financial Aid Office and must be
submitted to the Financial Aid Officer no later than
December 31.

Kathleen Herauf Memorial Scholarship - Legal
Assistant Program
This award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in the Legal Assistant Program in the Spring term. Apply to the Legal Assistant Program Coordinator.

Rita Johnson Memorial Award for Mature
Women Students
This award was established in honour of Rita Johnson,
who worked in the Women's Access Centre at Capilano

Introduction

24

— Financial

Aid and

Awards

College. She was working towards a Master's degree in
Counselling at UBC. Rita began post-secondary studies in
her middle years after raising four children, and the
Memorial Award was established to assist mature women
students enrolled in either part-time or full-time studies in
any field of post-secondary study. Preference will be
given to mature women who have an interest in academic
studies and who have a demonstrated interest in and
awareness of women's issues. Applicants may be (or
plan to be) part-time or full-time students. Student
applicants will hopefully have at least a 'B' average.
Prospective student applicants will hopefully demonstrate
an active interest in returning to school and/or paid
employment.
Applications are available at the Women's Centre, M102,
and the Financial Aid Office in M Building and can be
submitted at any time.

Constance MacGregor Memorial Scholarship Social Sciences/Canadian Studies
The Capilano College Foundation has established this
$400 scholarship in recognition of the generous support
received from the Estate of the late Donald Anderson
MacGregor. The purpose of the scholarship is to recognize the increasing importance of the study of Canadian
affairs in post-secondary institutions. To be eligible to
apply, a student must have achieved an excellent standing in the study of Social Science, particularly in relation to
Canadian affairs.

Music Scholarship Fund
Scholarships for students in Music Transfer, Music
Therapy, and Commercial Music will be awarded to

students who demonstrate academic achievement. Apply
to the Coordinator of Music Programs.

North Vancouver Community Arts Council
Scholarship
The North Vancouver Community Arts Council Scholarships for tuition fees are available to up to two outstanding
full-time students for one term each per academic year.
Eligible candidates must have studied at Capilano College
in the two preceding terms. Apply to the Art Department.

The North Vancouver Women's Liberal Commission Award
A $1,000 award is available under the following criteria:
1) Full-time student, male or female, in any program who
has enrolled in at least one Women's Studies course
2) Candidates must have financial need
3) Candidates must submit a 500-word essay "How
Equality can be Achieved".
Apply to Women's Studies Department.
Deadline: August 15

Science Faculty Scholarships
This scholarship fund, raised by the Natural Sciences
faculty, will be used to provide two $500 scholarships to
outstanding students entering a full-time first year science
program in the Fall term. Students who wish to apply for
these awards and who expect to graduate from high
school with high marks should obtain an application form
at the Natural Sciences Division office. Deadline for
submission of applications is May 1st.

Science Textbook Publishers' Awards
Each Fall term, several textbook publishers donate
Science textbooks to be awarded to qualified students
entering a first year science program. Students wishing to
apply for these awards should obtain an application form
at the Natural Sciences Division office and return it to that
office before the end of the registration period.

Science Tuition Scholarships
The purpose of this award is to recognize and encourage
scholastic excellence, to reflect the College's reputation
as an excellent institution, and to encourage outstanding
high school graduates from within the College's region to
continue their studies at Capilano College. The value of
each scholarship is the complete waiver of tuition fees for
the Fall term.
Any Science student registered in the Fall term who
meets the following criteria will receive this scholarship:
1. The student must have graduated in the previous
Spring term from a secondary school in School District 44,
45, 46 or 48.
2. The student must have a G.P.A. of at least 3.5 in four
grade 12 courses, including: Algebra 12 and English 12
plus any two of:
Biology 12
Chemistry 12
Computing Science 12
Geology 12
Geometry 12
Physics 12
3. The student must be registered in the Fall term at
Capilano College for at least 16.5 credits which must
include Math 110 and at least two of:
Biology 110
Chemistry 110
Computing Science 103
Geology 110
Physics 110 or 114
Students who think they qualify should request the
Registrar to adjudicate their credentials at the time of
registration.

The Society of Management Accountants of
British Columbia Scholarship Cost and Managerial Accounting
The Society provides an award of $500 towards remission
of the Registered Industrial Accountants fees. This award
is available to the graduating student attaining the highest
mark in Cost and Management Accounting. Contact the
Coordinator, Business Management.

T. Buck Suzuki Memorial Scholarship - Science
Two $500 scholarships will be awarded for excellence to
full-time Science students; one first year student and one
second year student. Students who are in the process of
completing first or second year Sciences must apply for
the award through the Natural Sciences Division by the
middle of April.

Gerry Turner Memorial Award • Office
Administration
Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She
was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the
Dean's offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever
she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to
promote excellence, and to improve the image of the
college in the community. This award is maintained by
Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor and even
disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the
basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a
student in the Office Administration Program in the Spring
term. Apply to the Office Administration Coordinator.

Scholastic Awards
for Graduating Students
Dean's List
Special recognition will be accorded students who
complete a full program of studies at the College with a
3.50 or higher grade point average during the term. Students with "I" grades are not eligible for the Dean's List.

Merit List

*

Special recognition will be accorded part-time students
with a 3.50 cumulative grade point average or higher
when they have successfully completed a minimum of 30,
45, or 60 term hours at Capilano College.

Governor-General's Academic Medal
This award is presented to a Diploma graduate from a
program of two year's duration who has achieved the
highest cumulative grade point average, and who has
attained this grade point average on a minimum of 15

Introduction

— Financial

Aid and

Awards

25

credit hours per term, or full program load as outlined in
the Calendar, during attendance at Capilano College.

Lieutenant-Governor's Medal
Awarded for academic excellence and contribution to the
College and community to a graduate in a Vocational or
Career program of less than two year's duration.

President's Citizenship Award
This award is given in recognition of the student who has
made the greatest contributions to College life.

President's Award
The President's Award is presented to one Diploma
graduate in Academic Studies and one Diploma graduate
in a Career Program who have achieved exceptional
academic excellence.

Harold Kirchner Scholarship
Two graduating scholarships of $100 each will be presented annually. One scholarship will go to the top
scholastic Career Program graduate, and one to the top
scholastic Vocational Program graduate.

Introduction

26

— Financial

Aid and

Awards

Academic Studies /University Transfer
Academic transfer courses offered at Capilano College
provide the student with a variety of academic options
within the framework of a two-year, comprehensive
college. Students transferring to a university can select
full programs of study acceptable for equivalency to
courses in the first two years of university (see note on
Counselling). Students who desire to take part-time
academic studies or who are interested in academic
courses at the first or second-year level, without the
intention of continuing to upper-level study, can select
from a range of courses in various disciplines. Students
in need of extra help in key areas of academic study can
select courses aimed at basic literacy (see notes on the
Writing Centre and Math Learning Centre).
Students interested in special fields of study such as
Canadian Studies, Women's Studies, Labour Studies,
Interdisciplinary Studies or self-paced learning can select
from innovative programs in these areas (as offered from
year to year).
The focus of academic instruction at Capilano College is
on disciplinary and inter-disciplinary study of the highest
intellectual calibre. The College carefully reviews the
curriculum and delivery modes to ensure academic
currency and acceptable university equivalency.
A basic library collection is available as are full media
reference services to complement the courses of study.
The Academic Studies area is divided into three divisions—Humanities, Social Sciences and Natural Sciences—which are arranged as follows:
Humanities: Chinese, English, Fine Arts, French,
German, Japanese, Philosophy, Spanish, Thai, Theatre,
Women's Studies
Social Sciences: Anthropology, Commerce, Economics,
Geography, History, Political Studies, Psychology,
Sociology, Women's Studies
Natural Sciences: Biology, Chemistry, Computing
Science, Geology, Mathematics, Physics
Labour Studies courses fall under the jurisdiction of the
Labour Studies Department.

Associate in Arts and Science
Diploma
Students who have completed the requirements of any
four-term College program may receive an Associate in
Arts and Science Diploma, provided they have fulfilled the
following conditions as outlined under Diploma and
Certificate Requirements (see page 12).

Transfer To and From Other
Institutions
The Academic Division takes seriously its responsibility to
maintain transferability with other post-secondary institutions. To this end, meetings are held with other institutions to ensure that current practice is commonly acceptable and that a full transfer package can be articulated.
Changes in programs, new courses or new course
numberings are carefully compared between institutions
and this College strives to offer the most complete twoyear package possible within budget and facility restraints.
There is agreement among all public B.C. colleges to
accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to
a program given in the admitting college, and given
suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right
to review individual course credit.
Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for
acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer
credits reduce the total number of credits which are
required at Capilano College for a certificate or diploma.
Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable
documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by
the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are
noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full
information on transfer of specific courses is available
from the Admissions Advisor, Counsellors and in the
pertinent instructional division.
Transfer information accurate to the time of printing is to
be found in the Transfer Guide section at the back of the
Calendar. Students are urged to read this section when
establishing their programs of study.

Course Selection and Counselling
A Counselling and admissions placement staff assists
students in selecting the best program of studies. The
final responsibility for course selection, however, rests
with the student. All academic students are advised to
see the Admissions Advisor or a Counsellor to plan their
courses of study. Students should consult the University
Transfer Guide in this Calendar.

English Entrance Requirements
Students who wish to enroll in English courses must,
BEFORE REGISTERING IN ANY ENGLISH COURSE,
write either the Language Proficiency Index (administered
by EMRG) or the English Diagnostic Test (EDT) given by
the English Department of Capilano College.

Academic

— General

Information

27

English Diagnostic Test

EDTs are given prior to and during the registration week
at Capilano College. These tests are administered by the
English Department and may be used for admission to
English courses offered at Capilano College only. Preregistration is required at the Registrar's Office and a fee
of $20 is charged. Schedules for these tests are published in the term timetable and are also available by
contacting the Humanities Division office. Students who,
because of exceptional circumstances, cannot attend any
scheduled sittings of the test may write the test on an
individual basis. Every effort must be made to attend the
scheduled sittings, however, and permission to have a
personal sitting will be granted only in extraordinary
cases. Students wishing to write the EDT should pay in
advance at the Registrar's office.

Writing Centre (H470)
The English Department Writing Centre provides:
1) a drop-in centre where you can work on your writing
assignments.
2) a set of writing tools: dictionaries, grammar texts,
information sheets, exercises and software.
3) an English instructor available to answer any specific
writing questions you might have on such topics as
researching, grammar, and analysis.
4) a tutorial service where you can look at your EDT
results, and discuss, in detail, grammatical concerns or
graded assignments with an English instructor.
5) a computer room where you can do grammatical
exercises and word processing.

Math Learning Centre (J107)
This centre is equipped with math learning aids, video
tapes, diagnostic tests, calculators, microcomputers and
reference textbooks. Students taking math courses are
encouraged to make use of this centre to study math, and
to seek assistance from the faculty member or supervisor
on duty. Self-study programs are available for students
wishing to refresh or improve their mathematical skills
through the Algebra 12 level. Refer to the course descriptions of Math 009, 010,011, and 012 and consult with a
math instructor for further information.

Self Study Courses
In keeping with the College's policy for the development of
alternative instructional modes, it is possible for the
student to pursue studies in first-year Biology and Chemistry on a self-study term format. Refresher courses in
Math through the Pre-calculus level are also available in
this self-study format.

Academic

28

— General

Information

These packaged courses, prepared for home study with
the aid of cassette tapes, manuals, slides, video tapes
and film loops, are designed to offer students who are
unable to maintain regular attendance at the Lynnmour
Campus or a satellite centre the opportunity to pursue
college courses. They are also available to students who
are attending any Capilano College campus, providing
these students with a viable alternative to the usual
lecture/tutorial instructional format. (Students should note
however that attendance on campus for Biology and
Chemistry labs is necessary.)

Registration Priority
In some courses with high demand, registration priority
will be given to students who have not attempted the
course previously at Capilano College. Any student who
has attempted the course within the last year will not be
allowed to register without the instructor's permission.

Lab/Course Relationship
Many courses require that students complete a lab and/or
tutorial. Students should ensure that they are aware of
lab/tutorial requirements and the timetable for these
components. Students should note that it is necessary to
pass both labs and lectures.
The cost of the labs are included in the tuition fee, except
for lab manuals and some field trip costs.

Academic Course Descriptions
Full descriptions of all academic courses can be found in
the alphabetical listings following. Students are urged to
read carefully the general discipline information included
in each section. It is the student's responsibility to be
familiar with the special information needed to select
academic courses. Please note that university transferable courses for Art and Music appear under their respective program headings in the Career/Vocational section of
the Calendar.

Course Description Code
On the right hand side of each course description there is
a series of code letters and numbers, for example:
English 010
Language Skills (F,S) (3,0)

The first letter(s) indicate the term in which the class will
be offered. Example: F-Fall, S-Spring, SU-Summer.
Thus, English 010 is to be offered in the Fall and Spring
terms.

The first number indicates the number of credit hours
granted for the course (most courses however involve 4
instructional hours per week), and the second number
denotes the number of lab and conversational hours per
week. Thus, English 010 is offered three hours a week for
three credit hours with no lab time.

Course descriptions appear under the appropriate discipline.
APPLY TO THE REGISTRAR to have the Specialty
added to your Diploma at the time of graduation.

SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION
Special Programs

A. Non-Science Students

Women's Studies Program

Students planning to continue studies at a university are
advised to consider the following courses to fulfill their
Science requirement:

A Women's Studies Program consisting of a variety of
transfer credit, college credit and credit-free courses, has
been developed at Capilano College.
In addition to the Women's Studies College credit and
transfer credit courses, there are career and academic
courses in other disciplines of special interest to women.

Canadian Studies Specialty
Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can choose courses from the list
below. All courses hold full transfer credit and transfer
into the Canadian Studies Program at SFU. To qualify for
a Canadian Studies Specialty, complete a College
diploma with at least 24 credits from the following list.
Choose these credits from courses in at least three
different departments. Of the 24 credits you choose, at
least six must be numbered 200 or above. For a Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to a General Studies
Diploma, an English or Communications course is
required.

Fall 1989
Anthropology 206
Business Management 178, 179, 255
Economics 101
English 202
French 130, 190, 290
Geography 106
History 110, 205
Labour Studies 100, 110,115, 117, 119, 142,151,182,
210
Political Studies 104
Sociology 200, 201
S p r i n g 1990

Anthropology 204
Biology 105
Business Management 178,179, 256
English 203
French 131, 191,291
Geography 108
Geology 111
History 111, 208
Labour Studies 101, 110,111, 142, 151
Political Studies 104

Biology 104, 105 or 113. (Note: Transfer credit for these
Biology courses is limited to non-science students.)
Chemistry 104,105
Computing Science 100, 104
Geology 110,111
Geography 112, 114
Math 101, 102, 103, 105,108, 109
Physics 104
Please check the prerequisites given in the individual
course descriptions.
Note: Biology 104 and Chemistry 030 fulfill Biology and
Chemistry requirements for the Nursing Program at BCIT.

B. Science Students
Capilano College Natural Sciences Division offers a
complete first and second-year university transfer program in Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Math
and Physics. In addition, the Sciences Division offers
science transfer requirements in the following: preMedicine, pre-Dentistry, Engineering, Geology, Geophysics and other earth sciences, Forestry, Agriculture,
Pharmacy, Home Economics, Rehabilitation Medicine,
and Dental Hygiene. Students wishing specific course
requirements for a particular program should contact the
Sciences Division. Note that Physical Geography courses
are offered in the Social Sciences Division.
For first-year and second-year transfer programs, select
courses from those listed below:
i) B i o l o g i c a l S c i e n c e s ( i n c l u d i n g B i o c h e m i s t r y )

FIRST YEAR
Biology 110/111 or 108/111
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109
Physics 110/111 or 108/111 or 114/115
Math 110/111
English (six credits)
SECOND YEAR
A complete selection of second-year courses which are
transferable to all three B.C. universities is available.

Academic

— General

Information

29

Consult the Biology Department for the specific requirements to transfer into third year at the university of your
choice.

v) Mathematics

ii) Chemistry
FIRST YEAR
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109
Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111
Math 110/111
English (six credits)
Elective (six credits)
SECOND YEAR
Students planning to pursue a major or honours course in
Chemistry should consult a faculty member as requirements differ with different universities.
Chemistry 200/201 and 204/205 (Transfer to UBC.
Consult a faculty member)
Physics 200/201 and 210/211 or 220/221 and 210/211
Math 200 and 230, and 235 depending upon university
(consult a faculty member)
Elective
Science Elective from Math or Physics

iii) Computing Science
FIRST YEAR
Computing Science 103/104/105
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 (UBC)
Math 110/111
Physics 110/111 or 114/115 or 108/111
English (6 credits) (UBC)
English (3 credits) or Philosophy 110 (SFU)
SECOND

YEAR

FOR TRANSFER TO UBC:
Computing Science 222/223
Math 200/205/230
Art Electives (6 credits)
Electives (6 credits)
FOR TRANSFER TO S F U :
Computing Science 130/131/222/223/226
Math 205
Electives (15 credits)
Consult SFU calendar for prerequisites to upper division
courses.

iv) Geological Sciences (including Geophysics,
Geochemistry and other earth sciences)
FIRST YEAR ONLY
Geology 110/111
Physics 108/111 or 110/111 or 114/115
Chemistry 108/109 or 110/111
Math 110/111
English (six credits)
(Geography 112/114 also transfers as university lab

Academic

30

—General

science courses to the universities - see Geography
listings)

Information

FIRST YEAR
Math 110/111
Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109
English (six credits)
Elective (six credits)*
* (Math 101,102, Computing Science 103 are recommended for SFU-bound students. Computing Science
103,105 are recommended for UBC-bound students.)
SECOND YEAR
Math 200, 205 or 215, 230, 231, 235
Computing Science 103/105
Non Science Elective (six credits)
Elective

vi) Physics
FIRST YEAR
Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111
Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109
Math 110/111
English (six credits)
Non-science Elective or Geology, Biology or Computing
Science (six credits)
SECOND YEAR
Physics 200/201,210/211, 220/221
Math 200, 230, 235
Non-science Elective (six credits)
Science Elective (six credits)
Students interested in honours Physics should consult
Physics instructors.

vii) Other Programs or Combinations of
Programs
Consult Sciences Division for course selection, particularly with regard to second-year choices.

Preparatory Programs
For students who do not have some of the course prerequisites for Academic Studies or Career programs, the
College offers upgrading and flexible self-study courses.
For complete course descriptions, refer to specific
sections of Academic Studies. Other upgrading courses
are also listed in the Career/Vocational section of the
Calendar under Preparatory Programs, page 72.

Chemistry 030
Prerequisite: none
This course is designed for those students who have had
no previous chemistry and wish to go on in science.

English 010
Prerequisite: none
An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the
student to proceed without difficulty through an academic
college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students.

Math 009/010/011/012

Achievement Resource Centre
Workshops and Courses
Contact: 984-4945
The Achievement Resource Centre offers two 1.5 credit
courses. See page 151 for non-credit workshops and
courses.

ARC 010 Learning and Study Skills (F,S) (1.5)
A 15 hour course to develop strategies for time management and effective study.

ARC 201 Reading Dynamics (F,S) (1.5)
A 15 hour course in which participants learn and practice
flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing reading
comprehension are also included.
For further information, call 984-4945 or come to the
Achievement Resource Centre in B107 at the west end of
the Library.

Prerequisite: none
These courses are offered in the Math Learning Centre on
a self-paced format. Students are placed in the courses
based on diagnostic tests. This group of courses includes: arithmetic, introductory algebra, intermediate
algebra and functions, trigonometry.

Math 099
Prerequisite: permission of Mathematics instructor
This course begins with a review of introductory algebra
and continues with the development of intermediate
algebra with emphasis on functions. It is meant primarily
for students who require an Algebra 11 equivalent and
who anticipate taking pre-calculus (Math 105).

Math 105
Prerequisite: ' C grade or better in Algebra 11)
This is a pre-calculus course designed for students who
plan to take calculus (Math 108 or Math 110) and need an
Algebra 12 equivalent.

Academic

— Preparatory

Programs

31

Anthropology
Instructional Faculty
B. BERDICHEWSKY, B.A. (U. of Chile), Ph.D. (Madrid)
K. LIND, B.A., M.A. (UBC)

General Information
Students who intend to major or minor in Anthropology
should take both Anthropology 120 and 121 if they will be
attending UBC, SFU or the University of Victoria.
Women's Studies 122, Women in Anthropology, may be
substituted for Anthropology 120 or 121, minor/major
program at SFU and UVic. Women's Studies 122 also
receives 200-level credit in Women's Studies at SFU and
UVic.

University Transfer Credit
All Anthropology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU,
UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at
the back of the Calendar.

Course Descriptions
Anthropology 120
Introduction to Anthropology (F) (3,0)
A survey of the discipline to include an introduction to
human evolution and our place among the primates;
structure and organization of society, and the individual
and society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative
study of social institutions of non-Western cultures such
as economics, family patterns, social control in small
communities, religion and magic.
A n t h r o p o l o g y 121

Introduction to Social Anthropology (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Anthropology 120, Women's Studies 122, or
written permission of the instructor.
An examination of Anthropological concepts and theories
of culture, as well as the analysis of cultural patterns such
as kinship, religion, politics, belief systems, language, and
the role of Anthropology in a changing world.

Anthropology 123
introduction to Archaeology and the Prehistoric
Past (F) (3,0)
A survey of the goals of Archaeology, its theoretical
framework, and the method and techniques to treat
material. Relationship with other disciplines, both in social
and natural sciences. Reconstruction and interpretation
of the prehistoric past, illustrated with examples. Students
will have the opportunity to visit Archaeological collections
and laboratories.

Anthropology 124
Archaeology and Human Origins (S) (3,0)
An introduction to the theory and evidence for the physical
and socio-cuhural evolution of human-kind as presented
by Archaeology and Physical Anthropology. Students will
participate in field trips to museums and Archaeology
laboratories.

Anthropology 200
Intermediate Social Anthropology (F) (3,0)
A study of the social structure and organization of various
cultures of the world. Emphasis on the dynamics of
culture, the cross-cultural approach, the theoretical issues
in Anthropology.

Anthropology 202
Introduction to Cultural Ecology (S) (3,0)
The study of people, culture and environment. Themes
will include ecology and archaeology of early civilizations
in Mexico; adaptive strategies of hunting-gathering
people, pastoralists such as reindeer, cattle and camel
herders, peasant groups around the world; environmental
concerns from anthropology's perspective.

Anthropology 204
Ethnic Relations (S) (3,0)
A study of the relations between ethnic groups including
multiculturalism and an examination of how ethnic groups
come to be defined, how they are maintained, stereotyping, and how these processes interrelate with other social
variables such as economics, education, violence and the
family. The focus will usually be on B.C. Students will be
engaged in some primary research.

Anthropology 206
Indians of British Columbia (F) (3,0)
An introduction to Native Indian Peoples of B.C. to include
the archaeological past, social organization of different
peoples, and current issues.

Anthropology 208
North American Indians (S) (3,0)
A survey of the cultural history and social organization of
native peoples of the North American continent including
Canada, the United States and Mexico. An examination
of traditional lifestyles including family, political, religious
and ecological patterns; and current issues.

Anthropology 249
Comparative Cultures: A Field Study in
Anthropology (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Anthropology 120 or written permission of
the instructor.
An interdisciplinary course to consider in depth a particu-

Academic

32

—

Anthropology

Biology
lar geographic area and its people. Comparative institutions, cultural ecology, the landscape, methods of observation and study. Students and instructors study in the
field. Not offered 1989/90

Women's Studies 122
Women in Anthropology (S) (3,0)
The anthropological perspective applied to women in
different cultures of the world; their role in economic,
political, religious, kinship and expressive systems.
Exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the
effect of theory on understanding women. What is
women's experience in cultures and areas such as the
Eskimo, Amazon, Israeli kibbutz, Greece, Afghanistan,
India, Mexico and Africa.
Anthropology or Women's Studies credit is available for
this course. Please see Women's Studies for further
information.

1

Instructional Faculty
R.G. CAMFIELD, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Monash), Ph.D. (UBC)
M. FITZ-EARLE, B.Sc. (Nottingham), M . S c , Ph.D.
(Toronto), Coordinator of Biology
N.A. RICKER, B.A. (Calif.), M . S c , Ph.D. (UBC)
V.N. TROUP, B . S c (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC)
L K . WADE, B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (A.N.U.), Chairman of Sciences Division
Laboratory Supervisors and Technician

D. HARPER, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor
L. MCDONELL, B.H.E. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor
C. SANDERSON, B.Sc. (Durham), Laboratory Supervisor
B. WILLIAMSON, Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory
Technician

General Information
Capilano College Biology Department offers courses to
meet a variety of educational needs. The Biology 104/105
and 104/113 sequences meet the laboratory science
requirements for Arts students as well as general interest
biology courses. Those planning a major in biology or
other life science should enroll in Biology 110/111.
Students lacking Biology 12, Chemistry 11, or both these
subjects, should enroll in Biology 108 rather than Biology
110. Pre-professional students who intend to enter
Dentistry, Medicine, Forestry, Agriculture, Home Economics, Rehabilitation Medicine, Dental Hygiene or Pharmacy
should also take Biology 110/111.
A complete selection of second-year courses is available
which meet the credit transfer requirements of the three
B.C. universities. Some of these courses may be included in the requirements for pre-professional programs,
and for specific life science programs. The student should
consult the Biology Department for details of course
requirements for various programs.
All biology courses except Biology 200 require weekly
laboratory periods and/or field trips. Some courses also
have extended field trips. Students' contributions to the
cost of laboratories are included in the course tuition fee.
Lab manuals for those courses requiring them must be
purchased for a nominal fee. The student is expected to
defray in part the costs associated with field trips.

University Transfer Credit
All Biology courses transfer to SFU, UBC, and UVic. For
more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the
Calendar.

Academic

—

Biology

33

Course Descriptions
Biology 104
Human Biology I (F) (3,3)
The first term of a course designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for students who do not plan to take
further courses in biology. Basic principles of human
biology will be presented and the impact of the environment upon humans will be evaluated. Major topics will
include cells, cell division, human genetics, digestion,
respiration, and the cardiovascular system.

Biology 105
Environmental Biology (S) (3,3)
The second term of a course designed primarily as a
laboratory science elective for students who do not plan to
take further courses in biology except for Biology 204.
Basic principles of ecology will be developed and the
impact of contemporary society on the environment will be
assessed. Major topics include: ecological concepts and
environmental issues.

Biology 108
Basic Introductory Biology (F,S) (4.5,3)

timetable problems. Labs will be done on the same basis
as in regular Biology 110 sections, and the course will be
completed in the same time.

Biology 111
Introductory Biology II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Biology 110 or 108

A continuation of Biology 110 which further develops the
discussion of basic biological concepts including biological
systems, evolution and ecology.

Biology 111
Self Study - Introductory Biology II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Biology 110 or 108

A self-study course equivalent in content to Biology 111,
open to all students but designed specifically for students
who are unable to attend the Lynnmour campus or a
satellite centre on a regular basis, or who have timetable
problems. Labs will be done on the same basis as in
regular Biology 111 sections.

Biology 113
Human Biology II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Biology 104

This course is designed for the student who has either not
taken both Biology 11 and 12, or who has not achieved a
minimum 'B' standing in these subjects, and who has not
taken Chemistry 11. It covers both the course content of
Biology 110 and the background necessary for the
student lacking Biology 12, Chemistry 11, or both. Students lacking either of these courses are STRONGLY
RECOMMENDED to take Biology 108 instead of Biology
110. Upon successful completion of Biology 108, students are fully qualified to take Biology 111 in the Spring
term.

A continuation of the study of human anatomy and
physiology commenced in Biology 104. The course will
involve a detailed discussion of a selection of the following
topics: the musculoskeletal, nervous, hormonal, and
urinary systems; and a study of the development of the
major body systems. Applications of genetics and
molecular biology to these systems also will be considered. The laboratory component of the course will provide
a complementary practical study of the systems and their
component parts.

Biology 110
Introductory Biology I (F,S) (3,3)

Biology 200
Genetics (F) (3,0)

Prerequisite: None; however Biology 11 and 12 with a
minimum 'B' standing and Chemistry 11 are strongly
recommended.

Prerequisite: Biology 110 and 111. Biology 214 is
recommended.

The standard introductory biology course for students who
plan to take further courses in science. Major topics will
include the origin of life, cell structure and function, cell
division and introductory genetics.

An introduction to the principles and mechanisms of
heredity. Emphasis will be placed on an analytical
approach to classical genetics, genetics of humans,
molecular genetics and population genetics. There is no
laboratory in this course.

Biology 110
Self Study - Introductory Biology I (F,S) (3,3)

Biology 212
Invertebrate Zoology (F) (3,3)

Prerequisite: None, but Biology 12 and Chemistry 11 are
strongly recommended.
A self-study course equivalent in content to Biology 110 or
108 open to all students but designed specifically for
students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour campus
or a satellite centre on a regular basis, or who have

Academlc

34

—

Biology

Prerequisite:

Biology 110 and 111.

A comparative survey of the major phyla and classes of
invertebrates with emphasis upon phylogeny, adaptive
biology and ecology of each group. The course is
designed around the major unifying concept of evolution.
Problems of contemporary interest in the field of inverte-

brate zoology. The laboratory complements the lecture
components and the course includes a three-day field trip
to the Bamfield Marine Station.

Biology 221
Principles of Microbiology II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Biology 213
Vertebrate Zoology (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Biology 110 and 111.

A comparative survey of the major classes of vertebrates,
emphasizing evolutionary trends especially in development and morphology of organ systems. Adaptive
features in vertebrates are considered. The laboratory
complements the lecture component with representative
vertebrates being examined. The lab component includes
several half-day field trips.

Biology 220

A continuation of Biology 220, emphasizing metabolism,
immunological aspects, and ecology of micro-organisms.
The role of micro-organisms in agriculture, various
industries, health and sanitation is considered. The lab
also includes a major project of interest to the student.

Biology 214
Cell Biology I - Structural Basis (F) (3,3)
Prerequisite: Biology 110 and 111 and concurrent
registration in Chemistry 200, if not already completed.

An integrated study of the structure and function of cells
and their components. Ultrastructure of cell organelles as
determined by electron microscopy will be related to the
molecular functions of cells. Emphasis will also be
placed on the techniques used to study cells, the evolutionary origin of cells and their components, and on
comparisons between specialized cell structure and
function. The laboratory exercises will use modern
methods of microscopy and separation techniques in a
detailed study of cell structures and their functions.

Biology 215
Cell Biology II - Introduction to Biochemistry
(S) (3,3)
Prerequisite: Biology 214 and concurrent registration in
Chemistry 201, if not already completed.

An examination of the fundamental principles and basic
facts of biochemistry starting with protein structure and
enzyme functions. Cell energetics, biosyntheses and
mechanisms which control cell metabolism will also be
considered. The laboratory will involve detailed experimental analyses, using the current techniques of biochemistry, of the molecular functions of cells and tissues.

Biology 220
Principles of Microbiology I (F) (3,3)
Biology 110 and 111; Chemistry 110 and
111. Corequisite: Transfer to UBC requires Chemistry
200/201.
Prerequisite:

A comprehensive treatment of introductory microbiology.
The origin, basic structure, growth and genetics of microorganisms will be discussed. The lab provides practical
experience in standard microbial techniques.

Academic

—

Biology

35

Chemistry
Instructional Faculty
A.B. GILCHRIST, Ph.D. (SFU)
P.C. LE COUTEUR, B . S c , M.Sc. (Auckland), Ph.D.
(Calif.), Coordinator of Chemistry, Geology and Physics
D.W. READ, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (McGill)

Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians
K.B. HACK, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor
A. KWAN, B.Sc. (Rhodes), Laboratory Supervisor
B. J . MOIR. Dip. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician
I. SMITH,, H.N.C. (Aberdeen), Laboratory Supervisor

General Information
All chemistry courses include weekly three-hour laboratory periods unless otherwise stated. The cost of the labs
is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals
and some field trip costs. Students are required to have
(and wear) safety glasses in all laboratory periods.

University Transfer Credit
All Chemistry courses, except 030, carry transfer credit to
SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer
Guide at the back of the Calendar.

reduction, electrochemistry, representative inorganic
chemistry; equilibrium; acids, bases and salts; organic
chemistry.

Chemistry 108
Basic Chemistry I (F) (4.5,3)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or Chem 030, Algebra 12 or
equivalent. Math 110 must be taken concurrently, if not
already completed. Students with Chemistry 12 permitted
to enroll in Chemistry 108 only with Chemistry Department's permission. Any student who has enrolled in
Chemistry 108 or Chemistry 110 previously, will not be
allowed to register without the instructor's permission.
This course covers the material of Chemistry 110, and, in
addition, provides the background necessary for a student
who has not taken Chemistry 12.

Chemistry 109
Basic Chemistry II (S) (4.5,3)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 108. Math 111 must be taken
concurrently, if not already completed. Students with
Chemistry 110 permitted to enroll in Chemistry 109 only
with Chemistry Department's permission.

Course Descriptions

This course covers the material of Chemistry 111, and, in
addition, provides the background necessary for a student
who has not taken Chemistry 12.

Chemistry 030
An Introduction to Chemistry (S) (3,2)

Chemistry 110
Principles and Methods of Chemistry I (F) (3,3)

Prerequisite:

Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 and Algebra 12. Math 110
must be taken concurrently if not already completed.

None (No university transfer credit)

This course is designed for those students who have had
no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on in sciences.
Two hour labs are given. Chemistry 030 fulfills the
entrance chemistry requirement for the Nursing program
at BCIT. Atoms, molecules, the mole, chemical formulas,
ionic and covalent bonding. Balancing equations, simple
stoichiometry problems, solutions, acids, bases and salts,
equilibrium, gas laws.

Chemistry 104
Fundamentals of Chemistry I (F) (3,3)
Prerequisite: None, but some chemistry and mathematics
recommended.
A course specifically designed for the non-science
students who need first-year chemistry requirements for
nursing, home economics and physical education, etc. A
study of chemical principles, stoichiometry, the chemical
bond; atomic structure; chemical periodicity; introductory
thermochemistry; gases.

Chemistry 105
Fundamentals of Chemistry II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Chemistry 104.

A study of liquids, solids, and changes of state; oxidation-

Academic

36

—

Chemistry

A course for students who plan careers in science. A
study of stoichiometry; the gaseous state; solids; liquids;
solutions; atomic structure; the periodic system; chemical
bonding; thermochemistry.

Chemistry 110
Self Study - Principles and Methods of
Chemistry I (F,S) (3,3)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 and Algebra 12. Math 110
must be taken concurrently if not already completed.
A self-study course equivalent in content to Chemistry
110, open to any student but designed to be of particular
value to those students who are unable to attend the
Lynnmour Campus or a satellite centre on a regular basis.

Chemistry 111
Principles and Methods of Chemistry II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 110. Math 111 must be taken
concurrently, if not already completed.
Thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibrium, acids, bases and
salts; redox equations, electrochemistry; transition metals
and their complexes; organic chemistry.

Chinese
Chemistry 111
Self Study - Principles and Methods of
Chemistry II (F,S) (3,3)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 110. Math 111 must be taken
concurrently if not already completed.
A self-study course equivalent in content to Chemistry 111
and designed to be of particular value to those students
who are unable to attend the Lynnmour Campus or a
satellite centre on a regular basis.

Instructional Faculty
B. NG., B.A. (Intl. Christian U., Japan), M.A. (London),
Teach. Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong)

Course Descriptions
CHINESE 100
First Year Chinese (F) (3,2)

Chemistry 200
Organic Chemistry I (F) (3,3)

Introduction to Mandarin Chinese as it is spoken in
Mainland China today. Emphasis is on basic phonetics,
tones, pronunciation, grammar, writing and conversation.

Prerequisite: Chemistry 105,109 or 111. Any student
who has attempted the course previously will not be
allowed to register without the instructor's permission.

CHINESE 100
First Year Chinese (F,S) (3,l)

A study of nomenclature, structure, and spectroscopy of
organic molecules; alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometallic compounds, alcohols, ethers, alkyl halides; mechanisms and stereochemistry.

Chemistry 201
Organic Chemistry II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Chemistry 200

Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes, ketones, acids and their
derivatives, carbanions; amines; nitro, azo, diazo and
related compounds; heterocyclics; carbohydrates, protein
chemistry; polymers; natural products.

Chemistry 204
Introduction to Physical Inorganic Chemistry I
(F) (3,3)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 105 with "B" standing or Chemistry 109 or 111, and Math 111.
A study of gases, thermodynamics, thermochemistry;
equilibrium, electrochemistry, solutions, quantitative
inorganic analysis. Biological applications of these topics
stressed.

Chemistry 205
Introduction to Physical Inorganic Chemistry II
(S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Chemistry 204

The same course content as above, but taught at a
sfower pace. The course period extends over two terms.

CHINESE 101
First Year Chinese (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite:

Chinese 100 or permission from instructor.

This course will focus on perfecting students' basic
phonetic skills, improving basic conversational skills and
listening comprehension, learning more about Chinese
grammatical structures, learning more Chinese characters
to enable reading and writing of simple Chinese texts;
learning to use a Chinese dictionary and a Chinese Word
Processor as tools for writing and for further study.

CHINESE 200
Second Year Chinese (F) (3,2)
This course is for students who know the basics of
Mandarin phonetics and grammar and approximately 600
Chinese characters, or those who have completed
Chinese 100 and 101 or its equivalent.
A further 300 characters are taught. Additional work on
writing and spoken Mandarin is provided using the
language lab, and a Chinese Computer program.

CHINESE 20I
Second Year Chinese (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite:

Chinese 200 or permission of instructor.

Continues the work of Chinese 200.

A study of acids and bases, chemical kinetics, main group
systematic chemistry; transition elements and coordination complexes.

Academic—

Chinese

37

Commerce
Instructional Faculty
N. A M O N , B . A . (Kent), M.A. (SFU)
G. FANE, B.Sc. (City U.), M.B.A. (City U.), R.I.A.
J.E. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston)
K.V. TOWSON, B . S c , M.Sc. (SFU)
C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Toronto)
J . WILSON, B.Comm. (UBC), C A .

In the Fall term students admitted to Year II will take:
Commerce 290, 292 and 293, Economics 211, and one
university transfer elective
A Fall term Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.67 with no
grade below C- MUST be achieved to continue into the
Spring term, when the following courses will be taken:
For those with Math 108/109 (or 110/111) in Year I:
Commerce 291, 294, 296, 297 and one university transfer
elective.

The College offers a two year transfer package to UBC
consisting of Year I and Year II as follows:

For those with Math 105/108 (or Math 103/108):
Commerce 291, 294, 296, 297 and Mathematics 109.

Year I
To enter Year I, fill out an Application for Admission Form.
Year I requires 30 credits which MUST include the
following:
a) Economics 200 and 201 - these may be taken in either
order;
b) English 100 followed by ONE of English 103, 104, 105,
106.

Transfer to SFU or UVic
Some courses in the UBC transfer package do not
transfer to SFU or UVic. Students wishing to transfer to
either of these institutions are, therefore, strongly urged to
see a Counsellor or Advisor before applying for admission
to Year II.

Course Descriptions

c) The Mathematics requirement is:
- If Algebra 12 was successfully completed with a "C+"
grade or better, take Math 108 followed by Math 109
(Note: 110 and 111 can be substituted for 108/109, but
this combination is more oriented towards science than
business).
- If Algebra 12 was successfully completed with a grade
of "P" or "C", take Math 105 followed by Math 108 (or
Math 110).
- If Algebra 11 was successfully completed with a grade
of "C", take Math 103 followed by Math 108 (or Math 110).
- If Algebra 11 was not taken (or the grade achieved was
less than a "C") then Math 099 must be taken prior to
Math 105.
d) 12 credits (four courses) of electives. Students may
choose any university transfer courses at the College, but
it is suggested to spread these around rather than taking
3 or 4 courses in only one discipline.

Upon completion of Year I, students must then APPLY for
admissbn to the Commerce Program itself by getting a
"Commerce Program Application" from the Registrar's
office. There are only 35 seats available in Year II and
preference will be given to students with the best Year I
records who want to take the entire Year II Program.
Applications to the Commerce Program should be made
immediately in late spring once the Year I courses are
complete and grades received. Students who wait until
late summer may find that all spaces have been filled.

38

A study of standard quantitative methods used in business and industry, including decision theory and basic
probability. The study of computer software packages is
included.

Commerce 291
Applications of Statistics in Business (S) (4,0)
The methods and applications of statistics in business;
continuous random variables; sampling; estimation of
parameters; hypotheses testing and regression analysis.

Commerce 292
Principles of Organizational Behaviour (F) (4,0)
Behaviour in organizations as it affects people or individuals, their relationships with others, their performance in
groups and their effectiveness at work.

Commerce 293
Financial Accounting (F) (3,0)

Year II

Academic

Commerce 290
Quantitative Methods for Business (F) (4,0)

—

Commerce

An introduction to the construction and interpretation of
financial statements and reports including the balance
sheet, income statement, statement of retained earnings
and the statement of change in financial position.

Commerce 294
Managerial Accounting (S) (3,0)
Introduction to the development and use of accounting,
information for management planning and control and the
development of cost information for financial reports.

Computing Science
Commerce 296
Introduction to Business Management (S) (3,0)
An introduction to the wide range of interrelationships,
both internal and external, of the organization. The
development of a framework for analysis of the breadth of
issues in management and administration.

Commerce 297
Capital Markets and Institutions (S) (3,0)
Introduction to the economic environment in which
businesses operate including the role of the Bank of
Canada. Analysis of domestic and international money
markets and institutions and the basic capital asset
valuation models.

Instructional Faculty
J.D. BONSER, B.A., B.A.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Waterloo)
E. EDWARDS, B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC)
M. FREEMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal.Tech.), Ph.D.
(UBC)
L.F. HARRIS, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. (Australia Nat. U.)
R. HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC)
U.R. KEDING, B.A., M.A. (SFU)
E. KUTTNER, B.Sc, M.Sc. (UBC)
R.H. VERNER, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (EWSC), B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC)
C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M . S c , Ph.D. (Toronto),
Coordinator of Computing Science

General Information
The Computing Science Department offers computing
courses at the first and second-year university level.
Students enrolled in these courses have excellent access
to the College's computing facilities which include both
microcomputer labs and HP3000 terminal labs.

University Transfer Credit
Students planning to major in Computing Science and
Science students fulfilling Computing Science elective
requirements normally take Comp 103/104/105 in their
first year. Non-science students wishing an introduction
to computers and programming normally take Comp.180
or Comp. 100. The first and second year program
requirements leading to a Computing Science degree are
listed in the SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION
section. For details on the transferability of each course
consult the transfer guide at the back of the Calendar.

Course Descriptions
COMP 180
Introduction to Computers and their
Applications (F,S) (3,0)
An ideal introduction to computer applications for students
with little or no previous computing experience. The
course outlines the historical development of computers,
their uses today, and future trends in computing.
NOTE: Because it is an introductory course, COMP 180
cannot be taken for credit with or after another computing
course.

COMP 100
Introduction to Programming In BASIC (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

At least a " C in Algebra 11 or Math 010.

An introduction to computers and computer programming
for non-science students. Students intending to take
further computing courses should consider Comp 103

Academic

— Computing

Science
39

instead of Comp 100. Topics covered include principles
of problem-solving and algorithm design; computers and
their O/S; applications to problems in statistics, data
processing, accounting, social sciences, entertainment;
language of instruction is BASIC.
Note 1: Any student who has attempted this course within
the last year will not be allowed to register without the
instructor's permission.
Note 2: Students will receive credit for only ONE of Comp
100 or Comp 103.

COMP 103
Introduction to Programming in PASCAL
(F,S) (4,0)
Prerequisite: At least a " C " grade in Algebra 12 or Math
012, or at least a "C-" in Math 105 or 103.
Introduction to programming using Pascal; general
understanding of computers, principles of programming;
specific experience in writing and executing programs;
applications will stress scientific and statistical calculations as well as data processing problems.
See Notes 1 and 2 under Comp. 100.

COMP 104
Fundamental Concepts of Computing (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: COMP 103 with at least a "C-" grade, or
COMP 100 and Math 103/105/Algebra 12 with at least a
"B-" grade.
Theoretical introduction to computing science; computer
organization and architecture; information representation;
machine and assembly languages; addressing schemes;
machine arithmetic; problem solving with low level
languages. Hands-on experience with assembly language programming and debugging.

COMP 105
Program Design (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in COMP 103 and
Math 110, or CS12 and Algebra 12, and the permission of
the instructor.
Continuation of Comp 103; experience in application
programming and programming methodology; emphasis
on larger projects with a scientific orientation; projects will
include problem specification, program design, validation,
evaluation, documentation.

COMP 130
Introduction to APL (S) (1,0)
Prerequisite: At least a *C-" grade in Math 110 and
Comp. 103.
Introduction to APL (A Programming Language) both as
mathematical notation and as a computer programming
language. APL primitives and their use, arrays of data
and their manipulation, modular design of solutions to

Academic

40

— Computing

Science

problems, practical experience in writing and using APL
programs. Examples will be taken from various areas of
Science and Mathematics.

COMP 131
The C Programming Language (F) (1,0)
Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 103, or
another programming language and the permission of the
instructor.
Introduction to the C programming language for students
with experience programming in Pascal or a similar
language. Comparison of C with Pascal; C program
structure, data types, operators, control structures; arrays
and pointers, structures and unions; libraries and separately compiled modules.

COMP 222
Data Structures and Program Organization
(F) (4,0)
Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 104 and
Comp 105.
Organization of programs and their data structures;
methods for modular program design, use of procedures.
Definition and use of abstract data types: lists (stacks,
queues), trees (binary, AVL, B-Trees, Tries); contiguous
and dynamic representations. Applications to searching,
sorting; analysis of algorithms.

COMP 223
Discrete Structures (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 104 and Math
111.
Introduction to mathematical models and formal topics
used in computing science; Boolean algebra, sets,
relations, functions; proofs, induction and recursion,
recurrence relations; graphs, trees, applications; finite
state machines.

COMP 226
Introduction to Digital Hardware (S) (4.5,3)
Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 104, Math
111 and Physics 111 or 115.
Elementary circuit theory; introduction to linear and nonlinear devices; logic gates; flip-flops; clocked logic; A/D
and D/A conversion; interfacing techniques; laboratory
experience in these topics.

COMP 231
Introduction to Systems Programming (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: AX least a "C-" grade in Comp 104, 131 and
Comp 222.
Operating systems, single tasking and multi-user; multitasking on micro, mini, and mainframe computers. File
systems, resource allocation, security. UNIX.

Economics
Instructional Faculty
N. AMON, B.A., (Kent), M.A. (SFU)
P. KANTROW IZ, B.A., M.A. (SFU)
K.W. MOAK, B.A. (UVic), M.P.A. (UVic.)
A. MORRIS, B.A. (Manchester), M.A. (SFU)
J.E. SAYRE, B.S., B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston)

General Information
Economics is a social science concerned with the allocation of scarce resources and the production, distribution
and consumption of wealth. Economics 100 and 101 are
introductory courses which raise and explore the kinds of
questions economists deal with. They also serve as an
introduction to the study of formal economic theory in the
200-level courses.
Students who plan to major in Economics or Commerce
should complete Economics 200 and 201 before proceeding to third year courses at UBC, SFU or elsewhere.
Students who plan to major in Economics at SFU are also
advised to complete Economics 120 and 121. Students
who plan on entering the Commerce Program should take
Economics 200/201 in their first year.

University Transfer Credit
Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all
Economics courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For
details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the
Calendar.

Course Descriptions
Economics 100
Introduction to Economics (F,S) (3,0)
A course that involves tracing the development of conflicting views of the nature of the capitalist economic system.
The course will focus on the historical development of
capitalist society and on the divergent interpretations of
the operation of capitalism as found in the writings of such
economists as Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Karl Marx,
J.M. Keynes and Milton Friedman. Contemporary
government economic policies and such basic concepts
as supply and demand are dealt with.

Economics 101
Canadian Economics - Macro and Micro
Considerations (F) (3,0)

Economics 120
Economic History of the Pre-lndustrial Era
(F) (3,0)
A broad sweep of economic history from man's earliest
beginnings to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of
prehistoric man, the River Civilizations, Greece, Rome
and Europe in the Middle Ages are studied, while emphasis is placed on the transition from European Feudalism to
early forms of capitalism.

Economics 121
Economic History of the Industrial Era (S) (3,0)
A study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent
economic growth to the present in context of several
countries including Canada. Contrast is made between
the paths of development of today's industrial nations and
those nations that are now attempting to industrialize.

Economics 200
Principles of Macroeconomic Theory (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:
Students are strongly encouraged to
complete Economics 201 before Economics 200.

The formal Keynesian theory of national income determination and some contemporary critiques of this theory are
considered. Included is the study of the possible causes
of and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the
importance of international trade. Government fiscal and
monetary policies are examined in detail.

Economics 201
Principles of Microeconomic Theory (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:
At least one 100 level Economics course is
strongly recommended.

A study of the theoretical constructs of consumer behaviour and the operation of business firms in the market
economy under conditions of perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is
the analysis of the firm's equilibrium position and the
determinants of income distribution.

Economics 211
Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Economics 201, Math 108 or 110.

Consumer behaviour, production, exchange, equilibrium
of the firm under different market structures, factor
markets, economic welfare. Transferable to UBC.

An examination of the contemporary structure of the
Canadian economy of international trade and tariffs, the
effects of foreign investment and ownership; the problems
of regional disparities and poverty; the interplay of
business, government and unions and federal-provincial
relations and taxation policies are considered. Focus is
on the hard economic choices the people of Canada now
face.
Academic

—

Economics

41

English
Instructional Faculty

English as a Second Language

F. BROWNELL, B.A. (Wash. St. Louis), M.A., Ph.D.
(Boston) '
J . CLIFFORD, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
P.L. CONN ELL, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
R. COUPE, B.A. (Tasmania), Ph.D. (UBC)
P.L. COUPEY, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (UBC)
M.L. FAHLMAN REID, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Toronto)
G. N. FORST, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC)
W. GOEDE, B.A. (Wisconsin), M.A. (Edinburgh), Ph.D.
(California)
S.R. GILBERT, B.A. (UVic), M.A. (UBC)
G. HINDMARCH, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
C. HURDLE, B.A., M.A. (UVic)
D. H. JANTZEN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (York)
C. MCCANDLESS, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (UBC)
R. RAMSEY, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. (Toronto)
W.G. SCHERMBRUCKER, B.A. (Capetown),
P.Grad.Cert. in Ed. (London), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC)
R.G. SHERRIN, B.F.A., M.F.A. (UBC)
M. SOULES, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (Rutgers)
S. THESEN, B.A., M.A. (SFU)
A. WESTCOTT, B.A. (Alberta), M.A. (Queens), Ph.D.
(Toronto)

See listing in the Special Programs section of the Calendar.

General Information
For first-year English transfer credit at UBC, students
must take two courses from either a) or b):
a) English 100, 103,104,105, 106
b) English 102, 103, 104, 105, 106
For second year English transfer credit to the universities,
English majors should take English 200-201; all other
second year students can take any two second year level
English courses.

University Transfer Credit
Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all
English courses transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For
details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the
Calendar.

English Placement Test
Those students who wish to enroll in English courses in
the Academic Division must submit the results of the
Language Proficiency Index Test or the College English
Diagnostic Test (EDT).
EDT schedules will be posted in the Switchboard/Reception area and the Humanities Division. Students wishing
to write the EDT should pay in advance at the Registrar's
office and bring their receipts to the appropriate test
sitting.

Academic

42

—

English

English Writing Centre
The English Department Writing Centre provides:
1) a drop-in centre where you can work on your writing
assignments.
2) a set of writing tools: dictionaries, grammar texts,
information sheets, exercises and software.
3) an English instructor available to answer any specific
writing questions you might have on such topics as
researching, grammar, and analysis.
4) a tutorial service where you can look at your EDT
results, and discuss, in detail, grammatical concerns or
graded assignments with an English instructor.
5) a computer room where you can do grammatical
exercises and word processing.

Course Descriptions
English 010
Language Skills (F,S) (3,0)
An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the
student to proceed without difficulty through an academic
college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students.
Transferable to SFU.

English 100
Composition (F,S) (3,0)
A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving
students intensive practice in writing for a variety of
purposes, with emphasis on the essay form. Throughout
the term progressively increasing emphasis is given to
effective organization and development of material.
Research technique and documentation is taught. Problems in mechanics of writing are dealt with individually, in
group discussion and by revision of essays.
Transferable to SFU and UBC.

English 102
Composition (S) (3,0)
A composition course designed for those who wish a
more intensive and comprehensive approach to English
Composition than offered by the usual first-year composition course (English (100).
Note: English 100 and English 102 DO NOT transfer
together as first year English.

English 103
Studies in Contemporary Literature (F,S) (3,0)

English 191
Creative Writing (S) (3,0)

A study of selected and representative 20th century
literature from the major genres. The works studied will
be chosen for their intrinsic literary merit and may, in
certain sections, also reflect a particular theme of significance in the contemporary world. (When material is
selected for theme, the issue under consideration will be
announced during the registration period.) The chief aim
of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage
original responses in well-developed oral and written
criticism.

A continuation of English 190.

English 104
Fiction (F,S) (3,0)
A study of selected 20th century short stories and novels,
each of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the
course, beyond broadening the student's understanding
and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original
responses to literary expression and to increase the
student's ability to express those responses in welldeveloped oral and written criticism.

English 105
Poetry (F,S) (3,0)
A study of selected major and significant minor 20th
century poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit.
The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the
student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is
to encourage original responses to literary expression,
and to increase the student's ability to express those
responses in well-developed oral and written criticism.

English 106
Drama (F,S) (3,0)
A study of selected and representative plays primarily of
the 20th century. The chief aim of the course, beyond
broadening the student's understanding and appreciation
of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary
expression and to increase the student's ability to express
those responses in well-developed criticism.

English 190
Creative Writing (F,S) (3,0)
An intensive workshop course designed to help students
develop expressive skill and craftsmanship in poetry,
fiction, and drama. Students are required to write extensively in their chosen genre and to develop an awareness
through written practice of at least one of the other
genres. Students are also required to submit their writing
regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point where it would
become acceptable for publication.

English 200
English Literature to 1660 (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.
A study of texts in all major genres from selected major
authors to 1660. This course will provide the student with
a broad historical and critical frame of reference as well as
some in-depth study of individual works.

English 201
English Literature Since 1660 (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.
A course similar to English 200, but covering the later
period indicated.

English 202
Canadian Literature (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.
A course designed to familiarize the student with major
representative authors from the colonial beginnings of
Canada to World War II. This course will investigate
various themes and styles which evolved through the
early literature and which are reflected in contemporary
Canadian literature.

English 203
Canadian Literature (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.
The continuation of English 202, becoming more intensive
in the investigation of individual major, modern authors of
poetry, novels and plays in Canada since World War II.
This course will study the emergence of significant
contemporary themes and the Canadian response to
them.

English 207
Studies in Mythical and Biblical Backgrounds to
Literature (F,S) (3.0)
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.
A study of biblical and classical traditions of western

Academic

—

English

43

literature and of a selection of works in literature written in
English which have been influenced by these two traditions. The aim of the course is to provide an understanding of the pervasive influence of these traditions in the
literatures of the English language and to develop the student's ability to appreciate selected works in the context of
these traditions.

English 208 (F,S) (3.0)
Studies in Fiction (the Novel)

A study of the development of the short story and novella
form, through an exploration of the cultural and literary
history in which the genre developed and through a
detailed analysis of representative texts. Texts and
critical approaches may vary from section to section,
although examples from both the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries will be studied. The aim of the course is to give
the student an understanding of the development of the
genre in context and of writers of major significance to the
genre.

Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.

English 212
Readings in World Literature to 1780 (F) (3,0)

A study of the novel from various perspectives which
consider the evolution and diversity of the novel as a
literary form. Texts and critical approaches may vary from
section to section. The aim of the course is to give the
student an awareness of the cultural context in which the
novel came into being, and into being, and into popularity,
and to study selected texts closely.

English 209
Studies In Poetry (F,S) (3.0)
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.
A study of individual works by various poets from
Chaucer's time to the present. Prosody, poetic forms, and
critical approaches will be studied, as well as the historical
and cultural contexts of the poems and of poetic movements. The aim of the course is to increase the student's
knowledge of the craft of poetry, and to study selected
texts closely.

English 2I0
Studies in Drama (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.

Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.
A course to acquaint students with a variety of major or
influential works of literature from the classical Greek era
to the end of the 18th century, and to provide the student
with a broad historical and critical frame of reference.
Texts are considered both for their own literary merits and
in historical context.

English 213
Readings in World Literature Since 1780 (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.
A course similar to English 212, but covering the period
from 1780 to 1920, with emphasis on the 19th century.

English 290
Creative Writing - Poetry (F/S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: English 190 or 191, or instructor's written
permission.
This course offers an intensive workshop in the writing of
poetry. It will concentrate on furthering the student's
knowledge of current poetry forms while at the same time
increasing awareness of one's own voice, one's individual
ground for writing, and the development of one's own
poetic.

A study of dramatic literature from various perspectives:
the examination of dramatic types from various periods
with reference to the history and development of dramatic
forms, of sub-genres of drama, of techniques in dramatic
literature and performance, and of the relationship of
literary text to performance. Major plays from various
periods and national theatres will be considered. The aim
of the course is to increase the student's knowledge of
drama as an art form which has evolved out of literary and
cultural history and out of performance.

Students will be expected to read a variety of contemporary work, both poems and statements poets have made
about their own poetics. Students will have the opportunity to try a variety of forms, for instance, the short lyric,
the serial poem, narrative verse, prose poetry.

English 211
Studies in Short Fiction (F,S) (3.0)

Prerequisite: English 190 or 191, or instructor's written
permission.

Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English
courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's
written permission.

This course offers an intensive workshop in the writing of
fiction. It will concentrate on furthering the student's
knowledge of the state of current fiction while giving the

Academic

44

—

English

English 291
Creative Writing - Fiction (F/S) (3,0)

Fine Arts
student the opportunity to develop an awareness of voice,
word choice and rhythm, dialogue, character, and pointof-view.
Students will be expected to read a variety of works of
contemporary fiction and to discuss various techniques.
In their writing, they will have the opportunity of trying out
these techniques in both short and extended forms of
fiction.

Women's Studies 104
Contemporary English-Canadian Women Writers
(F/S) (3,0)
A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and
intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation for
the literature in English being produced by Canadian
women writers today, with emphasis on the current, local,
West Coast literary scene; to examine and discuss the
portraits of women and of women's circumstances
revealed in these writings. In addition to students' reading
and discussion of the literature, there will be class visits
for readings and discussion by several prominent West
Coast Canadian women writers.

Instructional Faculty
J . JUNGIC, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
S. McKAY, B.A..M.A. (UBC)
A. ROSENBERG, B.A., M.A., (Toronto)

General Information
Art history courses are designed to enrich and broaden
the student's knowledge of culture past and present,
stimulate visual awareness and provide analytical tools
with which to decode visual image.
A major in art history can lead to careers in: architecture,
interior design, commercial art, art gallery curatorial work,
museum work, art dealing, teaching art restoration, etc.

University Transfer Credit
All Fine Arts courses have direct or indirect transfer credit
at UBC, SFU and UVic. Please check the Transfer Guide
at the back of the Calendar for further information.
Academic students may also take studio art courses for
credit in the Career Division's Art Programs. Please see
page 76 for details.

Transferable to SFU, UBC, and UVic.

Women's Studies 106
Contemporary American Women Writers (S) (3,0)
A discussion-oriented literature course intended to
broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and
appreciation of contemporary and recent important
American women authors. There will be brief consideration of 19th and early 20th century works, but the focus
will be on works published since World War II, including
works of the 1980s. Although the focus will be on plays,
stories, novels and poetry, there will be some exploration
of those biographical matters and issues of critical status
that mark the rise of women's writings from a sub-genre to
full status acceptance by the best critics today.

Women's Studies 107
Contemporary European Women Writers (In
Translation) (S) (3,0)
A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and
intensify the student's awareness and appreciation of the
literature being produced by a wide variety of women
writers today in Europe (especially France and Germany)
and to encourage students to become more aware of and
responsive to the creative process as it is exercised by
these authors within the particular circumstances common to women's role in our western society, as well as
those circumstances particular to specific cultures in
western society.
To be offered in Spring 1990.

Course Descriptions
Fine Arts 100
The History of Art I (F) (3,0)
This course studies the history of art beginning with the
pyramids and tombs of Egypt and concluding with the
Gothic Cathedrals and Italian fresco paintings of the High
Middle Ages in Europe. An understanding and appreciation of art are the aims of the course and through lectures
and class discussion students will develop an 'eye' for
seeing, and appropriate terms to describe the works
shown. Our involvement with the art of the past clearly
r e v e a l s h o w c h a n g i n g styles in a r c h i t e c t u r e , painting, a n d
sculpture are influenced by the historical context and the
political, social, and religious thought of each period.

Fine Arts 101
The History of Art II (S) (3,0)
Beginning with the art of the Italian Renaissance, this
course studies the history of painting, sculpture, and
architecture to the present day. Individual artists including
Leonardo, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Goya, Van Gogh
and Picasso are studied in addition to the larger period
styles. Because works of art so perfectly reflect their age,
the economic, social, and religious ideas of each period
will be closely considered.

Fine Arts 104
Introduction to Visual Literacy I (F) (3,0)
This course examines some of the general or particular
themes apparent in Western Art: Classicism, Medieval-

Academlc

— Fine Arts

45

French
ism; historical works, portraits, landscapes, the human
figure. Confrontation with a wide range of images and
ideas encourages students to become visually literate and
confident in the interpretation of all aspects of visual work.

Fine Arts 105
Introduction to Visual Literacy II (S) (3,0)
In this course there will be an emphasis on local architecture, recent B.C. art, certain aspects of North American
painting trends. As in F.A. 104, the emphasis will be on
developing visual literacy.

Fine Arts 210
History of Modern Art (19th Century) (F) (3,0)

Instructional Faculty
L. CANTIN ORR-EWING, B.A. (Montreal), M.A. (SFU)
O. KEMPO, B.A. (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC)
F. REID, M.A. (Edinburgh)
Instructional Associate

J . GACINA, B.A. (SFU) Teaching Cert. (SFU)
H. LACOURSE
Language Lab Supervisor

J . NOEL

Summary of Programs

This course studies the mainstream of modern art beginning with the paintings of Jacques Louis David produced
during the French Revolution and concluding with the art
of Cezanne. Emphasis is given to individual artists and
works by Goya, Delacroix, Monet, Van Gogh, Gauguin
and others are studied in depth. Aesthetic revolutions and
counter-revolutions are explored in conjunction with the
social and political upheavals that characterize the 19thc.

Univ. Preparatory
French (Grade 12)

Fine Arts 211
History of Modern Art (20th Century) (S) (3,0)

1 st year
Univ. French

French
170/171

This history of 20th century art begins with the work of
Picasso and Matisse and studies the impact of revolutionary movements of art such as Futurism, Constructivism,
Dada, and Surrealism. America's post war contribution:
Abstract Expressionism, Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual
and Earth Art is studied as well as new directions in the
art of the '80s. The aim of this course is to demystify
modern art by studying the underlying concepts and
theories, which will reveal how closely art expresses the
ethos of contemporary life.

2nd year
Univ. French

French
270/271

Fine Arts 220
Italian Renaissance Art (F) (3,0)

All French courses are transferable to SFU, UBC and
UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back
of the Calendar.

This second year course studies Italian painting, sculpture
and architecture from Giotto to the artists of the Early
Renaissance in Tuscany, Northern Italy and Venice.
Piero delta Francesca, Botticelli, Mantegna and Bellini are
just some of the artists whose work is considered in
depth.

Fine Arts 221
Italian Renaissance and Mannerist Art (S) (3,0)
A continuation of F.A. 220. The course begins with
Leonardo da Vinci in Florence and explores the diffusion
of the High Renaissance style in painting, sculpture and
architecture in Rome in the works of Michelangelo and
Raphael and Titian in Venice. Focus is then given to the
dissolution of classicism in the late work of Michelangelo
and the Mannerist artists and architects.

Academic

46

—

French

LEVEL

COURSES

Beginners French
(0-Grade 11)

French 100/101
Intensive
Oral French

French

French
130/131

French
120/121

Students may opt to take a pair of courses in one program, then change to another pair of courses in a different
program. Students are also encouraged to take courses
in any two programs at the same time, ft would be
advisable to consult a member of the French Department
before registering.

University Transfer Credit

French 100
Beginners' French (F) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite:

None

For absolute beginners and those who do not have Grade
11 French or the equivalent. An intensive introduction to
the French language through grammar, conversation, and
laboratory practise.

French 101
Beginners' French (S) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite: French 100
This course, together with French 100, covers high school
French Grades 8, 9,10 and 11 and prepares the student
for French 130 or French 120. (See under Intensive Oral
French courses and French courses below.) Recom-

t

mended also for those who are considering taking French
130 and who need review work.

INTENSIVE ORAL FRENCH
PROGRAM
Intensive Oral course has the one-day-per-week immersion approach: 4 3/4 hours of Audio/Visual class, conversation, and lab. The emphasis in the Intensive Oral
courses is on Canadian content and the audio-visual
method is used. Students are required to supply two new
tapes onto which a lesson is recorded for practise at
home during the week.

French 130
University Preparatory French I (F) 3,1.75)
Prerequisite:

Grade 11 or French 100/101

This is a course designed by Canadian linguists within a
Canadian context. The method emphasizes the spoken
language. May be taken concurrently with French 120.

French 131
University Preparatory French II (S) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite:
instructor

French 130 or written permission of the

A continuation of French 130 (however the student will be
expected to start writing short compositions). May be
taken concurrently with French 121.

FRENCH PROGRAMS
The following French courses meet on a twice-a-week
basis; three hours of instruction, plus one hour of conversation with a native French speaker, and 3/4 hour of
language laboratory work.
IMPORTANT

This course, together with French 120, constitutes Grade
12 French. A continuation of French 120, this course is
designed to give a limited fluency in speaking and reading
as well as writing skills. May be taken concurrently with
French 131.

French 170
First Year University French I (F) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite: Grade 12 French, or French 120/121, or
French 130/131 or permission of the instructor.
To be taken by all students intending to proceed to a
major or honours program at another institution. Continues the linguistic development of the student by means of
grammar revision, written and oral exercises, weekly
assignments, compositions on and studies of French
literary texts.

French 171
First Year University French II (S) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite:

French 170 or permission of Instructor

A continuation of the work done in French 170, including
composition and study of French literary texts.

French 270
Second Year University French I (F) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite:

French 170/171, or permission of Instructor

An advanced course with emphasis on written work,
including composition, translation, stylistic exercises,
dictations and comprehension passages.
Literary works chosen from the francophone literature will
be studied and will require some background reading.
This course includes cultural enrichment through the
medium of films and music.

French 271
Second Year University French II (S) (3,1.75)

Students intending to proceed to a major or honours
program at a university should enroll in these courses.

Prerequisite: French 270 or permission of Instructor. This
course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term
following French 270.

French 120
University Preparatory French I (F) (3,1.75)

A continuation of the work of French 270.

Prerequisite: French 100/101 or French 11 or permission
of Instructor
This course, together with French 121, constitutes Grade
12 French. This is a conversational approach to the
French language, including continuing instruction in basic
grammar and laboratory practise. May be taken concurrently with French 130.

French 121
University Preparatory French II (S) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite:

French 120 or permission of the instructor

Academic

—

French

47

Geography
Instructional Faculty
K. EWING, B.A., M.Sc. (Michigan)
B. MCGILLIVRAY, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
S. MACLEOD, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
S. ROSS, B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC)
D. TANNER, B . S c , M.Sc, (UBC)
G. WILSON, B.Sc. (NY State), M.A. (UBC)

General Information
Geography courses are offered for students who are
interested in pursuing a career in Geography as well as
for those students desiring both Arts and Science electives. The study of Geography opens the doors for men
and women in a wide variety of fields including: Teaching,
Urban Planning, Forestry, Resource Management,
Recreation, Economic Consulting, Mining, Fisheries,
Meteorology, and Map making. The focus of Geography
is on the environment in which we live. These courses in
Geography will give you a whole new perspective on the
world.

University Transfer Credit
All Geography courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC
and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the
back of the Calendar.

Course Descriptions
Geography 100
Human Geography (F) (3,0)
Different cultures in different landscapes are compared
and contrasted to our own. This course examines the
many issues of human population, perception of the
environment, diffusion of ideas, and cultural aspects of
resource use and urban growth, to give students a view
into the many concerns on the human side of Geography.

Geography 101
Environmental Geography: Perception & Change
(F) (3,0)
There are numerous environmental issues that reach a
crisis from time to time. This course examines how we
perceive the environment, our lifestyles, and how our
attitudes affect the environment. Such issues include our
use of water, the food we eat, herbicides and pesticides,
and our overall use of energy. This is an excellent course
for those concerned about the world we live in. Lectures,
seminars, informal discussions, and audio-visual materials
are used to make students aware of, examine and
analyze some of the most serious concerns in the world
today. The environment is in jeopardy from our actions —
what can we do about it?

Academic

48

—

Geography

Geography 106
British Columbia: A Regional Analysis (F) (3,0)
A body of information that is frequently missing from our
education is that of the province we live in. This course
informs you about B.C. — its physical environment, the
risks of living in this province, the variety of peoples, and
the economics involved in its resources. From an economic, political, historical, and cultural perspective one
learns that contemporary problems are frequently a
function of the past. For those interested in business,
teaching, or wanting a basic knowledge of B.C., this is an
excellent course.
Note: This course also serves as Canadian Studies credit
to SFU.

Geography 108
Canada: A Topical Geography (S) (3,0)
The understanding of Canada and Canadians is becoming more and more important to our economic and social
well-being. This course examines Canadian problems
and issues in terms of the different regions in Canada.
Topics include the changing economy, cultural diversity,
urban growth, and resource management, as we focus on
the Maritimes, Quebec, Ontario, the Western provinces,
and the Northern frontier.
Note: This course carries Canadian Studies credit to SFU
and is a component of the professional development
program.

Geography 112
Introduction to Earth Environments (F,S) (3,2)
An introduction to Physical Geography using films,
lectures, labs and field trips to explain processes in
landscape development. Some of the environments to be
considered are: glacial, volcanic, coastal, arid and fluvial.
Maps and aerial photographs will be used to illustrate the
various features. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian
examples and the interactions between people and their
physical environment, eg. the physical and cultural history
of the Fraser River Delta; the Athabasca tar sands and
nature peoples; pipelines and permafrost.
Note: This course fulfills the requirements as a lab
science transfer credit.

Geography 114
Weather and Climate (F,S) (3,2)
A physical geography course introducing students to the
study of our atmospheric environment. Principles of
climatology and meteorology will be explained (using
films, lectures, labs and discussion groups), to permit a
basic understanding of the weather we experience daily.
Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the
interactions between climate and other elements of our

Geology
environment, including humans (air pollution, urban
climate and mountain weather for example).
Note: This course fulfills the requirements as a lab
science transfer credit.

Geography 200
Technology and Economic Environments
(S)(3,0)
An examination of the concepts and themes of economic
geography in terms of production and consumption. The
traditional primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary
divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms of
contemporary issues such as development versus
underdevelopment, poverty, the location of industrial
activities and the North-South dialogue.

Geography 201
Urban Studies (S) (3,0)
More and more of us are living in an urban world. This
course is designed to examine problems and issues that
arise with urban living; including psychological problems,
the cost of housing, transportation issues, slums, suburban living, and the future direction of cities. While this
course uses local examples, it also draws on examples
from other cities in the world. This course approaches
these topics through field trips into the city, slides, films,
and simulated games. Urban studies leads to careers in
urban planning, real estate, land management, architecture, and urban politics as well as giving general community awareness.

Geography 205
Economic Geography of the Pacific Basin
(S) (3,0)
This course examines the Pacific Basic in terms of its
social, economic and political geography. The emphasis
is placed on the relationships that exist between countries
of the Pacific Basin and British Columbia. This course
opens up the concept of the Pacific century and recognizes British Columbia's position on the Pacific.

Geography 221
Map and Airphoto Interpretation (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite: At least one other Geography course
This is a second year course which is essential for those
considering Geography as a major and is also appropriate
for those who intend to pursue careers in Geography,
Forestry, Mining, Cartography, and the numerous other
areas that use maps and airphotos. This course combines lectures and labs that cover the basics of map
reading and interpretation, map making, aerial photography, and remote sensing of the human and physical
landscape.

Instructional Faculty
D. ATHAIDE, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc, Prof. Teacher's Cert.
(UBC)
A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc, Prof. Teacher's Cert.
(UBC)

General Information
Geology courses are designed for students planning a
university degree program in the geological sciences or in
the arts, humanities or social sciences. Geology 110 and
111 are especially appropriate for students in need of a
laboratory science. They provide an understanding of the
origin, structure, composition and history of the earth.
Courses include weekly two-hour laboratory investigations
or the equivalent in field projects. Lab tuition fees are
included in the course fee, however students must
purchase a lab manual and share some field trip costs.

University Transfer Credit
All Geology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC
and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide.

Course Descriptions
Geology 110
Physical Geology (F) (3,2)
Structure and composition of the earth's interior is deduced from indirect evidence: gravity, magnetism, heatflow, volcanoes, and earthquakes. Knowledge of the
composition and structure of the continents and ocean
basins is also gained from these indirect sources as well
as direct study of minerals and rocks and the ways in
which they are constantly altered and recycled. This
process (the rock cycle) will be seen as the result of
interactions between three processes: the atmospheric
and hydrospheric cycles and the lithospheric cycle (plate
tectonics). Intervention by man in the operations of, and
interactions between, atmospheric, hydrospheric, and
lithospheric cycles is examined.

Geology 111
Historical Geology (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite: Geology 110 or equivalent.
The geologic evolution of Canada and the adjacent ocean
basins since the earth originated more than 4.5 billion
years ago. Topics include: age and origin of the solar
system, determination of relative and absolute ages of
minerals, geologic time scale; origin of continents, ocean
basins, atmosphere, and sea-water, origin of life, fossils
and stratigraphic paleontology; geological history of the
North American continent and the Atlantic, Arctic and
Pacific Oceans; the geological history of Canada's mineral
and fossil fuel resources; environmental impacts of
mineral and energy projects in Canada.
Academic

—

Geology

49

German
Instructional Faculty

Course Descriptions

B. HANKIN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Wash.)
B. PIRES-STADLER, B. A. (Zurich), M.A. (SFU), Diploma
in Translation (UBC)

German 100
Beginning German (F) (3,1.75)

Instructional Associate
R. FREIBERG, B.Ed. (Gottingen University,
West-Germany)

General Information
NOTE: All courses in German include four and 3/4 hours
of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of
conversational practice with a native speaker.

A comprehensive introduction to the German language:
comprehension and speaking are reinforced through
reading and writing. Films, tapes, games, field trips, etc.
help develop an awareness of the cultures of the Germanspeaking countries.

German 101
Beginning German (S) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite: German 100 or its equivalent with written
permission of the instructor.

Native speakers of German who wish to take a first or
second-year German course must consult with the
German instructor first. University rules governing such
students differ within departments, but the Language
Department has correspondence dealing with matters
relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to
avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to
discuss these problems with the department prior to
enrollment.

This course is a continuation of German 100 and must be
taken in order to realize First Year level college/university
German. German 101 should be taken whenever possible, in the term following German 100.

University Transfer Credit

German 200 reviews basic German grammar and usage,
and introduces students to modern German short stories
by such authors as Kafka, Brecht and Boll. It aims
through the discussion of the cultures and concerns of the
German-speaking peoples to increase the ability to
communicate in the fullest sense of the term.

All German courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and
UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back
of the Calendar.
SFU: Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to
pursue further courses in German are reminded of the
present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be
given at SFU for all Capilano College German courses.
Exemption from and placement in higher courses are
determined by the results of a placement test or other
assessment procedure.
UBC: In the case of UBC, present equivalent standards
provide transfer credit on the following basis:

Capilano College

UBC

German 100 and 101
(3 credits each)
German 200 and 201
(3 credits each)

100 (3)
200 (3)

The student wishing to major in German fulfills department requirements with German 223, which may be taken
in the third year by permission of the department.

Academic

50

—

German

German 200
Intermediate German (F) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite: German 101, Grade 11,12 German or the
equivalent with written permission of the instructor.

German 201
Intermediate German (S) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite: German 200, German 12 (or its equivalent
with written permission of the instructor.)
Continues the review and development of German
language skills at the Intermediate level. Together with
German 200 it completes the requirements for the Second
Year of college/university German.

History
Instructional Faculty
R. CAMPBELL, B.A. (California), M.A. (UBC)
H. JONES, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
M. LEGATES, B.A. (Washington), M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.
(Yale)

General Information
History teaches an understanding of the past that helps
one to cope with the present and suggests possibilities for
the future. Critical thinking and analysis form the core of
history, and they are essential skills in a rapidly changing
society.
Students planning to major in History should have at least
four history course at the College. These can be ANY
four courses. An intended major should also have a
broad sampling of courses in the Social Sciences and
Humanities. Students planning to major in history at S F U
should take six history courses in the first two years. For
UBC the requirement is four history courses. Students
planning to take honours should acquire a reading
knowledge of an appropriate non-English language.

University Transfer Credit
All History courses at Capilano (including Women's
Studies 120) transfer to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details
consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar.

Course Descriptions
History 100
History of the Ancient World (F) (3,0)
The origins of civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamia, the
civilizations of Ancient Greece and Rome, the origins and
development of Judaism and the early Christian Church.

History 102
Europe from the Reformation to the French
Revolution (F) (3,0)

development of an "American" culture, with appropriate
comparisons to the development of Canada.

History 109
Issues and Themes in U.S. History (S) (3,0)
U.S. history from 1865 to the present. Analysis of the
development of America as a world power after the Civil
War. Special emphasis is given to "American" culture,
and appropriate comparisons are made with Canada.

History 110
Canada Before Confederation (F) (3,0)
A study of New France and British North America. Special
emphasis is placed on issues and ideas which are
significant in the creation of Canada, in particular, the
making of Canadian society in pre-Confederation years.

History 111
Canada Since Confederation (S) (3,0)
This course analyses the development of Canada since
1867. In particular we discuss the issues that affect most
Canadians: relations with the United States, prosperity
and poverty, and the making of a Canadian "culture". By
the end of the course students should have not only a
better understanding of this country's past, but also what
makes Canada unique.

History 205
British Columbia (F) (3,0)
From the first contact between natives and whites in the
18th century to the political domination of Social Credit,
this course analyses the main issues that have affected
British Columbians. It also examines some aspects of the
development of the North Shore.

History 207
Europe in the Middle Ages and Renaissance
(S) (3,0)

A survey of European history beginning with the 16th c.
Protestant Reformation and including absolutism, the
scientific revolution, the Enlightenment, the old regime
and the French Revolution.

This course covers a colourful and creative period in
European history from the 3rd to the 15th century. Topics
include the late Roman Empire and rise of Christianity,
monasticism and the church, feudal society and politics,
the rise of towns, the crusades, the Black Death, and the
art, culture and society of Renaissance Italy.

History 103
Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries (S) (3,0)

History 208
Canadian-American Relations (S) (3,0)

Topics include the Industrial Revolution, the rise of
political ideologies, nationalism and imperialism, the two
world wars, and the inter-war period.

This course examines the major events and themes that
have shaped the Canadian-American relationship. From
the American Revolution, the war that ultimately created
both countries, to recent years, we analyse the influence
that the United States has had on Canada.

History 108
Issues and Themes in U.S. History (F) (3,0)
American history from 1607 to 1877 including analysis of
social and political developments from early settlement
through the Civil War era. Emphasis is placed on the

Women's Studies 120
Women & the Past: An Historical Survey (F)(3,0)
See page 70 for course description.
Academic

—

History

51

Japanese
Instructional Faculty

Instructional Faculty

NORIKO OMAE, B.A., M.A., Teaching Certificates (Osaka
University of Foreign Studies), M.Phil. (U. of Exeter)

C. ASKEW, B.A. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC)
N. AMON. B.A. (Kent), M.A. (SFU)
M. BOLTON, B.A., LL.B. (UBC)
S. DIAMOND
S. LANYON, B.A. (UBC), LL.B. (UBC)
E. LAVALLE, B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke)
L. MCGRADY, B.A. (Toronto), LL.B. (Man.)
A. N. MACLEAN, B.A. (Alto.), LL.B. (UBC)
B. MERRALL, (Diploma) Labour College of Canada
R. NEWKIRK, B.A. (Lethbridge), Teaching Cert. (Lethbridge)
S. O'DONNELL, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
P. PETRIE, B.A., M.A., (Maine)
S. RUSH, B.A. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC)

University Transfer Credit
For details, consult the Transfer Guide on page 161.

Course Descriptions
JAPANESE 100
First Year Japanese (F) (3,2)
A comprehensive introduction to the Japanese language
through the study of vocabulary, grammar and culture.
Emphasis is placed on aural comprehension in the earlier
stage, in order to prepare students to speak the language.
The Japanese writing system will also be introduced.

JAPANESE 100
First Year Japanese (F,S) (3,1)
The same course content as above but taught at a slower
pace. The course period extends over two terms.

JAPANESE 101
First Year Japanese (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite:

Japanese 100 or permission from instructor.

Students will learn to comprehend simple discourse,
simplified texts, speak in a variety of situations, write
simple sentences, and understand cultural differences.

JAPANESE 101
First Year Japanese (F,S) (3,1)
The same course content as above, but taught at a slower
pace. This course extends over two terms.

JAPANESE 200
Second Year Japanese (F), (3,2)
Prerequisite:

Japanese 101 or permission from instructor.

A course to provide students with communicative skills at
an advanced beginner's level of Japanese. The students
will acquire the ability to understand and speak in various
situations on a variety of everyday topics, and also to read
adapted texts and write with coherency. The cultural
aspect of the language is an integral part of the course.

JAPANESE 201
Second Year Japanese (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite:

Japanese 200 or instructor's permission.

Skills at an advanced beginner's - intermediate level.
Students will acquire proficiency in situational and thematic speaking and writing, and also in understanding and
reading partly adapted spoken and written Japanese.
This course will prepare students to deal with unadapted
Japanese in continuing courses of study.
Academic

52

— Labour

Studies

General Information
The Labour Studies Program is committed to meet the
special education needs of B.C. workers, their organizations and the labour movement in general.
Close relations with the labour movement are maintained
through the Users' Advisory Committee which is open to
representatives of unions who use the program. This
hard-working group of representatives actively engage in
promoting and developing the program.
Courses in Labour Studies are offered on both a credit
and credit-free basis. The Fail program is offered in
October and November and the Spring program in March
through May. Each Fall and Spring a special brochure
describing the courses to be offered is issued. This
brochure is available by writing the program or telephoning.
Courses are offered in the evening and on weekends.
Many participants in the program have their registration
fees paid by the Education Department of their Union.

Course Descriptions
LSP 100
Introduction to Economics for Trade Unionists
(F) (1.5,0)
Introduces economics and emphasizes both orthodox and
alternative views of how the Canadian economy has
developed and how it operates. Canadian economy is
placed in an historical and international perspective.
Discussion will centre around government policies
towards unemployment, inflation and the Canadian dollar.

LSP 101
Labour Economics: Alternatives & Options (S)
(1.5,0)
This course builds on the material from LSP 100 to
provide information on alternative economic models

including Marxist economic theory. Discussion will focus
on the development and nature of capitalist economics
and the causes of short and long term economic crises.

LSP 110
B.C. Labour Law (F,S) (1.5,0)
This is an introductory course designed to acquaint union
activists, committee members and staff with the essentials
of provincial labour law. Students will gain knowledge of
the history of current labour law, the Industrial Relations
Act and important Industrial Relations Council decisions.
Topics such as eligibility for union membership, organizing, certification, unfair labour practices, strikes, lockouts,
and picketing will be covered in detail.

LSP 111
The Canada Labour Code (F,S) (1.5,0)
A broad examination of the Code and decisions which
affect unions under federal labour jurisdiction. Introduction of labour law research methods and their application.
Emphasis is placed on the policy underlying the code and
the creation and effect of the collective agreement.

LSP113
Public Service Staff Relations Act (PSSRA)
(F,S) (1.5,0)

jargon used in the act and by the commission. The
course will cover the structure of Canada's Unemployment Insurance Act, including the most recent amendments. It will outline the qualifications needed in order to
claim unemployment insurance, including "insurable
employment," the "variable entrance requirement,"
"repeaters," "new entrance and re-entrance" and "parttime worker."

LSP 119
Civil Rights and the Work Place (F,S) (1,0)
Specific civil rights problems arising in the work place,
including issues of political, economic and legal rights of
the worker; examination of legal remedies available to
trade unions and the employee to prevent infringement of
civil rights in the work place; protection of civil rights under
the provincial and federal legislation through contracting
and in collective agreements. A problem-solving format
with discussions of current civil rights issues, "right-towork" legislation, race and sex discrimination.

LSP 131
Race and Ethnic Relations (F,S) (1.5,0)

A wide examination of the federal labour laws dealing
specifically with the public sector worker and their impact.
Emphasis on labour law research methods and their
application, collective agreements, grievances and backto-work legislation for "essential" service workers.

The issue of racism has been used in the past to weaken
and divide unions. This course will help unionists become
sensitive to complexities of race and ethnic relations; give
practical advice on integrating minority workers into the
union and develop techniques to deal with biases and
prejudice at the work place and in the community. Approaches to combatting the disruptive effects of racism
will be discussed.

LSP 115
Issues in Occupational Health and Safety
(F,S) (1,0)

LSP 140
History of the Labour Movement in Canada
(S) (1.5,0)

A general background to and overview of the main social,

A survey of the history of the labour movement in Canada

m e d i c a l , e c o n o m i c , t e c h n i c a l a n d l e g a l i s s u e s f a c i n g B.C.

from the formation of the working class in the 19th century

workers in the field of h e a l t h and safety. Special attention
will be given to the Worker's Compensation B o a r d .

through to mass industrial unionism. By looking at
specific conflicts a good overview is obtained of the
struggles of the labour movement to gain the right to
organize, obtain union recognition, bargain collectively
and provide decent wages and working conditions.

LSP 116
Workers' Compensation - Act & WCB (F,S) (1,0)
The statutory and administrative framework of the Workers' Compensation Board is examined. The course is
adjusted to the expectations of the majority of people
enrolled in any term, but is generally geared to familiarize
students with the preparation and presentation of appeals
to the Board of Review and Commissioners. All phases
of claims handling are examined, from initial acceptance
or rejection, including setting of wage rates to assessments and the payment of pensions.

LSP 117
Introduction to UiC Procedures (F,S) (1,0)
This course emphasizes a practical understanding of the
framework of unemployment insurance and, therefore, the

LSP 142
History of the Labour Movement in B.C.
(F) (1.5,0)
The birth and growth of trade unionism in B.C. Through a
wide collection of printed and visual materials participants
will analyze the raw and vital struggles between B.C.'s
working people and the industrialists who opposed them.
The major economic and political issues of the movement
will be traced; the right to organize, the right to bargain,
the demand for the nine and eight-hour day, the problems
of racism and immigration, the struggle to organize the
industrial, public and clerical sectors, the fight for women's
rights, political expression.
Academic

— Labour

Studies

53

Mathematics
LSP 151
Leadership Skills, Assertiveness and Advocacy
(F,S) (1,0)
Attempts not only to provide women with the skills they
need to take a leadership role in their trade union, but also
takes a careful look at the way sex role stereotyping
inhibits us from developing these skills. This course
covers the following areas: Women and Power, Assertiveness, Advocacy, Organizing and Group Dynamics.

LSP 170
Communications: Public Speaking and
Parliamentary Procedures (F,S) (1.5,0)
All the skills and techniques necessary for effective
communications in active union involvement. Designed to
meet the needs of active unionists and officers, this
course combines principles and practice in a "learn while
doing" format. Training in the following skills areas:
1. effective public speaking: including methods of oral
communication, effective listening and response, confidence building, and style development. Role plays will aid
the participant in overcoming fears and speech anxiety
while maximizing organization, objectives and analysis of
impact.
2. effective meetings: effective chairing, preparation of
agendas, and building a good "process" with the assistance of rules of order.

LSP 181
Collective Bargaining (F,S) (1.5,0)
Technical and practical information for the beginning
union negotiator. Includes instruction on the bargaining
process beginning with preparation, development of
proposals, contract language and costing. Advocacy skills
for facing management will be taught and practised
through role playing. Material will be available for the
specific needs of public and private sector bargaining.

LSP 210
Arbitration (F,S) (1.5,0)
This course, which is open to students who have previously completed LSP 110, 111,113 or any other Labour
Law course, will be an advanced arbitration course
dealing with matters such as rules of evidence, procedures, selection of arbitrators, arbitration powers and a
brief history of arbitration. It will deal with grievance
arbitration arising out of the collective agreement.

Instructional Faculty
A. ANISEF, B.Sc. (McGill), M. Sc. (UBC)
A.E.T. BENTLEY, B.Sc. (UBC), M.A., Ph.D. (Missouri)
L.F. HARRIS, B.A., M.A., (UBC), Ph.D. (Austral. Nat. U)
R. HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC)
R.B. INSLEY, B.Sc. (Hons.) (UBC) M.Sc. (UBC)
J . JOHNSTON, B.Math (Waterloo), B.Ed. (Toronto),
M.Man (Waterloo)
R.R. RENNIE, B . S c , M.Sc. (Brigham Young), Ph.D.
(UBC)
K.V. TOWSON, B . S c , M.Sc. (SFU)
R.H. VERNER, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (EWSU), B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC)
A. WATERMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (SFU), B.C. Teaching Cert., (UBC)
C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M . S c , Ph.D. (Toronto)

Laboratory Supervisor
LYNN, W., B.Sc. (Carleton), M.A.Sc. (Waterloo)

General Information
The Mathematics Department offers courses in Mathematics, primarily at the first and second year university
level. In addition, refresher courses or skill upgrading
courses are available. For a detailed description of the
Computing Science courses and programs, see the
Calendar section entitled Computing Science.

Refresher/Skill Development
Courses
OPTIONS TO GET ALGEBRA 12 EQUIVALENT
COURSE:
a) OPTION 1 - Mathematics 009, 010, 011, 012
NOTE: Students planning to continue in a calculus
course are strongly advised to continue their studies with
Math 103 after completing Math 010.
These courses are offered in the Math Learning Centre
on a self-paced format. Diagnostic tests, workbooks,
video tapes and individualized instruction are available.
Registration for each course is ongoing throughout the
academic year. For placement within the series it is
suggested that you consult a Math instructor. Post-secondary institutions in B.C. recognize the sequence of Math
010, 011 and 012 as an Algebra 12 equivalent. These
courses receive no transfer credit at UBC (except if
combined with Math 110 or 108) or UVic, but the sequence Math 010, 011 and 012 receives transfer credit for
SFU's Math 100 or Math 110.
b) OPTION 2 - (i) Mathematics 099 and (ii) Mathematics
105

Academic

54

—

Mathematics

(i) Mathematics 099 is a grade 11 equivalent course that
is offered in a regular classroom format. Students must
have completed academic math courses to grade 10 and
preferably have at least a "P" in Algebra 11. This course
receives no university transfer credit but is a grade 11
equivalent for prerequisite purposes. The signature of a
Math instructor is required.
(ii) Mathematics 105 is a pre-calculus course at the
Algebra 12 level which is recognized by post-secondary
institutions in B.C. as an Algebra 12 equivalent. It is run
on a regular classroom format and requires a "B-" in Math
099, or Algebra 11 or Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least
a "B" as a prerequisite. Math 105 receives transfer credit
at UBC if combined with Math 110 or 108 and receives
transfer credit for SFU's Math 100 or Math 110. Math 105
is also offered on a self-paced format with the permission
of the instructor.
c) OPTION 3 - Mathematics 103
NOTE: This course meets for 6 hours per week. Mathematics 103 is a combined Intermediate Algebra/Precalculus course which is offered on a regular classroom
format. This course combines much of the material of
Mathematics 099 plus the material of Mathematics 105 in
a single term. It is intended for students who have some
background in algebra but who are not ready to start at
the Mathematics 105 level. (By the end of the term
Mathematics 103 students will have covered the same
material as in Mathematics 105.) The prerequisite for this
course is Algebra 11 with at least a " C grade, or Mathematics 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a " C grade, or
Mathematics 099 with at least a "C-" grade.

Course

Descriptions

NOTE: Students are strongly cautioned that normally
they need at least a "B-" grade in a prerequisite course
(preferably within the past year) in order to have a
reasonable chance for success in the follow-up course.

Mathematics 009
Arithmetic (SU,F,S) (1,0)
A review of the basic arithmetic operations. Applications
to percentage, ratio, proportions, areas and volumes.
This is a serf-paced course primarily intended for returning
students who require a basic math refresher.

Mathematics 010
Elementary Algebra (SU.F.S) (1,0)

For transferability see "Option 1" of Mathematics introduction.

Mathematics 011
Intermediate Algebra with Functions
(SU.F.S) (1,0)
Prerequisite: Math 010 or permission of the instructor.
This course continues the devebpment of the algebraic
skills introduced in Math 010. Inequalities; functions,
exponential and logarithmic functions; systems of linear
equations; analytic geometry with emphasis on the conic
sections. This course is offered on a self-paced format.
For transferability see "Option 1" of Mathematics introduction.

Mathematics 012
Trigonometry (SU.F.S) (1,0)
Prerequisite: Math 011 or 099 or permission of the
instructor.
Introduction to the trigonometric functions, trigonometric
identities; inverses, triangles, vectors and applications.
This course is offered on a self-paced format.
For transferability see "Option 1" of Mathematics introduction.

Mathematics 099
Intermediate Algebra (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Permisston (signature) of a Mathematics
instructor.
Math 099 begins with Introductory Algebra and continues
with the development of Intermediate Algebra. Students
will be introduced to linear and quadratic functions,
logarithms and trigonometry. This course is primarily for
students who require an Algebra 11 equivalent and who
anticipate taking pre-calculus (Math 105).

Academic Transfer Courses
Entering students should use the following two sections,
Parts A and B, as guidelines for selecting math courses at
the first-year level. Due to the specialized needs of some
programs at the universities, the Mathematics Department
advises students to consult the university calendar and to
seek guidance from a college counsellor, advisor, or math
instructor for the appropriate course selection.

Prerequisite: Math 009 or permission of the instructor.

A. STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED IN SCIENCE.
COMPUTING SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING AND FORESTRY.

Reviews and develops basic algebraic skills necessary in
the solution of algebraic equations and the factorization of
polynomials. Introduction to analytic geometry with
emphasis on straight lines. This course is offered on a
self-paced format.

These students normally take Math 110,111 during their
first year.
Comments:
1. Math 101,102 are recommended by some science
departments at SFU.

Academic

—

Mathematics

55

2. Science students should consider taking Comp 103,
104 or 105 as electives in their first year.
3. The Mathematics Department encourages those
students with only a "C+" grade in Algebra 12 to take
Math 105 before attempting Math 110.

(preferably within the last year) in order to have a reasonable chance for success in the follow-up course.

B. STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED IN ARTS OR
COMMERCE PROGRAMS.

Prerequisite:
BMTH 045

Students planning to pursue a program in the Faculty of
Arts, who wish to satisfy a one-year science course
elective, normally take one of the following two-course
combinations:
Math 101 and 102
Math 101 and Comp 100
Math 103 and 108
Math 103 and 110
Math 105 and 108
Math 105 and 110
Math 108 and Comp 100
Math 108 and 101
Math 108 and 109
Math 110 and 111

An introduction to the language of statistics and some
statistical methods, including random variables and their
distribution; random sampling, normal distribution,
estimation of parameters and testing hypotheses.

Students planning to enter Second Year Commerce at
Capilano College or at UBC after one year at Capilano
College take:
a) Math 108 & 109 (or Math 110 & 111). (For students
having completed Algebra 12 with a "C+" grade or better).
b) Math 105 & 108 (or Math 105 & 110). (For students
having completed Algebra 11 with a "B" grade or better).
c) Math 103 & 108 (or Math 103 & 110). (For students
having completed Algebra 11 with a "C" grade or better).
** Students planning to enter the Commerce Program at
UBC must not, take Math 101.
For transfer to S F U , the following are required: Math 105
or Math 103 (if B.C. Algebra 12 not completed) and Math
108. In addition, Math 101 is advised. For Honours in
Business Administration Math 109 is required.
For a detailed description of the Commerce courses and
programs at Capilano College see the calendar section
titled Commerce.
Students planning to study Economics at UBC must take
Math 108 and 109.

University Transfer Credit
Unless otherwise stated after the course description, all
the following Mathematics courses transfer to SFU, UBC
and UVic. For details consult the Transfer Guide in the
back of the Calendar.

Course Descriptions
NOTE: Students are strongly cautioned that normally
they need at least a "B-" grade in a prerequisite course

Academic

56

—

Mathematics

Mathematics 101
Introduction to Statistics (F,S) (3,0)
Algebra 11 or Math 010 or Math 099 or

Mathematics 102
Statistical Methods (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

At least a "C-" grade in Math 101

A study of important statistical methods commonly used in
the analysis of research data, including t-tests and their
non-parametric competitors, one and two-way analysis of
variance, chi-square tests and regression analysis.

Mathematics 103
Intermediate Algebra and Pre-calculus (F,S)
(4.5,0)
NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC except if
combined with Math 110 or Math 108.
Prerequisite: Algebra 11 with at least a "C" grade, or
Math 010 or BMTH 045 with at least a "C" grade, or Math
099 with at least a "C-" grade.
A brief review of Introductory Algebra, plus Intermediate
Algebra and Pre-calculus, with a focus on functions,
mathematical models, graphs, trigonometry, logarithms,
and exponential functions. (Students will be brought to
the same level as those completing Math 105 by the end
of the term.) Primarily for students who anticipate taking
calculus courses or who require an Algebra 12 equivalent
course.

Mathematics 105
Pre-Calculus Mathematics (F,S,SU) (3,0)
NOTE: This course is not transferable to UBC except if
combined with Math 110 or 108.
Prerequisite: Math 099 with at least a "B-" grade, or Math
010 or BMTH 045 or Algebra 11 with at least a "B" grade.
A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs,
mathematical models, trigonometry, logarithms and
exponential functions. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who require an Algebra
12 equivalent course.
Notes:

1) For transferability see "Option 2" of Mathematics
introduction.
2) Math 105 is also offered on a self-paced format with
the permission of the instructor.

Mathematics 108
Calculus for Business and Social Sciences I
(F,S) (3,0)

Mathematics 200
Linear Algebra (F,S) (3,0)

Prerequisite: At least a "C+" grade in Algebra 12 or Math
012 or BMTH 046, or at least a "C" grade in both Algebra
12 and Calculus 12,or at least a "C-" grade in Math 103
or Math 105.

A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices,
determinants, eigenvalues, quadratic forms.

A brief review of algebra, functions, and analytic geometry. The derivative with applications to curve sketching,
optimization, growth and decay. The integral with applications.
No duplicate credit will be given for Math 108/110.

Mathematics 109
Calculus for Business and Social Sciences II
(S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:
110.

At least a "C-" grade in Math 108 or Math

Functions of several independent variables, partial
derivatives, extrema, Lagrange multipliers, integration
techniques, multiple integrals, some techniques for
solving differential equations and difference equations.

Prerequisite:

At least a "C-" grade in Math 111.

Mathematics 205
Introduction to Probability and Statistics (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Math 111 with at least a "C-" grade or Math
110 and permission of instructor.
A calculus based study of probability, investigating the
elements of probability, discrete and continuous random
variables, mathematical expectation, moment generating
functions, Central Limit Theorem, sampling from normal
populations, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing.

Mathematics 215
Introduction to Analysis (S) (3,0)
Note: This course will be offered in the spring when
sufficient student demand is evident during the previous
Fall term.

No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111.

Prerequisite:
111.

Mathematics 110
Calculus I (F,S) (4.5,0)

A course for students who plan to proceed in Mathematics. Logic, sets, functions, limits of sequences and series;
introduction to continuity, the derivative, Riemann Integral.

Prerequisite: At least a "C+" grade in Algebra 12 or Math
012 or BMTH 046, or at least a " C " grade in both Algebra
12 and Calculus 12, or at least a "C-" grade in Math 103
or Math 105.

Mathematics 230
Calculus III (F) (3,0)

The Mathematics Department encourages those students
with only a "C+" grade in Algebra 12 to take Math 105
before attempting Math 110.
A brief review of functions; trigonometry; analytic geometry; the derivative, techniques of differentiation, applications of the derivative to MAX-MIN and related rate
problems, the definite integral, logarithmic and exponential functions.

Prerequisite:

At least a "B-" average in Math 110 and

At least a "C-" grade in Math 111.

Corequisite: Math 200 (if not already completed) or
permission of instructor.
Analytical geometry of three dimensions; partial differentiation, applications; double and triple integrals; transformations to various coordinate systems.

Mathematics 231
Calculus IV (S) (3,0)

No duplicate credit will be given for Mathematics 108/110.

Prerequisite:

Mathematics 111
Calculus II (F,S) (4.5,0)

Vector calculus; line and surface integrals; Green's
Theorem; vector fields; divergence theorem; Stake's
Theorem; applications.

Prerequisite:

At least a "C-" grade in Math 110.

A study of the anti-derivative; the integral, techniques of
integration and application of the integral; sequences,
infinite series and Taylor's Theorem.
No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111.
The Math Department offers a full second year university transfer program in math.
Students planning to take 200 level math should seek
advice from math instructors.

At least a "C-" grade in Math 230.

Mathematics 235
Introduction to Differential Equations (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in each of Math 200
and Math 230.
An introduction to ordinary differential equations; first
order equations; second order linear equations; first order
linear systems; phase plane, applications to physics,
geometry and electric circuits.

Academic

—

Mathematics

Music

Philosophy

MUSIC TRANSFER PROGRAM

Instructional Faculty

This program is designed for students who desire to go on
to a B.Mus. degree program at a university. All courses in
this program carry transfer credit to the Music Department
of UBC and the Faculty of Music at the University of
Victoria. The program consists of a liberal arts education
and specialized music training, including theory, history,»
and applied music. Some courses also carry transferability into the Faculty of Education at UBC.

M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), Ph.D. (UBC)
J . DIXON, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC)
M. HAHN, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (UBC), CPhil (UCLA)
S. PERSKY, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
Y. WESTWELL-ROPER, B.Ed., M.A., Ed.D. (UBC), D.Phil
(Oxford)
S.ENGLER, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Toronto)

In addition, students desiring to transfer into the Faculty of
Arts at UBC and SFU with a major in Music may take
Music 100/101 and Music 120/121 in their first year, and
Music 200/201 and 220/221 in their second year.

University Transfer Credit

For further information look in the Career section of the
Calendar under Music.

Course Descriptions

All of the Philosophy courses offered at Capilano College
have transfer credit at every university in British Columbia.

Philosophy 101
Introductory Philosophy: Ethics (F,S) (3,0)
An introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with
questbns of value. These include such issues as: "What
is morality?", "Why be moral?", "What is the relationship
between law and morality?", "Are there any objective
moral values?", as well as such directly moral issues as
abortion, suicide, civil disobedience, capital punishment,
and the environment. The emphasis of the course varies
from instructor to instructor and students should consult
the course outlines of individual instructors to determine
the precise content of the course.

Philosophy 102
Introductory Philosophy: Knowledge and
Reality (S) (3,0)
An introduction to the part of philosophy concerned with
questions about the ultimate nature of the world we live in
and our knowledge of it (traditionally called Metaphysics
and Epistemology). The issues discussed include: the
existence and nature of God, the place of human beings
in the universe, the nature of reality, human nature,
human knowledge and skepticism, freedom and determinism, the relationship behind mind and body, and others.
The emphasis of the course varies from instructor to
instructor and students should consult the course outlines
of individual instructors to determine the precise content
of the course.

Philosophy 110
Logical Self-Defense (F,S) (3,0)
An introduction to the basic rules of clear and rational
thought. The student will be taught through extensive
examples how to detect false reasoning, illegitimate
appeals to emotions, inconsistencies and contradictions.
The goal is to develop our logical awareness to the point
that we can no longer be victimized by the rhetoric of
everyday life, and can develop our own arguments with
clarity and confidence.

Academic

58

—

Music

Philosophy 111
Critical Thinking with Computers (3,0)
This course is a sequel to Logical Self Defense (Phil 110)
and will provide students with advance practice in the
skills developed in Logical Self Defence. Students will
also be taught the use of computers to enhance their
ability to quickly find and assess information. Computer
techniques to be learned will include using and making
databases, outlining programs, and spreadsheets.
Instruction will also be given on oral presentation of
persuasive material, the art of reasonable dialogue,
analyzing the news media, and assessing statistical
arguments.
Successful completion of this course should result in the
student being quite competent in carrying on rational
dialogue and able to make sophisticated use of computers
of both evaluate and develop arguments.
Prerequisites: Logical Self Defense (PHIL 110) or
permission of the instructor. Some familiarity with computers will be helpful.

Philosophy 120
Understanding Scientific Reasoning (S) (3,0)
This course will provide students with an introduction to
modern formal logic, and then utilize that skill to explore
such topics as the nature and testing of scientific theories
in both the natural and social sciences, the difference
between causal relations and correlations, and rational
decision making. Attention will be given to both the
problem-solving and philosophical aspects of scientific
reasoning.
There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural
continuation of Philosophy 110, and will appeal especially
to students who have an interest in either the natural or
social sciences.
Philosophy

130

Philosophy of Science (S) (3,0)
Students will learn how to understand the activity of
science through theoretical reflection on it and detailed
study of developments which promise to bring about
scientific revolutions. Topics to be discussed might
include: socio-biology, artificial intelligence, the concept
of intelligence, the nature of explanation, the role of
observation in science, determinism and indeterminism,
causation, inductive inference, scientific method, laws and
theories, and the status of theoretical constructs.
There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural
companion to Philosophy 110, and will appeal to students
of mathematics and the natural or social sciences.

Philosophy 140
Philosophy and Law: Introduction to Canadian
Law (F) (3,0)
A general introduction to the fundamental principles of
jurisprudence and to the basic legal institutions of Canada. In addition to addressing such philosophical questions as, "What is a law?", "Is it the case that law is what
legislatures say it is, or what courts say it is?", and "How
do you tell whether a law is good or bad?", the course
also examines the history and theory of Canadian law
(including the development of the Canadian Constitution),
the system of Canadian courts, and the roles of members
of the legal profession. As well, consideration is given to
the nature of legal reasoning, the doctrine of precedent,
and principles of statutory interpretation, and an introduction is provided to the fields of contract, torts, administrative and family law, as well as to the process of law
reform.

Philosophy 141
Philosophy and Law: Introduction to the Criminal Justice System (S) (3,0)
An introduction to an analysis of theories of punishment
and rehabilitation through an examination of the operational practices of the Canadian criminal justice system.
In the course of studying the structure and operations of
the criminal justice system in its various stages from the
moment of initial police involvement to the correctional
disposition of convicted offenders, the course focuses on
both theoretical and practical decision making. Theoretical
concerns include: individual civil liberties in relation to
police procedures, notions of evidence, sentencing
theory, and current correctional strategies.
The above two courses are modelled on SFU's Criminology 131/135 and are intended for both phibsophy
students and those interested in pursuing further studies
in the field of criminology.

Philosophy 200
Political Philosophy (F) (3,0)
This course provides an analysis of the rationale for
political institutions and action. Some of the questbns
considered: Are we really obliged to obey the law? Can
the law be justifiably represented as authoritative, or is the
real foundatbn of law in the polbeman's holster? Does
the state have good reason for involving itself in compulsory programs of education? This is not a study in the
history of political thought and every effort is made to view
problems from a contemporary perspective.

Philosophy 201
Political Philosophy (S) (3,0)
A continuation of Philosophy 200.

Academic

—

Philosophy

Philosophy 202
Introduction to Formal Logic (F,S) (3,0)
A standard introduction to the formal techniques of
argument analysis. Formal logic was invented to mirror
and evaluate mathematical reasoning and is now a
branch of mathematics of its own. Our interest in it will,
however, not be mathematical. Instead we will concentrate on the relation of formal logic to everyday reasoning
and language in general. The course is essential for
students thinking of majoring in Philosophy, but also very
useful to computing science and mathematics majors. It
is designed to transfer to SFU as their Philosophy 210
(required for both philosophy and computing science
majors), and to UBC as Philosophy 302. There are no
prerequisites, although students may find Philosophy 110
provides useful background. Please note that this is not
an introductory philosophy course, but one which introduces mathematical methods of argument analysis. It is
not suitable for students merely seeking a general
understanding of what philosophy has to offer.

Philosophy 210
Metaphysics and Epistemology (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite: At least one Philosophy course or permission of the instructor.
An introduction to some of the traditional problems of
metaphysics and epistemology. Some of the questions
considered are: Does God exist? What is the relationship
between faith and reason? Does free will exist? Is sense
perception a reliable source of knowledge? What is the
nature of causality? Is materialism true? What is the
nature of mind? What is the relationship between mind
and body? What is the scientific method? While this is
not a course in the history of Philosophy, it will cover
many of the classical attempts to answer these questions.

Philosophy 211
Metaphysics and Epistemology (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Philosophy 210

A continuation of Philosophy 210.

Philosophy 220
Philosophy in Literature (F) (3,0)
An examination of the lively relationship between Philosophy and Literature. Philosophical theories will be approached and discussed via literary work which either
embodies the theories or grounds them in human experience. Textual sources will range from the classical Greek
plays to last month's best seller.

Philosophy 221
Existentialism In Literature (S) (3,0)
This course is, in spirit, a continuation of Philosophy 220,
but it is centred on the Philosophy of Existentialism in

Academic

60

—

Philosophy

literature. There will be an introductory set of lectures on
Existentialism as a philosophy. Textual sources will range
from Dostoyevsky's "Notes from the Underground" to
Sartre's "Nausea."

Philosophy 222
Philosophy of Culture (Aesthetics) (F,S) (3,0)
An introduction to philosophical analysis of cultural works.
The course will provide an exploration of aesthetic theory,
examining both traditional works of art as well as contemporary cultural productions in a variety of media. One of
the objectives of the course is to make sense of what a
society is "saying" through its popular culture.

Philosophy 230 (F) (3,0)
Greek Thought
Greek Thought is a survey of ancient Greek philosophy,
culture and science. As an examination of the foundations of Western civilization, it introduces students to the
issues that preoccupied the Greeks as presented in a
range of materials extending from Homer to Aristotle.
Students will read Homer's account of the Trojan War;
experience the theatre of Sophocles, Euripides, and
Aristophanes; and examine life in 4th century B.C. Athens
through the works of Thucydides, Plato and Aristotle. The
contention of this course is that not only is Greek history
and culture interesting in itself, but that it raises issues
that are thoroughly relevant to the contemporary situation.

Philosophy 231
Philosophy of Religion (S) (3,0)
A study of the central philosophical issues of religious
t h o u g h t a n d e x p e r i e n c e . I n c l u d e d will b e a d i s c u s s i o n of

the intellectual merits of religious beliefs, the nature of
revelation, mysticism, and fundamentalism, as well as the
apparent conflict between religion and science. The
traditional arguments for the existence of God will be
assessed, and there will be discussion of the relationship
between religion and morality, and of the role of religion in
society and personal life. Although not a survey of
comparative religion , an effort will be made to offer an
introduction to a range of spiritual beliefs.

Physics
Instructional Faculty
M. FREEMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal. Tech.), Ph.D.
(UBC)
S. G R E E N S P O O N , B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (Waterloo),
Ph.D. (Waterloo)
R. MACQUEEN, B.Sc. (Waterloo), M.Sc. (UBC)
F. PARVAZ, B.Sc. (Tehran), M.S. (San Diego State)

Laboratory Supervisors
I. LANZINGER, B.Sc. (UBC)
B. SIMSON, B.Sc. (SFU)

General Information
All first year physics courses include a weekly two-hour
laboratory period. The cost of the labs is included in the
course tuition fee except for lab manuals.

University Transfer Credit
All physics courses at Capilano carry transfer credit to
SFU, UBC and UVic. For details please refer to the
Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar.

Course Descriptions

ics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation,
vibration, and special relativity.

Physics 111
General Physics II (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in either Physics 110 or 108
or 114; and Math 110. Math 111 is a pre or corequisite.
Any student who has attempted the course within the last
year will not be allowed to register without the instructor's
permission.
Electric and magnetic fields, circuits, wave optics, and
atomic and nuclear physics.

Physics 114
Fundamental Physics I (F) (3,2)
Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Physics 104; Math 110 is a
pre- or corequisite.
A survey of mechanics similar to Physics 110 but at a
more advanced level. This course, together with Physics
115, is particularly suitable for students going into the
physical sciences or engineering.

Physics 115
Fundamental Physics II (S) (3,2)

Physics 104
Principles of Physics (S) (3,2)

Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 114 or at least a
"B" in Physics 108 or 110. Math 111 is a pre or corequisite.

Prerequisite: No Physics prerequisite. Algebra 12 or
Math 103 or Math 105 is required. Physics 104 is accepted at BCIT as equivalent to Physics 12.

A continuation of Physics 114; material similar to that of
111 but at a more advanced level.

This course serves as an introduction to physics for
students with little or no background in the subject. It is
intended for students not taking further studies in science.
Topics include mechanics, energy, ray optics and heat.

Physics 108
Basic Physics (F) (4.5,2)
Prerequisite: Algebra 12 or Math 103 or Math 105. Math
110 is a pre- or corequisite.
The course covers the material of Physics 110, together
with those topics from high school physics needed by a
student with no previous background in physics. A
student passing this course should be able to enter
Physics 111 in the Spring.
Students who have previously attempted Physics 108,
110, or 114 may not be permitted to register in Physics
108.

Physics 110
General Physics I (F) (3,2)
Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Physics 11 or Physics 104;
and Math 110 is a pre- or corequisite.

Physics 200
Heat, Kinetic Theory and Waves (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in either Physics 111 or 115;
and Math 111. Math 230 must be taken concurrently, if
not already completed. Physics 210 must be taken
concurrently.
Heat, temperature, the first and second laws of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and waves. This course, together
with Physics 201,210 and 211, is required for students
majoring in physics and recommended for students
majoring in chemistry.

Physics 201
Electrical Circuits (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: At least a "C -" in Physics 200; Math 230.
Math 231 is a pre- or corequisite. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite. Physics 211 must be taken concurrently.
The study of electrical and magnetic fields; fundamentals
of a.c. theory; LR, RC, LRC circuits; resonance; mechanical analogs; forced and damped oscillations, and waves.

A survey of mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinemat-

Academic

—

Physics

61

Political Studies
Physics 210
Physics Laboratory I (F) (1,3)
Prerequisite: As for Physics 200 which must be taken
concurrently.
A weekly three-hour lab in mathematical methods,
electrical measurements and optics.

Physics 211
Physics Laboratory II (S) (1,3)

Instructional Faculty
E.M. LAVALLE, B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke)
P. MIER, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (Toronto)
S. PERSKY, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
C. SYLVESTER, B.A. (Hons.) (Gonzaga U.) (Wash)
M.A. (Hons.) (U.Notre Dame) (In.)

University Transfer Credit

Prerequisite: As for Physics 201, which must be taken
concurrently.

All Political Studies courses at Capilano are transferable
to SFU, UBC and UVic. For details consult the Transfer
Guide at the back of the Calendar.

A weekly three-hour lab in electrondynamics, electricity
and electronics.

Course Descriptions

Physics 220
Mechanics I (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite: At least a " C " in either Physics 110 or 108 or
114; and Math 111. Math 230 is a pre- or corequisite.

Political Studies 100
An Introduction to Political Thought - Plato to
Machiavelli (F,S) (3,0)

Physics 221
Mechanics II and Special Relativity (S) (3,0)

The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the
tradition of Western political inquiry from the Ancient
Greeks to the emergence of the Nation State. Elements
within this tradition will be approached from an historical
and philosophical perspective. Particular emphasis will be
placed upon the critical reading of original texts and
background material will be presented in lectures and
additional reading. Major topics include ancient and
medieval political thought, and the rise of the national
state.

Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 220; and Math
230. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite.

Political Studies 101
Contemporary Ideologies (F,S) (3,0)

More advanced topics in mechanics: application of
special relativity to elementary particle creation and space
travel, eliptical and interplanetary transfer orbits, rigid
body dynamics and gyroscopes.

An introduction to the historical development of contemporary ideologies with an examination of the ideas expressed in the political process. The course includes a
critical analysis of Liberalism, Conservatism, Fascism,
Social Democracy and Marxism-Leninism.

Newtonian mechanics of particles. Topics include
kinematics, viscous and turbulent drag, rocket propulsion,
conservation laws, and centrifugal and Coriolis forces.
This course, together with Physics 221, is required for
students majoring in physics and recommended for
students majoring in math or computer science.

Political Studies 102
Comparative Government (F,S) (3,0)
An introduction to the elements of government and politics
in a comparative perspective. This course will take two or
more political cultures and examine the formal and
informal political structures and processes in each. A
variety of states/countries are selected each term to use
as "case" studies (e.g. U.S. and Latin America; Western
Europe and the Soviet Union).

Political Studies 104
Canadian Government (F,S) (3,0)
A study of the processes, ideologies and government
structures which make up the Canadian political reality.
This course will examine the role of the prime minister's
office, the bureaucracy, political parties, federal-provincial
relations and Canadian foreign policy.

Academic

62

— Political

Studies

Political Studies 201
International Relations (F) (3,0)
A study of aspects of global conflict and world politics
providing students with the background necessary for an
understanding of sources of power, techniques of wielding
influence and the formulation of foreign policy. The
course will examine the origins of the Cold War, Imperialism, local and global wars, detente, and problems of
militarization and disarmament. Students will be introduced to primary diplomatic materials.

the Welfare State to the current problems associated with
the structure and organization of late capitalism. Topics
will include a discussion of the role of the state, the
Frankfurt School, Neo-Marxism, Cultural Theory, the fate
of Liberal Democracy, Civil Society vs the State, NeoConservatism, Militarism, and the question of Power, and
how particular theorists have responded to these developments, (for example, Keynes, Arendt, Gramsci, Althusser,
Poulantzas, Bahro, Foucault, Habermas, Offe, Friedman,
Marcuse, and Williams).

Political Studies 202
Government and Politics of British Columbia
(F) (3,0)
This course will provide an understanding of the political
institutions, dynamics, and socio-economic processes of
provincial, regional, and municipal governments in
Canada, with particular emphasis on B.C. Specifically, it
is intended to familiarize students with the activities of
political parties and state institutions in B.C., especially
since the end of World War II. it is designed to develop
students' skills in critically analyzing the B.C. political
process from several methodological perspectives within
the discipline of political studies.

Political Studies 203
International Organizations (S) (3,0)
Since the emergence of the Concert of Europe in 1815,
international organizations have played an increasingly
important role in world politics. This course examines the
history and development of international and regional
governmental and non-governmental organizations which
act in the international arena. Special emphasis will be
placed on the United Nations, the North Atlantic Treaty
Organization, the Warsaw Treaty Organization, the
European Economic Community and the Council for
Mutual Economic Assistance.

Political Studies 206
Scope and Methods - Political Analysis (F) (3,0)
This course introduces the student to a variety of theoretical approaches and specific tools for studying politics. A
general introduction to the nature and controversies of
contemporary political science focussing attention on
some key issues in the logic of political inquiry - alternative models of explanation, problems in concept-formation, the nature of scientific inference, and so on. The
tools and insights will be used to investigate and criticize
elements of Canadian politics.

Political Studies 207
Selected Issues in Contemporary Social and
Political Theory (S) (3,0)
This course will examine some of the major contributions
to social and political thought beginning with the rise of

Academic

— Political

Studies

63

Psychology
Instructional Faculty

constructive interpersonal skills in a supportive, small
group setting.

P. AVERY, B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto)
E. ECCLES, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (UBC)
R. HAWRYLKO, B.A. (Hunter), M.A. (SFU)
M. MACNEILL, B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Manitoba), Ph.D.
(Calgary)
S. MOE, B.A., M.A. (Mexico)
J. WATERS, B.A. M.A. (SFU)

Psychology 204
Developmental Psychology (F) (3,0)

University Transfer Credit
All Psychology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC,
and UVic. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at
the back of the Calendar.

Prerequisite:

A study of the child's development from infancy to adolescence, including the development of social behaviour,
personality, language and cognitive processes. Students
will be encouraged to do research projects and observations.

Psychology 205
The Psychology of Aging (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Course Description
Psychology 100
Introduction to Psychology (F,S) (3,0)
A course designed to introduce the beginning psychology
student to some of the major concepts and approaches
necessary to an understanding of human behaviour from
a psychological perspective. Topics covered include
learning, development, sexuality, personality theory, and
other selected issues.

Prerequisite:

Psychology 100

A course for those students who desire a complete survey
of the basic areas of Psychology (when combined with
Psychology 100), before proceeding to an in-depth study
of particular areas. The course covers such topics as
research methodology, stress, physiological psychology,
altered states of consciousness, behaviour disorders, the
therapeutic process, and other selected issues.

Psychology 200
Social Psychology (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Psychology 100

A study of the dynamics and effects of social influences
on individual human behaviour. The course looks at such
topics as attitudes and attitude changes, social beliefs,
roles, conformity, group processes, leadership, prejudice,
interpersonal attraction and psychological effects of the
physical environment.

Psychology 201
Group Dynamics (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Psychology 100

A study of the behaviour of people in small groups. This
course provides an intellectual and experiential approach
to small group theory and allows the student to practice

Academic

64

—

Psychology

Psychology 100

A course dealing with the psychological development of
the individual from early adulthood to death, with emphasis on intellectual and personality changes, and the social
context of aging. As well as being exposed to basic
research in the area, students will be encouraged to
develop an empathic understanding of the aging process
through such means as community projects.

Psychology 206
Adolescent Psychology (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Psychology 101
Theories of Behaviour (F,S) (3,0)

Psychology 100

Psychology 100 and 101

This course will examine the research findings and
theories pertaining to the development and behaviour of
adolescents. Topics covered will include biological and
sexual maturation, personality, intelligence, motivation
and social issues such as delinquency and family relationships.

Psychology 220
Theory of Personality (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Psychology 100

A study of the various theories of personality from psychoanalytic theory to learning theory. Included will be the
ideas of Freud, Rogers, Maslow and others. Concepts to
be considered will include the development of personality,
and the structure and dynamics of personality. The
course will include consideration of theoretical problems,
and students will become familiar with empirical research
in these areas.

Psychology 222
Abnormal Psychology (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Psychology 100

A study of the various models and perspectives for
viewing patterns and treatment of abnormal behaviour.
Included will be an examination of the research as to how
the medical model, behaviouristic school, humanistic
school and interpersonal school view normal and abnor-

Sociology
mal behaviour. This course will also focus on the historical and contemporary approaches to treatment.

Instructional Faculty

Women's Studies 110
Women and Psychology (F) (3,0)

N. GAYLE, B.A. (York), M.A. (Western), Ph.D. (UBC)
C. HATHAWAY, B.A. (Harpur College S.U.N.Y.), M.A.
(Wash U., St. Louis)
M. SPEIER, B.A. (New York), M.A., Ph.D. (Berkeley)

A psychological examination of the origins of sex-roles,
their development in childhood and maintenance in adult
life. The course will examine current research in biology
and behaviour, socialization, personality and will include
issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, and
violence against women.

General Information
All courses in Sociology are geared to help the student
comprehend personal and global events in a relevant and
meaningful way. Sociology should thus help the student
in his/her endeavour to cope with our increasingly complex society. A major in Sociobgy leads to work in the
following areas: social work, teaching, probation work,
criminology, industrial Sociology, communications, media,
government research and related areas.
Students registering for Sociology courses should note
that there are no prerequisites for any of the courses and
that courses can be taken in any order or combination,
according to student interest. Those who intend to major
should complete Sociology 100 and 101.

University Transfer Credit
All Sociology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC
and UVic. All 200 level courses will provide the Simon
Fraser transfer student with assigned credit toward
second-year courses. The UBC transfer student will be
provided with unassigned credit towards a major. For
details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the
Calendar.

Course Descriptions
Sociology 100
Social Structures (F,S) (3,0)
The course systematically covers major topics and issues
of concern to anyone who wishes to begin to understand
and come to terms with, the modern world in a personally
and sociologically relevant way. The basic theme of the
course is that we are, to a greater extent than generally
imagined, produced, structured and run by the "social
machine". This "social machine" comprises institutions
such as the family, religion, class system, mass media,
education as well as rules, customs, laws, etc. This
course looks at how we are influenced by this "machine"
and in turn how we react to that influence.
Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students
intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC.

Sociology 101
Concepts of Theories of Society (F,S) (3,0)
With current social conditions in mind, this course analyses the general development of sociological thought in the
19th and 20th centuries. We will look at three major

Academic

—

Sociology

65

approaches to understanding society (structural functionalism, conflict theory and symbolic interactionism) and
employ these approaches to analyse events of current
interest.
Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students
intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC.

Sociology 200
Canadian Society (F) (3,0)
An introduction to the study of Canadian society and
culture, including an analysis of the major Canadian
institutions studied on a national basis, with special
emphasis on the dynamics of change in a multicultural,
complex society.

Sociology 201
British Columbia Society (F) (3,0)
A continued sociological approach to the dynamics of
Canadian society with special emphasis on British
Columbia. Close attention will be given to social movements and economics, historical and cultural developments which have shaped British Columbia from a frontier
into a modern industrial society.

Sociology 210
Current Social Issues (S) (3,0)
A study of social concerns and cultural problems common
to current conditions in the 20th century in our society and
in global perspectives. Classical sociological concepts
will be used to examine current social issues in a global
framework of political, economic, and cultural analysis,
such as mass violence, the economics of the arms race,
the sociology of war and peace, social inequality, etc.
Current issues are placed in the context of the student's
daily world, as it is happening now — this should develop
the student's sociological imagination. This course can
be taken by itself, or as a complement to Sociology of the
Third World.

Sociology 211
Sociology of the Third World (F) (3,0)
A study of the major theories of development and under
development, social and cultural responses to under
development, and the inter-relationship of social institutions in and between the "developed" and "under developed" societies. This course will provide students with an
opportunity to better understand the social, economic and
political causes and effects of under development. Both
sociological and "non-sociological" literature on the
meaning and effects of "under development" will be
considered. This course may be taken by itself or as a
complement to Sociology 210, Current Social Issues.

Academic

66

—

Sociology

Sociology 222
Sociology of the Arts (F) (3,0)
A sociological study of creative endeavours of western
civilization through painting, music and the cinema. The
course will relate the various art forms to the social
context in which they exist; hence it will develop an
understanding of the interrelationships between ideas
(expressed as Art), social institutions and social behaviour. This course is particularly recommended as a
complement to Sociology 223 or 101.

Sociology 223
Media and Society (S) (3,0)
An intensive study of the relationship between a society's
communication systems as media and its technological,
economic and political base, its ideology, its behaviour
patterns and its cultural life. This will encompass current
forms of television, radio, magazines, all forms of advertisement, news production and the movies. This course is
particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology
222 or 100.

Spanish
Instructional Faculty
C. FURSTENWALD. B.A. (Mexico), M.B.A. (Washington)

Spanish 100. Recommended also for those who are
considering taking Spanish 200 at a later date and need
review work.

General Information

Spanish 200
Second Year Spanish (F) (3,1.75)

All courses in Spanish include a total of four and 3/4 hours
of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of
conversational practice with a native speaker.
Native speakers of Spanish who wish to take first or
second-year courses in these languages must consult
with the Spanish Instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the
Language Department has correspondence dealing with
matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In
order to avoid any misunderstandings, such students are
invited to discuss these problems with the Department
prior to enrollment.

University Transfer Credit
All Spanish courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and
UVic.
S F U : Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to
pursue further courses in Spanish are reminded of the
present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be
given at SFU for all Capilano College Spanish courses.
Exemption from and placement in higher courses are
determined by the results of a placement test or other
assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test,
area credit may be granted which would count toward a
major in Spanish. Courses which do not qualify toward a
major will be awarded elective credit only.

Prerequisite:
tor.

Spanish 100/101 or permission of instruc-

A review of Spanish grammar with special emphasis on
problematic areas normally encountered by students of
the language. The reading, writing and oral fluency of the
student will be improved through translations, compositions and a high degree of conversation. Also, the student
will be introduced to Hispanic Literature. Classes will be
conducted in the Spanish language only.

Spanish 201
Second Year Spanish (S) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite:
instructor.

Spanish 200 or permission from the

A continuation of the work of Spanish 200. This course
should be taken, wherever possible, in the term following
Spanish 200.

UBC: At UBC, present equivalent standards equate
Spanish 100 and 101 with Spanish 100; Spanish 200 and
201 with Spanish 200. The student who plans to major in
Spanish may enter UBC's Spanish when s/he completes
the Capilano courses.

Course Descriptions
Spanish 100
First Year Spanish (F) (3,1.75)
This is a beginners' course which offers a comprehensive
introduction to the Spanish language. Emphasis is placed
on grammar and the development of the students'
speaking, understanding and writing skills.

Spanish 101
First Year Spanish (S) (3,1.75)
Prerequisite:

Spanish 100 or permission from instructor.

A continuation of the work of Spanish 100, this course
should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following

Academic

—

Spanish

67

Theatre

Thai
Instructional Faculty

Instructional Faculty

J . PLACZEK, B.A. (Windsor), M.A. Linguistics (UBC),
Ph.D. South East Asian Studies (UBC)

D. MOORE, B.F.A. (UVic.)
W. MURDOCH, B.F.A. (UVic), M.F.A. (UBC)

P. PLACZEK, Language Associate, B.A. (Thammasat
University) Bangkok

General Information

Course Descriptions
Thai 100 (F) (3,0)
This course provides instruction and practice both in
beginning language and in the cultural background which
is so necessary to place the examples into meaningful
contexts. The international phonetic alphabet is used to
avoid confusion of sounds. The basic vocabulary and
sentence structures are covered, and social routines and
common idioms are stressed as well.
Students have time to practice all structures introduced,
and are encouraged to initiate their own conversations. At
the end of the course students have better than survivallevel fluency, and use only Thai for basic classroom
routines. They are ready to learn to write.

Thai 101 (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Thai 100 or equivalent

This course reviews the basic material of Thai 100, and
introduces the script. Students learn how to write the
words they already know.
More complex structures are introduced, along with more
idioms, common expressions, and exceptions to basic
rules. Classes are conducted almost all in Thai, except
for occasional detailed historical or technical explanations.
At the end of the course students know how to respond to
typical situations in Thai and to elicit basic everyday
information from Thais. They can read simple Thai
passages and the basic road signs.

The Theatre Program runs a series of acting courses in
the Fall and Spring terms through the College's Academic
Division. These are available to both full-time and parttime students who wish the opportunity to continue their
interest in Theatre at a post-secondary level. The aim of
the program is to provide a professional approach to
acting through in-class instruction and performance
experience, both on campus and on tour at such performance venues as the Presentation House Studio Theatre.
Students may enroll in any course at any time, but the
second year courses require an audition if Theatre 100 or
101 have not previously been taken.
This program prepares students, who are professionally
inclined, for entrance to professional theatre schools while
providing students with more casual interest with transfer
to other more specialized college and university Theatre
Departments. Also, for those who simply wish to pursue
theatre for the sheer joy of it, these courses will provide
an excellent background introduction to the discipline and
group sharing that any cooperative creative venture
provides.
Daytime and evening sections of most courses are offered
to allow both full-time and part-time students to take
advantage of the Theatre Program.

University Transfer Credit
Theatre courses at Capilano have transfer credit or
elective credit at SFU, UBC and UVic. Please consult
Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar and instructor.

Course Descriptions
Theatre 100
Acting I (F) (3,0)
A workshop course in the art of the actor, focusing on
voice, movement, and scene work to develop the student's awareness of the actor's resources and his/her own
strengths and weaknesses as a performer. In addition to
readings and a written analysis of a professional production, the student will rehearse and perform a monologue
and a short scene, applying approaches and techniques
taught in class to the final presentation of theses scenes
for an invited audience. Video and audio tapings of
student work will be used to augment individual comment
and coaching provided by the instructor.
One accelerated section of Theatre 100 will be offered.

Academic

68

— Thai — Theatre

Students will cover the same topics at a quicker pace,
with one extra performance assignment during the term.
This section is recommended for students who have
studied acting for two or more years at secondary school
or equivalent. Students in doubt regarding placement
should contact the instructor.

Theatre 101
Acting II (S) (3,0)
A continuation of Theatre 100, exploring performance
improvisation and non-scripted theatre. A workshop
course focusing on improvisation as an essential tool in
developing the actor's imaginative resources and providing the confidence necessary to any form of "thinking on
one's feet." Improvisation will be taught as a performance
skill in its own right through the use of theatre games such
as seen at Theatre Sports, but it will also be explored as a
means to develop and amplify scripted works.

Theatre 120
The Elements of Theatre (F) (3,)
No

prerequisite.

The Elements of Theatre takes a look at what makes a
show tick, providing background insights into the contributions of the Director, Playwright and Theatre Critic. The
work of these collaborators is studied in the context of
performances which the class will attend and discuss,
writing papers and preparing presentations on the work of
the playwright and the director, with the student's critical
insights being shared in class. Notable among these
assignments is the use of the Theatre Game Program on
the Macintosh Computer which will enable the student to
play director in composing a computer animated version
of a scene from one fo the great plays from the world of
dramatic literature. The particular shows attended will be
announced at the beginning of the term and will be
chosen from the seasons of the various companies
performing in and around Vancouver.
The evolution of theatrical performance from its ritualistic
beginnings to the spectacular melodramas of the 19th
Century will also be studied using slide lectures, readings
and video presentations of classic works from the great
ages of Theatre and Drama. This course is essential for
any serious theatre goer and a must for any theatre
student.

ver, with the student writing papers and preparing designs
for a work chosen from the modern period.
This examination will be set in the context of the modern
theatre as slide lectures, video presentations and discussions will attempt to clarify for the student some of the
major trends in modern theatre from its beginnings in the
Naturalistic and Realistic movements at the turn of the
century through the Epic Theatre of Bertold Brecht and
the experimentors of the Sixties and Seventies to its
present eclectic Post Modernist tendencies. Again this
course is a must if one wishes to develop an intelligent
appreciation of the ever-changing world of theatre.

Theatre 200
Script and Stage (F) (3,2)
Prerequisite: Theatre 100 or 101 or audition by appointment with the instructor.
This course focuses on scripted material and the means
that both the actor and the technician use to bring about a
full rendering of the work chosen. A particular performance problem will be given practical application as the
students rehearse and perform a show presented in the
on-campus Studio. The Theatre Lab section of the course
will introduce students to design, promotion, and production organization, which will then be given immediate
application in the mounting and marketing of the performance. The Acting section of the course will give practical
application of the acting skills required by the particular
project chosen, as the students will be taken through a
professionally conducted rehearsal period culminating in a
short run to a paying public audience.

Theatre 201
Rehearsal and Performance (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite: Theatre 200 or audition by appointment with
the instructor.
This course takes the lessons learned in Theatre 200 and
applies them to a professionally mounted performance out
in the community which is likewise mounted and marketed
on this larger scale. The choice of material will be based
on the students' abilities and needs as perceived by the
Theatre 200 experience. Preparing for the productions is
a major undertaking and students can expect to be
engaged in rehearsal outside of scheduled class times.

Theatre 121
The Elements of Theatre (S) (3,0)
No

prerequisite.

Theatre 121 is a continuation of Theatre 120, which
examines the contribution of the Actor and the Scenic
artists in creating a specific interpretation of the plays
selected. The focus of this examination will again be
performances chosen from the spring season in Vancou-

Academic

—

Theatre

69

Women's Studies
Instructional Faculty
Women's Studies offerings are taught by fully qualified
instructors with experience in the field required by each
course. These faculty are seconded from relevant
disciplines to Women's Studies.

University Transfer Credit
For information on transferability refer to the Transfer
Guide at the back of the Calendar.
SFU: Students who wish to pursue further courses in
Women's Studies are advised that SFU has instituted a
minor program in Women's Studies. Transfer credit has
been received for Women's Studies 100,104,110,120,
122 and 192, and is being sought for 193.

Course Descriptions

of those biographical matters and issues of critical status
that mark the rise of women's writings from a sub-genre to
full status acceptance by the best critics today.

Women's Studies 107
Contemporary European Women Writers (In
Translation) (S) (3,0)
A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and
intensify the student's awareness and appreciation of the
literature being produced by a wide variety of women
writers today in Europe (especially France and Germany)
and to encourage students to become more aware of and
responsive to the creative process as it is exercised by
these authors within the particular circumstances common to women's role in our western society, as well as
those circumstances particular to specific cultures in
western society.
To be offered in Spring 1990.

Women's Studies 100
Introduction to Women's Studies (F) (3,0)

Women's Studies 110
Women and Psychology (F) (3,0)

This course will examine the status and role of women in
Canadian Society. It will trace the development of sex
role divisions in the family and other social institutions;
examine the influence of education, media and art on the
development of female role models. Differences in
women's roles due to class, status, race, and religion will
be discused.

A psychological examination of the origins of sex-roles,
their development in childhood and maintenance in adult
life. The course will examine current research in biology
and behaviour, socialization, personality and will include
issues of current interest such as sexuality, aging, and
violence against women.

To be offered in Fall 1989.

To be offered Fall 1989.

Women's Studies 104
Contemporary English-Canadian Women Writers
(F/S) (3,0)

Women's Studies 120
Women and the Past: An Historical Survey
(F) (3,0)

A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and
intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation for
the literature in English being produced by Canadian
women writers today, with emphasis on the current, local,
West Coast literary scene; to examine and discuss the
portraits of women and of women's circumstances
revealed in these writings. In addition to students' reading
and discussion of the literature, there will be class visits
for readings and discussion by several prominent West
Coast Canadian women writers.

Women's Studies 106
Contemporary American Women Writers (S) (3,0)
A discussion-oriented literature course intended to
broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and
appreciation of contemporary and recent important
American women authors. There will be brief consideration of 19th and early 20th century works, but the focus
will be on works published since World War II, including
works of the 1980s. Although the focus will be on plays,
stories, novels and poetry, there will be some exploration

Academic

70

— Women's

Studies

A survey of the lives of women from the Ancient World to
20th century North America. An uncovering of women's
participation in and contribution to the making of history.
Private lives as well as public and political activities will be
studied. The course will examine reasons behind the
extent to which women have been "hidden from history."

Women's Studies 122
Women in Anthropology (S) (3,0)
The anthropological perspective applied to women in
different cultures of the world: their role in economic,
political, religious, kinship, and expressive systems;
exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the
effect of theory on understanding women; women's
experience in cultures and areas such as the Eskimos,
Amazon jungle, Israeli kibbutz, Greece, Afghanistan,
India, Mexico and Africa.
To be offered Spring 1990.

Career/Vocational Programs
Capilano College offers a variety of employment-related
programs. The programs offered are under constant
review to make certain that students are taught the latest
techniques and skills. Advisory committees composed of
employers review and recommend content of all programs.
Admission is limited and applicants are considered on the
criteria established for each program area. In general,
Grade 12 standing is required for two year Diploma
Programs although others may be admitted on the basis
of their experience and abilities. Due to the timely nature
of these programs, requirements and profiles may
change.
Contact the individual departments for current
information.

Student Course and Work Load
Full-time programs are designed so that successful
completion is a full-time task. Students are advised not to
undertake other activities that require large time commitments, including employment, while undertaking full-time
studies.

Graduate Employment

to review individual course credits.
Transfer credits are granted to students ON ADMISSION
for acceptable work done at other institutions: the transfer
credits reduce the total number of credits which are
required at Capilano College for the certificate or diploma.
Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable
documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by
the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are
noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full
information on transfer of specific courses is available
from the Admissions Advisor, Counsellors and in the
Division.

Admission Dates
Enrollment in some Programs may be curtailed due to
space and equipment limitations. Consequently, those
students who contemplate entrance are encouraged to
apply early. Applicants are required to have an interview
with the Program Coordinator prior to admission.
Unsuccessful applicants who wish to be considered for
the next year must re-apply.

Canadian Studies Specialty

Employment opportunities for graduates have been good,
however the College does not guarantee jobs for its
graduates.

Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can apply for a Canadian Studies
Specialty to be applied to their diploma. See details on
page 29.

Exemption Standing

Course Description Code

Students may be exempted from certain courses upon the
successful demonstration of acquired skills and knowledge. Such exemption standings will be noted on the
Permanent Studies Record.

On the right hand side of each course description there is
a series of code letters and numbers, for example:

Students granted such exemptions will have their total
course load reduced by the number of exempted credit
hours to the maximum of two courses or six credit hours
per academic year without effect upon the status of the
certificate or diploma in the particular program. Such
exempted hours are not necessarily transferable to other
institutions.
Exemption in excess of two courses, or six credit hours,
may be awarded a student only upon the recommendation
of the appropriate Program Coordinator and the Dean.

Transfer to and from Other
Institutions

Business Management 160
Marketing (F,S) (3,0)
The first letter(s) indicate the term in which the class will
be offered. Example: F-Fall, S-Spring, SU-Summer.
Thus, Business Management is to be offered in the Fall
and Spring terms.
The first number indicates the number of credit hours
granted for the course (which is usually equivalent to the
number of instructional hours per week) and the second
number denotes the number of lab and conversational
hours per week. Thus, Business Management 160 is
offered three hours a week for three credit hours with no
lab time.

There is agreement among all public B.C. Colleges to
accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to
a program given at the admitting college, and given
suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right

Career/Vocational

— General

71

Preparatory Programs
Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Social Studies,
and Computers. You may select from one to five subjects, depending upon your educational and occupational
goals.

ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/
FOUNDATIONS PROGRAM
Contact: 984-4971. Room P209

Instructional Faculty
D. J . ATHAIDE, B . S c , (Hons.) (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), B.C.
Teacher's Cert.
J . BANNISTER, B.A., B.S.W. (UBC), Dip. of Ed. (Oxford),
M.Ed. (Toronto), BC Teacher's Cert., Nfld. Teacher's Cert.
S. BROWN, B.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert.
M.C. CAIRNS, B.Sc. (Math) (Calgary), Alta. Teach. Cert.
J.E. DUVALL, B.A. (UBC), Dip. Ed. (Sask.)
E. FUTTERMAN, B.Sc (California, Berkeley)
J . HIND, B.A. (1st Class Hons.) (SFU), M.A. (UBC)
P. HODGSON, B.A. (Hons), B.Ed. (Queen's) M.Ed. (UBC)
R.F. IRVINE, Teacher's Cert., Sask. & B.C., B.A. (SFU)
O B . MACLEAN, B.Ed. (SFU)
B. NICHOL, B.Sc. (Brock)
J . PASS, B.A. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert.
F. RAMSAY, B.Sc. (McGill)
M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N.
J . ROSE, B.A. (Western), B.C. Teacher's Cert.
J . SOUTHERST, B.A., B.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert.
A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's
Cert.
D. E. YOUNG, B.A. (SFU), S.R.N. (London), S.C.M.
(Scotland), Dip.. T.N. (London), M.F.A. (UBC)

This program operates year-round, offering students selfpaced instruction in two hour classes. Tutorial time is
available. Students who finish a course before the end of
the term may immediately register for the next higher
course in the given subject.

Admission Requirements
Students should be at least 18 years old and have been
out of the public school system for a minimum of one
year. Exceptions will only be made with departmental
approval.

Registration
Students are interviewed before registration in the
program in order to plan the program which best meets
their educational goals.

ABE Certificates & Diploma
The ABE/Foundations Programs offers courses at four
levels as outlined in the table below:

General Information

The Provincial Diploma, issued by the Ministry of Advanced Education & Job Training, provides an alternate
route for adults who have not achieved a grade twelve
standing at high school and is recognized for admission
purposes by post secondary institutions in B.C.

The Adult Basic Education/Foundations (ABE) Program
enables you to upgrade your knowledge of English,

Intermediate & Advanced certificates are issued by
Capilano College and provide prerequisites for career and

Courses

Fundamental

Advanced

Provincial Level

031*

040 or 041*

032*

040

031 or 032*

041 or 042 or 045*

046

BCHM

041

042

BPHY

041

BBIO

041 or 042

BENG

021*

Intermediate

BSCI
BMTH

021*

031*

BSOC
BCMP

042*

Choose
2

042
041 and 042

041
031

021

* Required for Certificate or Diploma
Advanced math is a prerequisite for Provincial Level
For further details please arrange an interview with a department advisor by phoning 984-4971 .

Career/Vocational

72

— Preparatory

Programs

042

Choose
3

vocational programs throughout the province.
Instruction at the Fundamental level provides basic
reading & writing skills and number skills.
ABE Certificates also satisfy most employers' requirements. Certain high school courses may qualify as
transfer credit toward ABE certificates and the Provincial
Diploma.
The program also offers instruction for students preparing
for the General Education Development (Grade 12
Equivalency) tests.
Advanced and Provincial level A.B.E. courses may also
be used for transfer credit towards a B.C. Adult Senior
Secondary School Graduation Certificate.

will learn basic skills of social analysis that will enhance
their ability to participate in the economic, political and
social concerns that are part of their daily lives.
This is an ABE Advanced level course.
B S O C 042

A survey of the major issues in world politics. It includes
such areas as the arms race, over- and under-population,
the environment and pollution in the world economy; how
these affect our lives as Canadians.
This is an ABE Provincial level course.

Computer Studies
B C M P 021

Course Descriptions
English
B E N G 021

An introductory Fundamental course in reading, writing
and spelling.
B E N G 031

Prepares students for written work in ABE advanced
courses and provides practical communication skills with
a vocational orientation: an ABE intermediate course.
B E N G 040

An ABE course in writing various types of reports and
differentiating between a report and an essay.
B E N G 041

An ABE advanced course. Students will prepare outlines,
summarize various kinds of writing, write different types of
reports, differentiate between reports and essays, and
give a researched oral report.
B E N G 042

This is an ABE Provincial course which prepares the
student for written work in post-secondary courses and
helps to prepare the student for comprehension and
analysis of college-level written material.

An introduction to microcomputers for students enrolled in
the ABE program. The course is designed to overcome
the fears of computers, and offers instruction in the
terminology and some hands-on experience.
B C M P 031

A continuation of BCMP 021 with more practise in programming, word processing and spreadsheets, plus
introduction of integrated software.

Mathematics
BMTH

021

Whole number decimals, fractions, and percentage. This
is an ABE fundamental course.
BMTH

031

A continuation of 021 with simple geometry and algebra.
This is an ABE intermediate course.
BMTH

032

This ABE intermediate course gives students the opportunity to master practical mathematics at the Intermediate
Certificate level.
BMTH

041

Social Studies

Business math, interpretation of graphs and formulas
used in business and industry, calculation of simple and
compound interest, payroll, taxes, and investment. This is
an ABE Advanced Certificate course.

B S O C 031

BMTH

An introduction to the fundamental principles of Economics, Canadian history, government legal system and the
development of analytical and interpretive skills.

A review of basic algebra, quadratic equations, and the
use of geometry and trigonometry in the solution of
applied mathematical problems. This is an ABE Advanced Certificate course.

This is an ABE Intermediate level course.
B S O C 041

A study of major historical, geographic, economic, political
and sociological events in Canada and globally. Students

042

B M T H 045

Graphing linear equations; systems of linear equations in
2 and 3 variables; inequalities and sets; factoring polynoCareer/Vocational

— Preparatory

Programs

73

mial expressions, advanced fractional expressions;
concept of function; quadratic, logarithmic, and exponential functions; quadratic equations, roots, maxima and
minima; conic sections.

select topics that provide appropriate preparation for
specific training. An ABE advanced course.

This is an ABE Advanced Certificate course.

Introduction to the principles of physics and laboratory
skills in measurement, recording and treatment of data.
Equivalent in scope and level of difficulty to physics
offered in senior secondary school. Designed to prepare
students for further studies in physics. An ABE Provincial
course.

B M T H 046

Solving linear, absolute value, quadratic, and rational
inequalities; analyzing, manipulating and graphing
functions; approximating the roots of a polynomial;
graphing rational functions; exponential and logarithmic
functions; trigonometric functions; analytic trigonometry;
series and sequences; complex numbers; conic sections
revisited.

B P H Y 042

ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING
PROGRAM

This is an ABE Provincial Certificate course.

Contact Person: D. Kirkby, Coordinator, Room P203,
Phone 986-1911, local 2579

Sciences

Instructional Faculty

B B I O 041

Preparation for studies in biology at college or university.
Students may select topics that provide appropriate
preparation for specific vocational or career programs.
This is an ABE advanced certificate course.

J . BORDEWICK, B.Sc. (Ed.) (Idaho), M. Ed. (UBC) P.D.P.
Faculty Associate (SFU)
D. KIRKBY, B.Ed. (Winnipeg)
L. SPENCER, B.A., P.D.P. (SFU)

General Information

B B I O 042

An intensive, self-paced course in biology for students
who are planning to go on to college or other postsecondary courses. This is an ABE advanced certificate
course.
NOTE: Completion of BBIO 041 and BBIO 042 gives
credit for the ABE Provincial Biology course.
B S C I 032
Basic scientific principles needed to progress to higher
level science courses. An ABE intermediate course.
BSCI 040

Chemistry, physics, and earth science for students who
plan a non-technical career or vocation.

The Alternative Career Training Program is an employment exploration program with a unique focus and
approach. The program is based on a developmental
perspective and is committed to working with adults with
special learning needs. Students are educated to accept
the responsibilities of independent living as young adults,
as well as the demands of competitive entry-level employment, and will be able to address any social or emotional
issues which could act as barriers to employment. The
ACT Program combines in-class instruction with practical
work experience, emphasizing the development or
maintenance of skills which may be used in employment
situations. Students meet with faculty to discuss an
individual course plan that best fits their needs. Personal
goals will be set and monitored throughout the year.

B C H M 041

An introduction to the principles of chemistry. Students
may select topics that provide appropriate preparation for
specific training. An ABE advanced course.
B C H M 042

Introduction to principles of chemistry and laboratory skills
in measurement, recording, and treatment of data.
Equivalent in scope and level of difficulty to chemistry
offered in senior secondary schools. Designed to prepare
students for further studies in chemistry. An ABE Provincial course.
B P H Y 041

An introduction to the principles of physics. Students may
Career/Vocational

74

— Preparatory

Programs

Student Profile
Students who will find the ACT Program beneficial are
learning or developmentally delayed. In addition, they
may present any or all of the following characteristics:
a) difficulty grasping academic information (for example,
mathematical problem solving, reading print, writing)
b) a lower than chronological age maturity level
c) low self-esteem
d) physically handicapped (for example, neurologically
impaired; blind or visually impaired; wheelchair dependent)
Students who will obtain the most benefit from the ACT
Program are those who have reached a moderate level of

independence (i.e. they are responsible for self-care; they
travel independently locally; they have had some work or
volunteer experience; they can articulate several areas of
interest or a willingness to try various work sites).

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE

Admission Requirements

Instructional Faculty

The program is in session for eight months (two terms),
and classes are held three days per week, with each
Thursday and Friday being spent "on site", gaining work
experience. Students are accepted in September and
must pay a registration fee for each term. Entry is by
referral and interview. Candidates must be at least 19
years of age. Students have the option of returning for an
additional year of the program.

J . ACOSTA, B.A. (Calif.), E.S.L. Cert. (San Francisco
State)
N. COLLINS, B.A. (London), M.A. Advanced Professional
Teaching Cert. (UBC)
R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU)

Each candidate is interviewed by the instructional staff.
Classes admit a maximum of twelve students. Appointments for interviews may be made by contacting the
coordinator of the Alternative Career Training Program,
Capilano College, 986-1911, loc. 2579.

Contact Person: Nicholas Collins, Instructor, Office
P214, Phone 986-1911, loc. 2582

English as a Second Language (ESL) courses offer
foreign and immigrant students a variety of Intermediate
and Advanced courses to help them improve their competency in English for work, daily life, and post-secondary
study. Courses cover reading, writing, and speaking.
ESL courses are offered in three categories — part-time
evening, part-time day, and Academic Preparatory.

Course Descriptions

Admission Requirements

ACTP 001
Job Search Techniques

Students who wish to enrol in the Academic Preparatory
program must obtain the instructor's permission by
interview before enrolling. Interviews are held in August
and December and in the week before classes start each
term. Courses are not transferable to university.

This course offers the student an opportunity to explore
methods and techniques which will enhance the job
search. It focuses on appropriate behaviours in the
marketplace and also includes opportunities for growth in
the areas of self-awareness and independence as they
relate to making lifestyle decisions. Computer-assisted
learning will be offered to complement this course.

ACTP 002
Practical Field Experiences
Students are provided with the opportunity to explore a
variety of field placements which are college-supervised.
Included are six practicum periods for a total ten weeks of
field work.

ACTP 003
Communications & Math for Everyday Living
This course has been designed with three components:
consumer mathematics, communications and cashier
training. It provides opportunities to maintain and develop
specific skill areas, with integration of these skills into
employment situations being the desired goal.

Electives
Students will have the opportunity to participate in a
variety of options designed to expand their interests and
experiences. These options, scheduled on Tuesday of
each week, include field trips, mobility training, counselling, fitness centre activities and computer training. In
consultation with faculty, students will choose options
which complement their individual program plans.

Special Fees and Expenses
Potential students who are not landed immigrants or
Canadian citizens may study in these courses on payment
of the Foreign Student Fee. Contact the Registrar's Office
for information on fees.
The College's Financial Aid office can provide help for
students who cannot afford tuition fees. Details are
available at registration time.

Course Descriptions
ESL 030
Beginner Level I (F,S) (3,0)
(89/90 subject to funding)
This course is for students with limited knowledge of
English. The basic skills of listening and speaking will be
practised. At the same time, the reading and writing of
English will be introduced at a level appropriate to the
student's ability.

ESL 031
Beginner Level II (F,S) (3,0)
(89/90 subject to funding)
Continuation of ESL 030.

Career/Vocational

— Preparatory

Programs

75

Art
ESL 040
Intermediate Conversation I (F,S) (3,0)
This course enables Intermediate students to improve
their speaking skills up to the Advanced level, using both
written and oral exercises. Students practice idioms and
conversational forms.

ESL 041
Intermediate Conversation II
A continuation of ESL 040.

ESL 050
Advanced Conversation I (F,S) (3,0)
A course in the speaking skills needed for regular college
study. Students improve their understanding of lecture
material and spoken reports, and study advanced grammar.

ESL 051
Advanced Conversation II (F,S) (3,0)
A continuation of ESL 050.

ESL 090
Intermediate Reading and Writing I (F,S) (3,0)
Development of speaking and writing skills in English for
students who wish to study at the college level. Stress is
on English sentence structure, grammar, and short writing
assignments. Reading and oral comprehension are
included, as well as conversation.

ESL 091
Intermediate Reading and Writing II (F,S) (3,0)
A continuation of ESL 090.

ESL 098
Advanced Reading and Writing I (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Written permission

of the instructor

Stress in the course is on writing, discussion and expression of ideas using correct English grammar, spelling and
punctuation. Students submit a weekly written assignment. Students who successfully complete this course
with first-class standing should be able to take and pass
English 100.

Instructional Faculty
G. BLITSTEIN, A.S.P. (Brooks Institute)
N. BOYD, B.A. (U. of W.)
B. COGSWELL, N.D.D. (Hammersmith) (R.C.A.)
E. COURTNEY, B.A. Sociology
P. DEGGAN, Diploma (Worthing Co. England)
W. EASTCOTT, Sr. Cert. (V.S.A.) (R.C.A.)
J . EDGE, Alberta College of Art
F. FORSTER, Alberta College of Art
M. FRAME, B.A., M.A. Fine Arts (UBC)
K. HOLLAND, Dip. (Johannesburg School of Art)
J . JUNGIC, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
T. KINGAN, N.D.D. (Blackpool), A.T.D. (Mane), R.C.A.,
Teach. Cert. (Manchester), B.C. Teach. Cert.
M. LLEWELLYN, B.A. (Manchester)
J . LONG, B.P.A. Art Center (Los Angeles)
D. MACLAGAN, A.O.C.A., I.D.C., F.C.A.
D. MCLAREN, Cert. (Sheridan College), B.H.Sc. (Guelph)
A. MALLINSON, Westdean College, Sussex, England
D. MARSHALL, Cert. (B.C.)
D. MARTIN, B.A. (U.of W.) Commercial Design
M. MEES, Cert. Handcraft House
F. MOLNAR, Dip. (Pennsylvania)
J . NEWTON-MASON, Dip. (Worthing Col., England)
L. RICHMOND, M.Art. Ed. (W. Wash. State), Teach. Cert.
(London)
J . THORNSBURY, M.Art Ed., W.Wash.
Y. WAKABAYASHI, B. Ed., M.Ed (UBC)
D. YASINSKI
A. ZIMMERMAN, Art Center (Los Angeles)

General Description
The Art Department offers three major programs: Studio
Art, Graphic Design and Illustration, and Clay and Textile
Arts; and two shorter, specialized programs: Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs,
and the Art Institute.

PLEASE NOTE:
The Art Department is closed from June 16 to August 15.
For program information during this time, please contact
the Advising Centre at 984-4990.

ESL 099
Advanced Reading and Writing II (F,S) (3,0)

Admission and Registration
Procedures

A continuation of ESL 098.

1. GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION, STUDIO ART,
AND CLAY & TEXTILE ARTS applicants should refer to
special requirements noted in those sections.
2. For the purposes of admission to art courses a full-time
student means a person of any age who takes a full
career program (which may include some Art courses and
some Academic courses or exclusively Art Option

Career/Vocational—Art

76

courses) which, upon completion in one or two years of
study, entitles the student to either a College Certificate or
the Associate of Arts and Science Diploma, or entitles the
student to seek transfer credit to other post-secondary
institutions.
3. Students wishing to repeat a course: Any student who
has taken an Art course at Capilano College and who has
passed that course may retake it only after all available
spaces have been filled by those students who wish to
enroll in the course for the first time.
STUDENTS MAY NOT REPEAT A COURSE MORE
THAN O N C E WITHOUT AN APPROVAL IN WRITING
FROM THE COORDINATOR.

Advance Registration - Art Programs
I. Fall Term 1989
STUDENTS ENTERING FIRST YEAR OF DIPLOMA
PROGRAMS:
STUDIO ART:
Contact the College (984-4911) before May 19 to arrange
for an interview. Bring a portfolio if available. Full and
part-time students.
CLAY & TEXTILE ARTS:
Contact the College (984-4911) before May 13 to arrange
for an interview. Bring a portfolio if available.
CRAFT INSTRUCTOR TRAINING FOR COMMUNITY
AND INSTITUTIONAL NEEDS:
Applicants to this program should have a strong craft
background. Contact the College (984-4911) before May
13 to arrange for an interview. A portfolio or samples of
work is required. (Evening interviews available.) If space
is available, late interviews will be conducted August 24,
25, 26.

requirements of any given course.
Prerequisites in the Graphic Design and Illustration
Program need at least a "C" grade.

History of Art Courses
Art students may wish to consider the following courses
offered by the Academic Division: Fine Arts 100 and 101.
(May be taken instead of Fine Arts 104 and 105 for credit
in the Art Program.)
Students in the Studio Art Program may choose to take
English 100/101 for university transfer or Cmns 150/153.

English Placement Test
Those students who wish to enroll in English courses
must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index
Test or the College English Diagnostic Test (EDT).
EDT schedules will be posted in the Switchboard/Reception area and the Humanities Division. Students wishing
to write the EDT should pay in advance at the Registrar's
office and bring their receipts to the appropriate test
sitting.

Transfer Credit
The Transfer Guide in the Calendar should be referred to
regarding transferability of specific courses. The student
should understand that advanced standing in any institution is usually based on interview and portfolio submission, as well as credits held.

GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION
Portfolio submission is from May 8 to May12. No late
submissions accepted. Full-time students only.

II. Spring Term 1990
Students must contact the coordinator of the desired
Program for permission to enter. Signature of coordinator
or instructor required to register.
Evening Credit Courses: Subject to approved funding,
the Art Department may offer evening credit courses in
the fall and spring terms. Please contact the department
for further information.

Prerequisites
Prerequisites may be waived in writing by either the
Program Coordinator or the instructor concerned when it
is felt that a student possesses the ability to cope with the

Career/Vocational

— Art

77

STUDIO ART PROGRAM
Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, 984-4911

Two Year Associate In Arts
and Science Diploma
Over 200 careers in art can be identified, from that of a
painter or sculptor, to that of an archaeological illustrator
or jeweller, a film-maker or industrial designer, to a gallery
curator or an arts administrator. Artists are self-employed
as painters and potters, have small businesses as
furniture-makers or freelance designers, work for large
corporations as designers or illustrators and for public
institutions as curators and educators.
The Studio Art program gives a thorough foundation in the
fundamentals of Fine Art, which will enable the student to
make informed decisions regarding future career choices.

Career Opportunities
In the 1985 report of the National Advisory Committee on
Culture Statistics, the arts were given an $8 billion value
to the Canadian economy, with over 300,000 people
employed in the cultural industry.
Art and Culture is an expanding industry, and offers
opportunities for employment and self-employment as well
as great self-fulfillment. Many people would consider the
vocational satisfaction and sense of fulfillment to be
gained from pursuing a career in the arts to be paramount, but the practical considerations are also important;
therefore professional counselling should be sought
before selecting a specific art career option, as the
expectations for employment and salary vary greatly from
career to career.
Full-time students will gain a wide variety of basic skills
and insights in this intensive two-year program of studies,
it will provide them with a firm, broad foundation for further
study in Visual Arts or in any of the related fields. These
studies may be continued at the Emily Carr College of Art
and Design, or other appropriate institutions.

The Program
The Studio Art courses carry transferability for entry into
B.F.A. programs at university.
The Studio Art Program provides studio experiences in
Painting, Printmaking, Sculpture, Drawing, Design and Art
History. A schedule of guest speakers and field trips
ensures regular contact with other than resident instructors and further expands the student's knowledge and
awareness.
Through exposure to as broad a range of concepts,
materials, techniques and processes as possible, stu-

78

dents are assisted to develop personal directions and
creative maturity. They will learn how to conduct their
own artistic education according to their individual priorities, abilities and ambitions. Emphasis is placed on
preparing students to function effectively within the
context of current thought and practice.
Part-time students are accepted into the program whenever possible, so that members of the community may
participate for other than professional reasons.

Admission Requirements
Prospective full-time students are normally admitted on
the basis of an interview and portfolio presentation. The
nature and scope of work presented is for the candidate to
decide, but it should provide as accurate a picture of his
or her past and current artistic activities as possible.
Sketchbooks, research material and preliminary studies
should be included wherever possible, in addition to
completed work. Slides, photographs or any other
supporting evidence may form part of the portfolio.
Where appropriate and with the Coordinator's permission,
the portfolio requirement may be waived.
Those wishing to enter courses for which they do not have
the prerequisites should be prepared to present a portfolio
so that faculty may assess the applicant's level of competence.
Some part-time students may be admitted to a course
when space is available

Special Fees and Expenses
Although the Studio Art Department can supply some of
the materials required for the courses, the student can
expect a financial outlay for some basic supplies, as
indicated in the course outlines.

University Transfer
All Studio Art courses carry some University transferability. Students should refer to the Transfer Guide at the
back of the Calendar.

Program Content

C r e d i t

Hours
Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements

66
6
72

FIRSTTERM
Art 150-1 Drawing I
3
Art 167-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture I
3
Art 182-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking I
3
Art 183-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking II 3
Art 185-1 Design Concepts I
3
FA 104-2 Intro, to Visual Literacy
3
CMNS 150 Basic Communications
3
o r E N G 1 0 0 level
21
SECOND TERM
Art 151-1 Drawing II
3
Art 171-1 2-D Studies - Painting 1
3
Art 172-1 2-D Studies - Painting II
3
Art 174-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture II
3
Art 189-1 Design Concepts II
3
FA 105-2 Intro, to Visual Literacy II
3
CMNS 153 Communications and the Arts 3
o r E N G 1 0 0 level
21
THIRD TERM
Art 250-1 2-D Studies - Painting III
3
Art 255-1 2-D Studies - Painting IV
3
Art 257-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture III
3
Art 262-1 Drawing III
3
FA 210-2 Modern Art (19th Century)
3
15
FOURTH TERM
Art 263-1 Drawing IV
3
Art 265-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture IV
3
Art 282-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking IV 3
Art 283-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking IV 3
FA 211-2 Modern Art (20th Century)
3
15
TOTAL

Lab(L) or
Studio(S)

72

39
0
39

3(L)
3(S)
3(S)

"9

Course Descriptions
Art 150
Drawing I (F) (3,0)
An investigation of the conceptual, technical and perceptual aspects of the drawing process through a wide variety
of methods, materials and stimuli. Experiences in current
approaches and concerns, including representational,
interpretive and experimental drawings in assorted media.
Emphasis will be on developing the student's confidence,
knowledge, graphic sensitivity and control of media. Specifics to this course will be: study of graphic elements
(line, tone etc.), media investigation, perspective, structural analysis (of natural form), life study.

Art 151
Drawing II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Art 150

3(S)
3(S)
3(L)
3(8)

A continuation of Art 150, with the inclusion of the following specifics: composition and design exploration, colour,
collage, large scale drawing, photo-realist project.

"12

An introduction to 3-dimensional work as a means of expression, communication and discovery. Some basic
sculptural techniques will be explored, these will include:
assemblage, wood construction, modelling, mould
making, casting.

3(S)
3(S)
3(L)

~9~

3(L)
3(S)
3(S)
~9
39

ART INSTITUTE: Advanced Option
Courses
For students with previous experience the program offers
the following courses:
FALL TERM

Art 167
Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture I (F) (3,3)

Sculptural content and subject matter will be considered in
the context of the student's own work. An examination of
historical sculpture developments will be a feature of the
class; however, the emphasis will be upon developing an
understanding of contemporary sculptural concerns.

Art 171
Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting I (S) (3,3)
Through a combination of assigned studio work, personal
research projects and an introduction to recent and
current trends in the Visual Arts, students will gain an
understanding of how both abstract and concrete concerns may be expressed in terms of imagery and through
a variety of methods and materials. Acrylics will be the
preferred medium but students will be encouraged to
investigate the characteristics and possibilities of other
media according to their individual needs. Guest speakers, field trips and slide-lectures will be a feature of the
course and both individual and group critiques will be
conducted at regular intervals.

Art 300 Art Institute — Sculpture & Printmaking 12 credits
SPRING TERM
Art 301 Art Institute — Sculpture & Printmaking 12 credits

Career

Vocational—Art

79

Art 172
Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting II (S) (3,3)

Art 189
Design Concepts II (S) (3,0)

Prerequisite:

Prerequisite:

Art 171

A continuation of Art 171 with added emphasis on developing personal areas of interest and research in addition
to designated painting problems which will require
students to express their ideas in multiple or mixed-media
techniques of a more ambitious nature. There will be
opportunities for students to relate their painting activities
to other areas of study within the program and to become
more responsible for determining their own priorities and
goals. There will be further exposure to contemporary
philosophies and activities in the Visual Arts.

Art 174
Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture II (S) (3,3)

Art 185

Essentially a continuation of Design Concepts I, but with
added emphasis on the students' ability to effectively
communicate ideas and intentions through their work and
to create original designs according to set criteria. Students will find opportunities to relate their experiences in
design to other and more specialized areas of study in the
Program and, by the end of the course, will be able to
respond to problem-solving situations in an original,
creative fashion.

Fine Arts 210
Modern Art (19th Century) (F) (3,0)

A continuation of Art 167, but with the inclusion of the
following materials and techniques: metal casting, wood
carving and jointing, steel welding.

A study of the beginnings of modern art in the work of
David, Delacroix, Turner, Goya, Monet, Van Gogh,
Gaugin and Cezanne and movements such as Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, Impressionism and
Post-Impressionism.

Art 182
Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking I (F) (3,3)

Fine Arts 211
Modern Art (20th Century) (S) (3,0)

A foundation course for those with little or no experience.
An introduction to the basic techniques of hardground,
softground, drypoint and acquatint. Discussions regarding
the image-making potential of printmaking and the
creative processes in general will be ongoing. Particular
emphasis will be given to the relationship between
printmaking and painting with the student producing a
number of pieces demonstrating either technical competency and creative potential. Most work will be executed
in black and white.

This course begins with Picasso and Cubism and studies
the impact of revolutionary movements of art such as
Futurism, Dada, Constructivism and Surrealism. America's contribution to modern art: Abstract Expressionism,
Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual, Process and Earth Art is
studied as well as new directions in the art of the Eighties.

Prerequisite:

Art 167

Art 183
Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking II (F) 3,3)
A continuation of Art 182 with emphasis on printing procedures both in black and white and colour. The student will
also be introduced to mono and relief printing methods
(including lino/wood blocks and etched plates) and
editioning procedures. Discussion of historical and
contemporary approaches to image-making will be
ongoing.

Art 185
Design Concepts I (F) (3,0)
An introduction to the basic elements of both two and
three-dimensional design and their use according to
formal and expressive needs. Using a variety of materials
and processes, students will translate ideas into tangible
form through the manipulation of colour, tone, shape, line,
texture, volume, rhythm, proportion, etc. Sources of
imagery and methods of extending the form-vocabulary
will be investigated and standards of craftsmanship
developed.
Career/Vocational—Art

80

Art 250
Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting III (F) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Art 172

In addition to assigned painting problems, students will be
required to define their own areas of research and visual
articulation as they embark on a thematically linked series
of works. As much freedom as possible will be given with
regard to subject matter, content, materials, methods,
scale, etc. and students will be encouraged to re-define
the painting process in terms of their own needs and
priorities. Emphasis will be placed on relating work in this
course to other areas of the Program, especially with
respect to Printmaking and to current trends in the Visual
Arts.

Art 255
Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting IV (F) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Art 250

A continuation of Art 250 but with an increased need for
students to define their own areas of interest and to
extend their thinking in an innovative, self-challenging
fashion. As in Art 250, guest speakers, field trips, slide
lectures etc. will be a feature of the course. There will be

a continuing stress on relating work in this course to contemporary activities in the Visual Arts and to other areas
of the Program. Experiments with images, methods and
materials will be encouraged, with a view to the development of personal modes of expression.

Art 257
Three Dimensional Studies: Sculpture and
Design (F) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Art 174

Continued studies in 3-dimensional art. Students will be
encouraged to pursue media and themes of their choice
and to develop individual styles. Bronze casting will be
offered as a main component of this course.

Art 262
Drawing III (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art 151

Continued study of drawing as a means of discovery, expression and communication. Conceptual, perceptual and
technical aspects of drawing will be examined. Specifics
to this course will include: advanced graphic elements,
unconventional media, objective/subjective research.

Art 263
Drawing IV (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art 262

Further study of drawing with an emphasis on the development of personal modes of expression. The work of the
three previous courses will be reviewed, with the addition
of perceptual exploration, and portfolio presentation.

Art 265
Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

under consideration will include collographs, uninked embossing and the practical application of colour theory.
Discussion of current directions in printmaking and their
relationship to painting and sculpture will be ongoing.

Art 283
Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking IV
(S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Art 282 or Instructor's permission

Designed for the advanced printmaking student, the main
concern will be combined colour printing techniques
based upon the individual's need. A folio of work will be
produced to document this research. Technical aspects
that surface will include photographic possibilities and
dimensional prints.

Art 300
Art Institute I - Sculpture and Printmaking
(F)(12,0)
Designed to meet the needs of students with several
years of experience in sculpture or printmaking or who
have left college, art school or university and may no
longer have access to specialized equipment and facilities, the Art Institute will emphasize access to wellequipped studios as well as lectures, seminars and
tutorials with instructors and invited professional artists.
The format will be one day of lecture and three or more
days of working time per week.

Art 301
Art Institute II • Sculpture and Printmaking
(S) (12,0)
A continuation of Art 300.

Art 257

Further study of historical and current sculpture concerns
as well as the study of the craft and design fields. The
first workshop project will be a review of the available
techniques through the process of producing set forms,
using specific materials. Throughout the remainder of the
course the emphasis will be on the development of
personal modes of expression through the student's
choice of media and subject matter. Each student will be
expected to work on two projects from a supplied list of
suggested themes.

Art 282
Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking III
(S)(3,3)
Prerequisite:

Art 183 or Instructor's permission

A comprehensive study of intaglio and relief printing
methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced printmaking student. Other areas that come

Career/Vocational

— Art

81

CLAY & TEXTILE ARTS PROGRAM

First Year Certificate Program - Foundation

Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, 984-4911.

Major Program Requirements

One Year Certificate,
Two Year Diploma Program

FIRSTTERM
Art 154
Introductory Drawing I
Art 158
Design!
Art 160
Textile Surface Design 1
Art 163
Clayl
Art 168
Weaving 1

Career Opportunities
Graduates may choose to work independently as artists/
craftspeople or they may find employment as instructors
in community art programs or in institutions where art and
craft courses are used as therapy.

The Program
Students are trained to develop skill and understanding of
contemporary fine craft.

18

3
3
3
3
3
15

3
3
3
9

SECOND TERM
Art 153
Introductory Drawing II
Art 161
Textile Surface Design II
Art 165
Clay II
Art 169
Weaving II
Art 178
Design II

Open to both full and part-time students, the first year of
the Program is a Foundation year. The core content
consists of Weaving, Textile Surface design, and Ceramics and is supported by courses in Design and Drawing.

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements

Upon completion of the first year students may receive a
certificate. Upon completion of the second year, during
which students have a choice of specializing in either clay
or textile arts, students will receive a diploma. Students
who have a demonstrated equivalent of the first year may
enter directly into one of the second year specialties and
receive a certificate.

THIRD TERM
Art 273
Functional Clay I
Art 275
Sculptural Clay I
CMNS 150 Basic Communications
F.A. 104
Intro, to Visual Literacy I
ELECTIVE

Studio and Gallery visits are an important learning
segment of the program. Guest lecturers from all craft
disciplines are brought in to enrich the courses. Market
research and marketing techniques for the craftsperson
are a vital part of the program through lectures and
seminars.

30

3
3
3
3
3

3
3
3

15

~9

Second Year Diploma Program - Clay

FOURTH TERM
Art 274
Functional Clay II
Art 276
Sculptural Clay II
C M N S 153 Communication & the Arts

F.A. 105
Art 230

Intro, to Visual Literacy II
Marketing Skills

54

24

6
60

24

3
3
3
3
3
15

3

3
3
3
3
3
15

~3
3

~3

Admission Requirements
Prospective full-time and part-time students are admitted
on the basis of an interview. A portfolio which contains as
accurately as possible an overview of the students' work
is required. With the Coordinator's permission, the
portfolio requirement may be waived.

Special Fees and Expenses
Some of the materials needed for the course are supplied
by the Department. The student can expect an additional
outlay, which amount may vary according to the needs of
the course.

University Transfer
All courses marked with an asterisk (i.e. * Art 158) are
transferable to SFU and UBC and carry 1.5 transfer units
to the BFA Studio Program at UBC.
Career/Vocational

82

— Art

Second Year Diploma Program - Textile Arts
Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
THIRD TERM
Art 267
Weaving III
Art 284
Textile Surface Design III
Art 290
Dyes and Dyeing
CMNS 150 Basic Communications
F.A. 104
Intro, to Visual Literacy I
FOURTH TERM
Art 268
Weaving IV
Art 285
Textile Surface Design IV
Art 230
Marketing Skills
CMNS 153 Communication & the Arts
F.A. 105
Intro, to Visual Literacy II

54
6
60
3
3
3
3
3
15
3
3
3
3
3
15

21

27
3

~3

Course Descriptions
* All courses marked with an asterisk are transferable
to S F U and U B C and carry 1.5 transfer units to the
B F A Studio Program at UBC.

Art 153
Introductory Drawing II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Art 154
Further exploration of drawing media and techniques with
an emphasis on a more individual and interpretive
approach, developing themes for drawing aimed at illustration and reproduction. Study of drawing styles and
modes of graphic expression, interpretive stylization and
distortion. Drawing with pen and ink; washes, ink and
brush, felt markers, mixed media. Study of mass, light
and dark, plan, depth and space, and their graphic
representation through various drawing techniques.

Art 154
Introductory Drawing I (F) (3,0)
This course offers the students of both the textile and
ceramic arts the opportunity to develop those drawing
skills that will be useful in the practice of those crafts. The
study of primary drawing media and basic techniques,
including pencil, pen and ink, brush and ink, marking
pens, conte and pastel. Study of perspective drawing
from direct observation. Study of representational
rendering techniques of objects, structures, surfaces and
textures. Learning to visualize in graphic terms, symbolizing, stylizing in terms of line and line characteristics.
Developing power of observation and graphic sensitivity.

Art 161
Textile Surface Design II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Art 160
Exploring paste resist techniques with stencils and
silkscreen printing methods. Applique and quilting
techniques will be used for surface decoration and design
methods for each method will be explained. There will be
an introduction to the history of printed fabrics.

•Art 163
Clay I (F) (3,3)
An introduction to basic processes of pottery, including
pinch, dugout, coil and slab, elementary wheelwork, glaze
application, kiln loading and firing, and field trips to pottery
studios and galleries.

* Art 165
Clay II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite: Art 163
Further study of wheelwork with progressively more
advanced shapes and designs. An introduction to glaze
theory and the history of ceramics around the world.

Art 168
Weaving I (F) (3,3)
This course has been divided into several parts. In the
first segment, off-loom techniques will be studied as well
as ethnic and historic textile sources. In the second
segment, the traditional technique and contemporary
imagery of tapestry will be covered. Another area of
exploration will be feltmaking.

* Art 158
Design I (F) (3,0)

Art 169
Weaving II (S) (3,3)

An introduction to the concepts and principles of visual art
fundamentals with analytical and creative study of basic
design elements. Process and nature of visual communications, form characteristics are investigated with reference to the medium of crafts. Exercises in creating
meaningful visual communications on set and freely
chosen topics will be employed. Media will include pencil,
paint, ink, collage materials and mixed media.

Beginning experiences in Icom weaving. Learning to
warp a loom, drafting basic weaves on four-harness
looms. Class will include samples and finished pieces,
with an emphasis on colour relationships, surface textures, and fibers. Introduction to dye methods. Slides
and examples of historical, ethnic, and contemporary
woven textiles will be used as inspiration.

Art 160
Textile Surface Design I (F) (3,3)
Exploring traditional printing methods including wax resist
with brush, tjanting and block. Bound and tied resists will
also be explored using natural and fibre-reactive dyes.
Design techniques for each medium will be studied and
there will be an introduction to the history of dyed fabrics.

* Art 178
Design II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Art 158
Further study of design principles, pictorial organization,
characteristics of visual form and media. Extensive study
of form and colour characteristics as a means of expression and communication of moods, attitudes and associations derived from nonvisual experiences. Introduction to
three-dimensional space and form. Experiments with
various materials and exploratbns of the principles of
design as applied to crafts.

Career/Vocational

— Art

83

Art 230
Marketing Skills for the Craftsperson (S) (3,0)

Art 276
Sculptural Clay II (S) (3,0)

This course is designed to be a survey. It will develop
professionalism and good management in the craftsperson. Areas covered are Advertising and Promotion,
Marketing, Portfolio Design, and Photography.

Prerequisite: Art 275

Art 267
Weaving

(F) (3,0)

Further study of concepts and techniques of using clay as
a sculptural medium. Students will be encouraged to
pursue techniques and concepts of their choice and to
develop individual style. An investigation of combining
non-clay materials with clay construction will be encouraged. The use of glaze and non-firing sources of colour
will be expbred.

Study of more complex weave structures by exploring the
four-and eight-harness loom. Techniques will include
fundamental loom controlled weaves, hand-manipulated
structures, space dyeing and painting warps. Although
emphasizing the development of technical skills, the
course will also encourage personal expression through
use of structures in individual projects.

A study of screen printing techniques using paper, wax,
laquer and direct emulsion stencils — direct light sensitive
techniques on fabric. Basic paper-making techniques.

Art 268
Weaving IV (S) (3,0)

Art 285
Textile Surface Design IV (S) (3,0)

Further exploration of the design possibilities of woven
textiles. Each student will work on a series of individually
designed projects in a technique of his/her choice,
developing ideas and personal expression with class
feedback and individual critiques.

A study of direct dyeing techniques including fabric
painting using fibre reactive dyes, disperse dyes, french
alcohol and acid dyes. Airbrushing will be studied and
fabric manipulation techniques using strips, tubes and 3-D
construction techniques.

* Art 273
Functional Clay I (F) (3,3)

Art 290
Dyes and Dyeing (F) (3,3)

Prerequisite: Art 165

The emphasis in this course will be on synthetic dyes,
although students will also familiarize themselves with
natural dyes and colour possibilities. Vat, direct, acid,
dispersed and basic dye methods will be covered, using
synthetic dyes and incorporating them with dye application methods. A comprehensive notebook will be made of
colour samples for future reference.

Further exploration of pottery techniques, particularly
wheelwork and glaze materials; study of contemporary
styles and creative ceramics. Field trips to ceramic supply
shops.

* Art 274
Functional Clay II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite: Art 273
Increased emphasis on craftsmanship and design.
Exploration of dinnerware mainly made on the wheel.
Development of original glazes and manipulation of glaze
characteristics.

Art 275
Sculptural Clay I (F) (3,0)
An introduction to the concepts and techniques of using
clay as a sculptural medium. A wide variety of construction and firing techniques will be examined with an
emphasis on personal exploration. Three dimensional
design as well as historical and contemporary concepts of
the visual language will be the foundation for personal
growth. Technical information covering clay bodies, firing
techniques and glaze application will be presented.

Career/Vocational

84

—

Art

Art 284
Textile Surface Design III (F) (3,0)

CRAFTS INSTRUCTOR TRAINING
FOR COMMUNITY AND
INSTITUTIONAL NEEDS
For students with a craft background the Program offers
the following part-time certificate program:
FALL TERM
Art 187
Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional
Needs I 3 credits
SPRING TERM
Art 287

GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION
Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, 984-4911.
Two Year Associate
and Science

In Arts

Diploma

Open to fuli-time students only. This is a two year
Diploma program for those wishing to enter into the
advertising industry as a graphic designer, advertising illustrator, or any of the related visual communication
professions. Students are trained in design, visual
imagery, media choice, typography, advertising layout,
and conceptual thinking.

Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional
Needs II 3 credits

Instructors are practising professionals; thus the program
relates to the current demands of business and industry.
Real and simulated problems are taken from initial
concept to finished art.

Course Descriptions

Frequently guests from the profession are brought in to
evaluate student projects.

Art 187
Crafts Instructor Training for Community and
Institutional Needs I (F) (3,0)

GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION
FOUNDATION PROGRAM

During the first of this two term course, students with a
strong Craft background will be trained in adaptation and
instructional skills. They will improve and extend present
craft skills in order to teach people in recreation and
community situations or in institutions where Art and Craft
courses are used as therapy. This course is a prerequisite for Art 287.

Art 287
Crafts Instructor Training for Community and
Institutional Needs II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art

187

Open to full-time students only. This one year certificate
program is designed to provide a foundation in drawing
skills, figure studies, illustration and painting, media and
techniques, design principles and the history of art and
design.
ft stresses the necessity of developing consecutively the
creative thought processes and skills necessary for
Graphic Design & Illustration. This program provides the
direction to prepare the student for further studies in many
professionally-oriented art fields.

Admission Requirements

Further training in adaptation and instructional skills for
experienced craftspeople. Learning to set up and administer a craft program. Students will do practicums in
hospitals, senior citizen centres, schools, or community
centres.

Both these programs require a high level of maturity and
integrity. Students with life experience following high
school are usually more knowledgeable and mature in
their choice of direction and better prepared; however,
highly motivated high school students can succeed here
and we encourage those students to apply.

Clay and Textile Art Program
Evening Courses

Admission is based on a portfolio of current work, experience in related fields, general ability and applicant's
interests.

Art 194
Weaving (F) (3,0)
Beginning experiences in loom weaving. Learning to
warp a loom, drafting basic weaves on four-harness
looms. Class will include samples and finished pieces,
with an emphasis on colour relationships, surface textures, and fibers. Introduction to dye methods. Slides
and examples of historical, ethnic, and contemporary
woven textiles will be use as inspiration.

Applications and portfolios should be submitted from May
8 to 12 of the desired entrance year. NO LATE SUBMISSIONS ACCEPTED.
Portfolios are reviewed by an Admissions Committee and
are assessed on the basis of drawing, design, colour,
creativity, media variety and presentation. Applicants
whose portfolios meet the standards of the Program are
called for interviews within two weeks of submission.
Final decisions on the make-up of the new class is made
by May 26.
Career/Vocational

— Art

85

Students who wish to substitute English courses for
Communications 150 may do so with the Communications
Coordinator's approval.

Portfolio Requirements
There should be a minimum of 12 samples of original
work (work produced, drawn, designed, or photographed
by the artist) representing current abilities. Imaginative
and experimental drawings in any medium (water-colour,
guache, oils, etc.) are welcome additions to the portfolio.
Samples must be flat, not rolled; they should not be
framed or glassed.

Graphic Design and Illustration Program
Major Program Requirements

We cannot accept portfolios larger than 20" x 26" (50 cm x
66 cm). Photographs of any larger work or 3D projects
may be sent; however, photographs or slides do not
replace the required minimum of 12 samples of original
work.

FIRST TERM
Typography I
Art 162
Photo, for Graphic Design
Art 175
Graphic Design I
Art 177
Drawing for Illustration I
Art 180
Applied Design I
Art 192
Painting for Illustration I
Art 195

The applicant's name and address must be on the outside.
of the portfolio in large letters.
If a portfolio is to be returned, send either stamps or
cheque to cover the cost of return postage. Do no send
any portfolios by cross-country bus system as they are not
delivered to Capilano College. Parcel Post insured or air
parcel post insured is usually the best way to have
portfolios sent and returned.

SECOND TERM
Studio Production I
Art 170
Graphic Design II
Art 179
Drawing for Illustration II
Art 181
Applied Design II
Art 193
Painting for Illustration II
Art 196
Typography
II
Art 197

Capilano College cannot accept responsibility for loss or
damage to an applicant's work.

Program Content
Graphic Design and Illustration Foundation Year
Credit
Hours
Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
FIRST TERM
Art 156
Principles of Visual Cmns I
Art 158
Design I
Art 152
Life Drawing I
Art 154
General Drawing I
Art 155
Mediums & Techniques I
Art 166
Anatomy Drawing I
FA 104
Intro to Visual Literacy I
*CMNS 150 Basic Communications

36
12

3
3

3
3
3
_3
24

SECOND TERM
Art 157
Principles of Visual Cmns II
3
Art 178
Design II
3
Art 184
Life Drawing II
3
Art 164
General Drawing II
3
Art 159
Mediums & Techniques II
3
Art 188
Anatomy Drawing II
3
FA 105
Intro to Visual Literacy II
3
CMNS 153 Communications & the Arts _ 3
24
Career/Vocational

86

— Art

Lab
Hours

THIRD TERM
Studio Production II
Art 278
Illustration Media I
Art 251
Applied Design III
Art 252
3-D Graphic Design I
Art 277
Advertising Illustration I
Art 295

66

36

3
3
3
3
3
3
18

3
2
2
3
lo

3
3
3
3
3
3
18

3
3
3
3
3
15

2
3
3
8

3
2
2
2
9

8

2
3
3
2

FOURTH TERM
Applied Design IV
Art 253
Illustration Media II
Art 269
3-D Graphic Design II
Art 279
Studio Production III
Art 289
Advertising Illustration II
Art 298

3
3
3
3
3
15

2
2
2
3
9

Part-Time Evening Courses
4

2

2

4

For students interested in upgrading drawing and design
skills to assist in the preparation of a portfolio, we offer the
following evening classes (subject to approved funding):
Art 056 - Graphic Design Portfolio Studio I (F) (3,0)
Art 057 - Graphic Design Portfolio Studio II (S) (3,0)
For further information and course outlines, contact the
Graphic Design and Illustration Program at 984-4911.

Course Descriptions
Note: "Denotes university transfer

* Art 152
Life Drawing I (F) (3,0)
The study of drawing from the observation of the human
figure; exercises in developing visual perception, memory
and basic drawing skills. Study of the proportions of the
human body. Study of line characteristics in pencil, pen,
conte, charcoal techniques. Contour, cross-contour,
gesture and volume drawings from draped and undraped
models.

* Art 154
General Drawing I (F) (3,0)

and nature of visual communications, form, elements and
their characteristics are investigated with reference to
Fine Art, Crafts and Applied Arts. Emphasis on twodimensional composition and graphic media, collage and
assemblage.

Art 159
Mediums and Techniques II (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite: Art 155 with at least a "C" grade.
Drawing analysis techniques and the consideration and
use of various mediums as they relate to specific subjects.
Further (to Art 155) location studies and classroom
development of same.

Art 162
Typography I (F) (3,3)

The study of primary representational drawing, media and
techniques. Drawing as expression of observation and
perception of visual aspects of environment and visual
thinking. Study of graphic means of representing objects,
structure, planes, volumes, space, surface characteristics.
Learning to perceive, isolate and select visual elements or
descriptive rendering in lead an charcoal pencils. Developing the habit of working daily with a sketchbook, power
of observation, perception and graphic sensitivity.

Historical origins of the alphabet, numerals and letter
forms. Proportion and spacing. Lettering indication in
pencil, brush, chalks and felt markers. Comprehensive
lettering indication and reproduction art to improve
craftsmanship and drawing skills.

Art 155
Mediums and Techniques I (F) (3,2)

Further exploration of drawing media and techniques with
emphasis on expressive and interpretive approaches.
Developing themes and drawings aimed at illustration, for
reproduction and individual expression. Stylization,
distortion and caricaturization are explored in relation to
the study of line, mass, value and contrast, Varbus pen,
pen and ink drawing techniques are expbred. Emphasis
on student's initiative in researching, investigating and
exploring a wide range of drawing theories, schools and
techniques.

An introduction to basic painting and illustration techniques. On location drawing and wash studies using
watercolour, pencil, coloured pencil, ink and combinations
of the above. Developing location studies into more
controlled, finished classroom works.

Art 156
Principles of Visual Communications I (F) (3,0)
Provides the student with an overview and understanding
of the basic design process, graphic design principles and
fundamental visual communications techniques as utilized
by contemporary graphic designers and illustrators.

Art 157
Principles of Visual Communications II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Art 156 with at least a " C grade.
Examines the basic principles of advertising as applied by
a graphic designer or illustrator. It includes a study of
contemporary graphic designers and illustrators and how
they rely on various visual styles to complete assignments.

* Art 158
Design I (F) (3,2)
(Basic Design 2-D) An introduction to the concepts and
principles of visual arts with analytical and creative study
of basic elements and pictorial organization. Processes

Art 164
General Drawing II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Art 154 with at least a "C" grade.

Art 166
Anatomy Drawing I (F) (3,0)
The purpose of this course is to help the student understand the skeletal-muscular structure, movement of the
human body, its basic proportions and its structural
characteristics. Teaching will be concentrated on drawing
skeletal and muscular detail as well as on drawing
structural diagrams of the body in various positions,
poses, movements and actions.

Art 170
Studio Production I (S) (3,0)
An introduction to the basic studio production techniques
encountered in a graphic design studio. Students will
learn basic pasteup and mechanbal production. Students
will be instructed in the ruling of straight lines using the Tsquare, drawing ellipses, cutting masking film, preparation
of finished artwork, copyfrtting and type specifying.

Career/Vocational—Art

87

Art 175
Photography for Graphic Design (F) (3,2)
Basic photography with emphasis on fundamental camera
and darkroom procedures. Instruction in 35mm camera
operations as they assist in graphic design and illustration.

Art 177
Graphic Design I (F) (3,2)
An introduction to design elements (shape, line, value,
texture, colour) to demonstrate the versatility and application of each. Exercises to develop a sound grasp of
design principles and to encourage experiment and
discovery as well as how these elements work in combination. Media will include pencil, paint, collage materials
and mixed media.

* Art 178
Design II (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite:

(

Art 158 with at least a "C" grade.

Further study of basic 3-D design principles. Basic threedimensional concepts, components and principles of
three-dimensional arts material and techniques. Functional aesthetic aspects of contemporary and traditional 3D art. The elements of 3-D form.

Art 179
Graphic Design II (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite: Art 177 with at least a "C" grade.
Further study of design principles, pictorial organization
and the characteristics of visual form. Combining design
elements of the previous semester with the new elements
of typography and photography. Media will include a wide
variety of materials. An experimental, inventive approach
will be stressed.

Art 180
Drawing for Illustration I (F) (3,0)
The purpose is to develop the students' awareness and
capacity to perceive objects correctly and the skills
necessary to draw with quality and creativity, ft introduces
the students to skills that must be developed if they are to
visually communicate consciously and effectively. Basic
drawing and wash media will be used.

Art 181
Drawing for Illustration II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art 180 with at least a "C" grade.

The students play an advanced role in the choices of
reference materials, mediums and techniques used. The
skillful and imaginative use of illustrative methods is
stressed using lighting, negative shapes, depth, abstractions for emphasis, perspective and correct perception.

Career/Vocational

88

— Art

Uses of drawing and wash mediums will be expanded. As
well, the student will be expected to become familiar with
current uses of illustration.

* Art 184
Life Drawing II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art 152 with at least a " C " grade.

Further study of drawing from direct observation of the
human figure. Exercises in perceiving and graphically
interpreting the elements of plane, mass, rhythm and
form; relating perceptual elements to drawing media.
Investigation of more complex drawing techniques and
materials. Perceiving graphic elements in life form and
action; drawing from memory and imaginative reflection
upon visual experience.

Art 188
Anatomy Drawing II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art 166 with at least a " C grade.

Further study of anatomy with emphasis on a comparative
study of human and animal skeletal and muscular
structure, function, proportions and movements. References to the study of anatomy and its application to the
Fine and Applied Arts after the 16th Century will be made
throughout the whole class.

Art 192
Applied Design I (F) (3,3)
An introduction to visual communication and the role of
professional designers. Design principles, layout techniques, tools, methods, materials and media. Emphasis
will be on concept and on "comprehensive" finish using
basic marker rendering skills.

Art 193
Applied Design II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:
grade.

Art 177 and Art 192 with at least a " C "

A course relating to presentation of ideas at a professional
level representing real agency/client situations. Making
rough layouts and tight comps. Ideas will be evaluated
against criteria established.

Art 195
Painting for Illustration I (F) (3,0)
This course offers expanded skills in perception, visualization and continued practice in control of lof various media.
It gives the student the opportunity to develop similar
styles to the old masters as well as experiment with his/
her own drawing.

Art 196
Painting for Illustration II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art 195 with at least a "C" grade.

The student's personal style of realistic life drawing is
pursued to a much finer degree. Structured tutorials in
the use of various mediums and student/instructor
criticisms of work-in-progress are emphasized.
Experimentation of style and medium is encouraged.

Art 197
Typography II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Art 162 with at least a "C" grade.

Art 277
3D Graphic Design I (F) (3,2)
Prerequisite:

Art 181 & Art 179 with at least a " C grade.

This section will give insight into the procedures involved
in the design of small commercial retail structures such as
boutiques and service shops in shopping centres and
malls. Model-building techniques are studied as well as
the use of colour in merchandising and display. During
this section the emphasis is on exterior design.

Art 278
Computer Studio Production II (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art 170 with at least a " C grade.

This course expands upon the major role typography has
on advertising layouts and design. Construction of
various styles of letter forms in pencil, felt marker and
brush will be studied. Application of typography in various
advertising pieces will be investigated.

An introduction to the use of computers in production to
increase productivity. Emphasis is placed on computer
application in graphics including layout and manipulation
of multiple images.

Art 251
Illustration Media I (F) (3,3)

Art 279
3D Graphic Design II (S) (3,2)

Prerequisite:

Art 181 & Art 196 with at least a " C grade.

To introduce the student who has achieved a competent
degree of drawing skills to the mediums necessary for
illustrative techniques. The course develops through
stages from pencil, pen and ink, ink and wash, watercolours and eel vinyl. The use of the illustrator's tools and
processes such as repellants, air brush, mixed media,
etc., are reviewed.

Art 252
Applied Design III (F) (3,2)
Prerequisite:

Art 179 & Art 193 with at least a " C grade.

The application of design and rendering skills to the
development of solutions to print advertising. Explores
companies, products, services, corporate identification
and their relationship to print advertising layouts and tight
comps prepared for class critiques.

Art 253
Applied Design IV (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite:

Art 252 with at least a " C grade.

Advertising agency and graphic design studio oriented.
The interelationship of illustration, photography and
graphics into advertising, packaging and point of purchase. Consultation on student portfolio.

Art 269
Illustration Media II (S) (3,2)
Prerequisite:

Art 251 with at least a " C grade.

Taking the techniques outlined in 251 into finished
illustrations for books, magazines, murals, etc. A further
expansion of the uses of mediums to include mixed media
and oils.

Prerequisite:

Art 277 with at least a "C" grade.

The student will work on the design of the interior of a
shop plus methods of presentation. The psychology of
colour in merchandising will be covered as well as the use
of indoor signing and insignia for shop identification.
Designer-client relationships will be discussed with
methods of presentation.

Art 289
Studio Production III (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Art 278 with at least a "C" grade.

To familiarize the student with techniques and procedures
as used in a Graphic Design Studio. The development of
skills and disciplines necessary in the production of
camera-ready mechanicals necessary for a variety of
reproduction methods.

Art 295
Advertising Illustration I (F) (3,2)
Prerequisite:

Art 181 and Art 196 with at least a "C"

grade.
A comprehensive study of contemporary illustration
techniques and materials from original concept to final
presentation.

Art 298
Advertising Illustration II (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

Art 295 with at least a " C grade.

Further exploration of illustration techniques using a
variety of mediums and techniques with the emphasis on
actual studio working methods.

Career/Vocational

— Art

89

Business Management
Instructional Faculty
J . ANDERSON, R.N.
J . BARBER, B.A.Sc, M.A.
E. BEST, B.Sc, M . S c
D. BROWNE, B.A., M.A.
L. BURNSIDE, B.A., C A .
B. CAMPBELL
A.W. CARTER, B . S c
H CLARK, B.H.E., Dip. Ed. Retail Management
Coordinator
A. COOMBS
R. EINBLAU, B.A., M.A.
G. FANE, Dip. Tech., B . S c , M.B.A. Dept. Coordinator
G.H. FARRELL, M.B.A., R.I.A., F.S.M.A.C.
M. FREEMAN
F. GRUEN, B.Mgt.Eng., M.A.Sc.
E. HALL, B.A. (Hons), A.T.C.
F. HARRIS, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
C. HILL
P. HOLDEN, B.A., L L B . , M.B.A.
S. IBARAKI
W. INGLIS, B.A., Dip. Mktg., Department Coordinator
W. INKSTER, C.G.A.
M. INVERARITY, Marketing & Sales Management Dip.
J.L. JESSIMAN, B.A., LL.B., Dip. Int. Law, L L M . , LL.D.
L.K. JONES, LL. B.
G. KEARY, B.A., M.A.
C. KILIAN, B.A., M.A.
R. KUBICEK, B.A., M.A.
J.K. LAWRIE, O A .
J.D. LOBLAW, B.A.
R. LONGWORTH, B . S c , M.Ed., Computer Convenor
C. MCKIE, B.Comm., M.B.A., P.T.C., Dept. Chairperson
L. MICHAELS, B . S c , B.Ed., M.Ed., Marketing Convenor
K.W. MOAK, B.A., M.P.A.
F. MORRIS, B.A., LL.B., L L M .
B. MOSELEY, B.A., M.B.A., Admin. Mgmt. Convenor
R. MUTIMER, B. Sc., Chartered Accountant (B.C.)
R.C. NICHOLS, B.Comm., R.I.A.
A.G. OBERNDORF, B.S., M.I.M.
R. O'CONNOR, Bus. Admin.
P. PEEK-PHILPOTT, B. Comm.
J . PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc, Teacher's Cert. (Manitoba)
I. PETERSEN, Bar of British Columbia
P. PODOLAK, Cert.
D. RATHBORNE, B.A., C A .
R. RENNIE, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
D. SAUER, B.A.
J . SAYRE, B.S., B.A., M.A.
R. SHAHROKH, M.B.A.
D. SHIELS, B.Sc (Hons.)
L. SPICER, B.Comm.
L. TANT
D. TAYOR
M. TAYLOR, B.Sc.

Career/Vocational

90

— Business

Management

P. TOUCHIE, M.S.M. Dip.
K.Y. TOWSON, B . S c , M . S c
A.H. VICK, B.Comm.
K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lie Acct. (UBC)
A. WATSON, B.A.
G. WAUGH, B.A., M.A.
J . WESTERN, C A .
J . WILSON, B.Comm., C.A., Finance Convenor
H. B. YACKNESS, B.Comm., M.B.A., C A .
Support Staff
Marjorie Croft, Div. Assistant
Sharon Miletic, Receptionist

General Information
The objective of the programs offered within the Business
Management Department is to prepare students for
careers in the various aspects of business. The courses
offered attempt to satisfy a variety of needs:
I. High school graduates planning a career in business or
industry who desire a comprehensive business education;
(2 years full-time).
2. Persons with a minimum of 7 years business experience in industry, government, the military or private
business ventures who desire a concise, formal business
education; (10 months full-time).
3. Persons presently employed in business who require
additional formal business education or upgrading; (Parttime, day or evening).
4. Persons wanting to take courses that carry credit
towards non-Capilano College certificate and diploma
programs; (Part-time, day or evening).
5. Persons interested in furthering their knowledge in a
particular area of business; (Part-time, day or evening, or
co-sponsored events.)
These courses, providing students with a comprehensive
education in basic managerial skills in one of five specialized program areas, have been designed both to lay a
practical foundation for those who wish to enter new
careers in business and to expand present careers, either
as independent entrepreneurs or as prospective employee-managers. A detailed description of the programs
follows.

Types of Programs

The Programs

Programs in the Business School are of three kinds:

The programs set out below begin in September each
year.

A. Two Year Full-Time Diploma Programs (see this page)
B. Accelerated Business Diploma Programs (see page
94)
C. Part-Time Evening Certificate Program (see page 96)
D. RIA, CGA, and CA transfer courses (see page 97)
Admission requirements for each of the programs vary
and will be found in the Calendar description relating to
the specific program. Full description of course offerings
in the Department on page xxx.
STUDENTS WITH UNSATISFACTORY GRADES IN ANY
TERM MAY BE ASKED TO WITHDRAW FROM THE
PROGRAM.

A. TWO YEAR FULL-TIME
DIPLOMA PROGRAMS
There are FIVE full-time programs in the Department
leading to an Associate of Arts and Science Diploma after
successful completion of the program requirements,
usually in two years of study. Courses are taught by
instructors with practical, up-to-date knowledge; many
faculty have full or part-time positions in business in their
areas of specialty. Class sizes are not large. Their
intensive nature requires a minimum of 18 hours weekly in
class and 36 hours weekly of outside study and preparation.

Two Year O L A University Transfer
Graduates of Capilano College Business programs
receive block transfer of up to 60 credits to the Bachelor
of Arts in Administrative Studies program with the Open
Learning Agency (OLA). Those with accounting concentrations may follow a program of study that will lead to an
OLA degree and the professional designation of the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of British Columbia.
For further information regarding block transfer, contact
the program Coordinator.

Admission Requirements
Interested persons should apply for admission to any of
the programs early in the calendar year. Entry is based
on business experience, grades at high school graduation, maturity, interest, and aptitude.
Normally, Grade 12 graduation with a minimum of C+ in
English 12 and C in Algebra 11 is required, although
admission may be granted to mature students who can
provide evidence of probable success in the program. A
personal interview may be required for admission.

1. Administrative Management
2. Financial Management
3. Marketing Management
4. Computer Systems Management
5. International Business
6. Retail Management
The first three programs have common first year courses.
The second year contains courses tailored to meet the
specialized requirements of the particular program.
Admission to the second year of a program is based on
grades obtained during the first full year of the program.
Where student demand is particularly high, students may
not be able to continue in the program of their first choice.
Students who have taken the first year of Retail Management normally go into the second year of that program.
It is expected that beginning in September of 1989 we will
have an increase in the number of courses that will be
transferable to university programs.
DOUBLE DIPLOMA: After receiving a Diploma in one of
the Business Management programs at the College, a
graduate may earn a second diploma in another program
of the Department upon successful completion of all
requirements for that second program. In the case of the
Administrative, Financial, and Marketing Programs, this
may be done in the course of one full academic year or its
equivalent. Each program leading to a Double Diploma
must be approved by the Department Chairperson.

1. Administrative Management
Contact Person: Bruce Moseley
This program provides a solid core of knowledge and
skills which can be applied to a wide variety of administrative positions in business, industry, and government. In
addition, the program is of value to those whose goal it is
to become involved in the operation of small or self-owned
businesses.
NOTE: Some program content is under review. Please
check with the contact person for details.

Career Opportunities
Past graduates have found employment in business,
industry, and government. Students in this program
should expect to find employment in such diverse areas
as planning, banking, finance, production, retailing, real
estate, marketing, personnel, industrial relations, and
small business.

Career/Vocational

— Business

Management

91

Credit
Hours

The Program
FIRST YEAR - FALL
BSMG 158 Marketing I
BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I
BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 177 Principles of Management
BSMG 178 Accounting I
BSMG 180 Intro, to Business Computers

3
3
3
3
3

Contact Person:

John Wilson, 986-1911, local 2343

cojoo

Management skills of financial resources and the provision of management information for sound financial
planning and control comprise the core of the program.
Courses allowing for transfer to C.A., C.G.A., and R.I.A.
certification are part of the basic program.

Career Opportunities

FIRST YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 159 Marketing II
BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II
BSMG 179 Accounting II
BSMG 192 Business Systems
CMNS 152 Report Writing
BSMG 222 Uses of Business Microcomputers
SECOND YEAR - FALL
ECON 200 Macro Economics
CMNS 225 Career Workshop
BSMG 230 Salesmanship
BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I
BSMG 253 Labour Relations
BSMG 291 Management Accounting
R.M. 161
Management Presentation Skills

2. Financial Management

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18
3
.75
3
3
3
3
3
18.75

SECOND YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 200 Business Policy
BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 262 Operations Management
BSMG 267 Business Finance
BSMG 268 Human Resource Mgt.
BSMG 276 Management Practicum

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

Career opportunities include financial planning, budget
preparation, and financial control, and can be found in the
public and private sectors in investment, banking, real
estate, and related industries. Entry to middle management positions in financial accounting, cost accounting,
internal audit, and budget preparation are not uncommon.

The Program
FIRST YEAR - FALL
BSMG 158 Marketing I
BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I
BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 177 Principles of Management
BSMG 178 Accounting I
BSMG 180 Intro, to Business Computers
FIRST YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 159 Marketing II
BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II
BSMG 179 Accounting II
BSMG 192 Business Systems
CMNS 152 Report Writing
BSMG 222 Uses of Business Microcomputers
SECOND YEAR - FALL
ECON 200 Macroeconomics
CMNS 225 Career Workshop
BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I
BSMG 255 Financial Accounting I
BSMG 260 Finance I
BSMG 264 Cost Accounting I
BSMG 286 Taxation
SECOND YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 252 Accounting Microcomputer Applications
BSMG 256 Financial Accounting II
BSMG 261 Finance II
BSMG 274 Cost Accounting II
BSMG 276 Management Practicum

Career/Vocational

92

— Business

Management

Credit
Hours
3
3
3
3
3
_3
18
3
3
3
3
3
_3
18
3
.75
3
3
3
3
3
18.75
3
3
3
3
3
3
18

3. Marketing Management

4. Computer Systems Management

Contact Person: Lloyd Michaels, 984-4960

Contact Person: Richard Longworth, 986-1911

As an integral part of today's business, marketing management is concerned with identifying market opportunities, setting goals, and establishing marketing policies and
programs to satisfy market needs and corporate objectives. Marketing's task is to understand and coordinate
the major customer satisfying activities of the business
firm.

Industry today requires people trained in systems analysis, programming, the application of computers, with a
clear understanding of management objectives. This
program has proven that it can satisfy the current need for
computer personnel.

Career Opportunities

With the comprehensive training provided, recent graduates have been able to secure positions as systems
analysts, operations managers, analyst programmers,
sales representatives, and technical consultants.

Graduates have learned to translate consumer wants and
needs into products and services, to cultivate markets and
to program distribution activities to reach such markets.
In the past, they have become employed in product
management, purchasing, merchandising, advertising,
public relations, and marketing research.

The Program
FIRST YEAR - FALL
BSMG 158 Marketing I
BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I
BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 177 Principles of Management
BSMG 178 Accounting I
BSMG 180 Introduction to Business Computers
FIRST YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 159 Marketing II
BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II
BSMG 179 Accounting II
BSMG 192 Business Systems
CMNS 152 Report Writing
BSMG 222 Uses of Business Microcomputers
SECOND YEAR - FALL
CMNS 225 Career Workshop
BSMG 230 Salesmanship
BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I
ECON 200 Principles of Macroeconomic Theory
BSMG 271 Merchandising
BSMG 273 Advertising I
BSMG 275 Marketing Research
SECOND YEAR - SPRING
BSMG 267 Business Finance
BSMG 200 Business Policy
BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 276 Marketing Practicum
BSMG 277 International Marketing
BSMG 279 Advertising II (Cap Ads)

Credit
Hours
3
3
3
3
3
_3
18
3
3
3
3
3
_3
18
.75
3
3
3
3
3
3
18.75

Career Opportunities

BUSINESS COMPUTING CO-OPERATIVE
PROGRAM

September 1989 will see the beginning of a new cooperative program in Business Computing whereby
students will spend 8 months in paid industry placements
and 16 months in the classroom. The program is aimed
at identifying the specific needs of industry in microcomputer applications, programming and systems work, to
ensure the successful employment of all our grads. For
further information, call the Business Management office
at 984-4960.

5. International Business
G R A D U A T E DIPLOMA P R O G R A M

In September 1989, the Business Management Department will offer a 10 month Diploma program to those
students who are graduates of universities or colleges and
who are interested in a career in international business.
The program will offer students courses that will explore
all sectors of international trade, finance, banking, commerce, and culture.
Upon completion, students would work with North American companies that deal with off-shore markets, particularly the Pacific Rim countries.

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18
Career/Vocational

— Business

Management

93

6. Retail Management
Contact Person: Hilary Clark, 986-1911, loc. 2055
Courses are designed to prepare students for many facets
of retailing and to provide them with opportunities for
concentrated exposure to creative aspects of the retail
industry. Applicants should have some prior retail-related
experience.

B. ACCELERATED BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA
PROGRAMS
These 10-month programs are designed to offer business
training for mature students. The student is provided with
an opportunity to gain a clear understanding of business
principles and to refine and add to the practical on-the-job
experience that has been previously acquired.

Careers of previous graduates of the program include
positions as store managers, sales representatives,
promoters, and sales managers. Many start as management trainees.

A unique feature of the Accelerated Diploma Program is
the credit given for work experience. For a Diploma,
students must obtain 60 credits, of which 9 advance credits are assigned for a minimum work experience of seven
years. The remaining 51 credits are earned from satisfactory completion of regular Business Management courses.

Program Content

Admission Requirements

Career Opportunities

FIRST YEAR - FALL
R.M. 158 Basics of Colour and Design
R.M. 161
Management Presentation Skills
R.M. 174 Social Survey
BSMG 160 Marketing
BSMG 164 Retail Mathematics
CMNS 152 Report Writing

Credit
Hours

FIRST YEAR - SPRING
R.M. 153 Creative Advertising Production
R.M. 156 Sales Promotion
R.M. 157 Visual Presentation
R.M. 172 Product Knowledge
R.M. 178 Retail Business Methods
BSMG 169 Accounting
SUMMER PRACTICUM
R.M. 164 Work Experience

SECOND YEAR - SPRING
R.M. 258 Advanced Merchandising
R.M. 273
Independent Store Management II
BSMG 221 Uses of Business Microcomputers
BSMG 239 Law for Retailing
BSMG 257 Retail Financial Management
R.M. 265 Career Readiness

94

— Business

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18
3
3

SECOND YEAR - FALL
R.M. 264 Store Interiors
R.M. 272
Independent Store Management I
BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 230 Salesmanship
BSMG 271 Merchandising
BSMG 273 Advertising

Career/Vocational

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

Management

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18
3
3
3
1.5
1.5
_3
15

Admitted students will have a minimum of seven years
business experience in industry, government, education,
private business or the military. In addition, acceptance to
the program is based upon the nature of the applicant's
work experience, maturity, aptitude, and ability to effectively manage the concentrated studies inherent in the
program chosen. Since enrollment is limited, it is recommended that interested students arrange with the Department for an interview by April 1st.
Current programs are under review, but at present are
available in five areas of study: Administration, Finance,
Marketing, Retail Management, and Computer Systems.
Interested students are encouraged to inquire concerning
the current offerings.
Each diploma program is covered in three terms:
FIRST TERM is an eight-week preparatory period usually
held during July and August. Lectures will total 36 hours
weekly and are held between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.
The courses are cross-disciplinary and consist mainly of
introductory topics. The SECOND TERM, beginning in
September, and THIRD TERM, beginning in January,
each consist of fifteen weeks of instruction, totalling 21 to
28 hours weekly in class.
In order to allow for some flexibility in meeting particular
educational needs and to allow for diverse working
backgrounds, it is possible, with the approval of the Coordinator, to substitute certain courses in the Second and
Third Term with other courses offered in the Department.
The accelerated programs normally begin in July each
year, however there are exceptions. Retail Management
and Computer Systems Management have in-takes in
September and January depending upon student demand. Please check with the program convenor to
ensure when the new courses will be offered.

7. Accelerated Administrative
Management
FIRST TERM - SUMMER
BSMG 171 Business Mathematics
BSMG 178 Accounting I
BSMG 180 Introduction to Business Computers
BSMG 160 Marketing
SECOND TERM - FALL
BSMG 179 Accounting II
CMNS 225 Career Preparation
BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I
BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I
BSMG 253 Labour Relations
BSMG 267 Business Finance
BSMG 291 Managerial Accounting
R.M. 161
Management Presentation Skills
THIRD TERM - SPRING
BSMG 200 Business Policy
BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 262 Operations Management
BSMG 230 Salesmanship
BSMG 268 Human Resources Mgt.
BSMG 276 Management Practicum

Credit
Hours
3
3
3
_3
12
3
.75
3
3
3
3
3
3
21.75
3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

8. Accelerated Finance
FIRST T E R M - S U M M E R
BSMG 171 Business Mathematics
BSMG 178 Accounting 1
BSMG 180 Intro, to Business Computers
BSMG 160 Marketing
SECOND TERM - FALL
BSMG 179 Accounting II
BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I
CMNS 225 Career Workshop
BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I
BSMG 255 Financial Accounting
BSMG 260 Finance I
BSMG 264 Cost and Managerial Accounting I
BSMG 286 Taxation
THIRD TERM - SPRING
BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 252 Accounting Applications
BSMG 256 Financial Accounting II
BSMG 261 Finance II
BSMG 274 Cost and Managerial Accounting II
BSMG 276 Management Practicum

3
3
3
_3
12
3
3
.75
3
3
3
3
3
21.75
3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

9. Accelerated Computer Systems
Management
The enhanced Accelerated Computer Systems Management program is modularized into 2-month segments with
practically-sequenced courses. Graduates obtain an
Associate Arts and Science Diploma upon successful
completion of 10 months of intensive training. There is a
further option of work experience of four months duration
in business or industry.

Program Content

Credit
Hours

TERM I
CMPT 152 Structured Programming with Pascal
CMPT 180 Intro to Data Processing
CMPT 191 Accounting for Managers
CMPT 155 Quantitative Methods for Managers
TERM II
CMPT 189 COBOL I
CMPT 222 Micro Applications
CMPT 182 Intro to Systems
BSMG 160 Marketing/sales
TERM III
CMPT 205
CMPT 223
CMPT 293
CMPT 291

COBOL II
Advanced Micros
Systems Design
Accounting for Managers II

TERM IV
CMPT 208
CMPT 226
CMPT 298
CMPT 172

"C" Language
Micros in Business
Data Base Design
Entrepreneurial

1.5
3
3
3
10.5
3
3
3
_3
12
3
3
3
_3
12
1.5
3
3
3
10.5

TERM V
BSMG 276 Projects in Industry
CMPT 297 Telecommunications
CMPT 230 Operating Systems
CMPT 296 4 G L s

3
1.5
3
1J5
9

Optional Term
CMPT 300 Work Experience with a selected host
company.
NOTE: Each term is two months. The optional term is a
paid work experience for those unable to find a job
placement on graduation and who have obtained a grade
point average greater than 3.0.

Career/Vocational

— Business

Management

95

10. Accelerated Marketing
FIRST T E R M - S U M M E R
BSMG 171 Business Mathematics
BSMG 178 Accounting 1
BSMG 180 Intro, to Business Computers
BSMG 160 Marketing
SECOND TERM - FALL
BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I
BSMG 179 Accounting II
CMNS 225 Career Preparation
BSMG 230 Salesmanship
BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I
BSMG 271 Merchandising
BSMG 273 Advertising I
BSMG 275 Marketing Research

Credit
Hours
3
3
3
_3
12
3
3
1.5
3
3
3
3
3
21.75

THIRD TERM - SPRING
BSMG 267 Business Finance
BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II
BSMG 276 Management Practicum
BSMG 277 International Marketing
BSMG 279 Advertising II (Cap Ads)
BSMG 200 Business Policy

3
3
3
3
3
_3
18

11. Accelerated Retail Management
This new 10-month program, which is unique in B.C., is
designed to meet the needs of employers who wish to
offer advanced training to their staff, and to employees
who want to gain practical skills that will allow them to go
back to work with new areas of expertise, greater flexibility
and the potential for new areas of responsibility.
Credit
Hours
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21

TERM II
CMPT 183 Introduction to Computers
BSMG 160 Marketing
BSMG 169 Accounting Fundamentals
Visual Presentaiton
RM 157

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
_3
24

Classes run only Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday.

C. PART-TIME EVENING
CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
The courses in these programs, beginning in September
and January each year, will provide the student with basic
managerial skills that are of practical value in a wide
variety of employment positions. Classes are conducted
by Department faculty either one or two evenings each
week during the term, and those enrolled in the programs
may take the courses at their chosen pace. A number of
credit courses from both the full-time Diploma Programs
and the part-time Certificate Programs are offered during
the evenings of both regular College terms.

12. Business Administration
Certificate

Contact Person: Hilary Clark, 986-1911, local 2055

TERM I
Sales Promotion
RM 156
Management Presentation Skills
RM 161
BSMG 163 Supervisory Skills
CMNS 152 Communications
Product Knowledge
RM172
Store Interiors
RM 264
Work Evaluation I
RM 164

TERM III
CMPT 221 Microcomputer Applications
BSMG 210 Small Business Management
RM 153
Creative Advertising Production
BSMG 230 Salesmanship
BSMG 257 Finance
RM I66
Work Evaluation II
RM167
Work Evaluation III
RM 259
Buying

3
3
3
3
12

A Certificate in Business Administration will be awarded
after the successful completion of two required courses as
shown and a choice of any four additional 3 credit courses
chosen from the Business Management evening or
daytime offerings.
Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the
evening program coordinator.
REQUIRED
BSMG 160
BSMG 187
OPTIONAL
BSMG 163
BSMG 178
BSMG 179
CMPT 180
BSMG 197
CMPT 222
BSMG 210
BSMG 240
BSMG 241
BSMG 253

Marketing Management
Introduction to Business

Supervisory Skills
Accounting I
Accounting II
Introduction to Business Computers
Hands-on Advertising for Small Business
(1.5 credits)
Microcomputers Applications I
Small Business Management
Canadian Business Law I
Canadian Business Law II
Labour Relations

Other regular offerings from the Business Management
Department.

Career/Vocational

96

— Business

Management

13. Advanced Business
Administration Certificate
A second or Advanced certificate will be awarded following successful completion of an additional four 3 credit
courses chosen again from the Business Management
evening or daytime offerings.
NOTE: A student must attain a 2.0 G P A or better to
qualify for either certificate.

D. RIA, CGA, and CA TRANSFER
COURSES
The Department offers a number of courses which carry
credit towards non-Capilano College certificate and
diploma programs. Some provide transfer credit to other
college and university programs, and one should refer to
the University Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar
for details. In addition, those professional bodies currently
recognizing courses taken at Capilano College are:
Institute of Chartered Accountants (OA.)
Certified General Accountants Association (C.G.A.)
Society of Management Accountants (R.I.A.)
Currently, the following Capilano courses are transferable
to CA/RIA/CGA piograms, but students are cautioned to
verify with the specific professional body concerned or
with the Business Management Department concerning
credit requirements.
CMNS 150, or pre-test/152 Report Writing
BSMG 240/241
Canadian Business Law
ECON 200/201
Economics
BSMG 180 or CMPT 180 Introduction to Computers
BSMG 192
Business Systems
BSMG 175
Organizational Behaviour
BSMG 170
Financial Mathematics "
BSMG 171
Statistics for Business
BSMG 268
Human Resource Management
BSMG 253
Labour Relations
BSMG 178/179
Accounting I and II
BSMG 255/256
Financial Accounting I and II
BSMG 260-261
Finance I and II
BSMG 264-274
Cost Accounting I and II
BSMG 286 *
Intro to Business Taxation
CMPT 299 "
Management Information Systems
* CA/RIA only
" CA only

Course Descriptions
Business Management 158
Marketing I (F) (3,0)
An introduction to the Canadian marketing environment
and marketing institutions. A detailed study to enable the
student to understand the realistic, practical workings and
functions of product planning, promotion, market research, selection of trade channels, merchandising,
advertising and salesmanship with emphasis on both consumer and industrial goods and services.

Business Management 159
Marketing II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 158 or permission of instructor.

This course is a continuation of Marketing I. It is intended
to add more depth to the basic marketing knowledge and
expand on the overall use of the marketing concept in
today's competitive environment. Field trips and student
projects will form part of the content of this course.

Business Management 160
Marketing (F,S) (3,0)
Familiarization with all the basic Canadian marketing
concepts and their roles within the total Canadian economy and the individual firm. Emphasis will be on consumer product marketing, although some industrial
marketing concepts will be discussed. Students will be
encouraged to actively participate in group and class
discussions on marketing problems and opportunities
related to product planning, research, planning, promotion
and distribution systems. Merchandising, advertising and
salesmanship will also be included in the overview of the
marketing principles and their practical approach.

Business Management 163
Supervisory Skills (F,S) (3,0)
Study of human elements in organizations, with emphasis
on group behaviour. Concepts in persuasion, guidance
and understanding of the individual within the group.
Applications of human relations management, i.e. leadership, power, authority, group dynamics, formal and
informal organization, communications, conflict and the
introduction of change.

Business Management 164
Retail Mathematics (F) (3,0)
This course provides a practical knowledge of the mathematical methods utilized in retail operations. Students will
develop the ability to efficiently solve various types of
problems relevant to retailing.

Career/Vocational

— Business

Management

97

Business Management 166
Business Mathematics (SU) (3,0)

Business Management 178
Accounting I (F.S.SU) (3,0)

This course is designed to assist students in developing
the basic skills and concepts of quantitative analysis
relating to business and personal finance. A review
section on problem analysis and algebra is included.

An introduction to basic accounting principles and procedures including the recording of transactions, and adjustments in basic accounting records. The student will
prepare financial statements for the proprietorship and will
study, in detail, the accounting and reporting of cash,
accounts receivable, merchandise inventory and longlived assets.

Business Management 167
Financial Management (F,S) (3,0)
A practical introduction to understanding how to finance a
business. The primary subjects undertaken are sources
of financing and dealing with lenders. Other closely
related topics include: asset management, financial
analysis, investment decisions, and financial and profit
planning. Students taking this course do not require an
accounting background.

Business Management 169
Accounting Fundamentals (S) (3,0)
This course discusses the ways in which accounting
systems are developed and applied to retailing businesses. In addition, the techniques used to apply accounting information to management decisions are
thoroughly covered.

Business Management 170
Quantitative Methods I (F) (3,0)
This course will provide the basic quantitative analytical
tools used to aid decision-making in modern organizations. In particular, the mathematics of finance will be
covered emphasizing the time value of money.

Business Management 171
Quantitative Methods II (S) (3,0)
This course covers the quantitative analytical tools used
as aids in decision-making, stressing common statistical
methods used in the face of certainty and uncertainty.

Business Management 175
Organizational Behaviour (F,S) (3,0)
The focus of this course is on human behaviour within
organizations. Students will actively participate in roleplaying and other simulated activities dealing with organizational and personal factors that influence different types
of work behaviour, specific topics such as motivation,
leadership, change within organizations, and formal and
informal organizations will be explored.

Business Management 177
Principles of Management (F,S) (3,0)
This course directly addresses the need to achieve high
productivity through good management. The essentials of
management, planning, organizing, leading, and controlling are presented in a systematic and thorough way.

Career/Vocational

98

— Business

Management

Transferable to SFU, UBC, and UVic.

Business Management 179
Accounting II (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 1-78 with at least a C- grade.

A continuation of BSMG 178. Analysis of funds flows,
both cash and working capital. Management uses of
accounting; cash budgeting, forecasting, profit planning
and responsibility accounting. Accounting for manufacturing operations.
Transferable to SFU, UVic and UBC. Note: when both
BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they receive credits at
SFU, UBC, and UVic.

Business/Computer Management 180
Introduction to Business Computers (F,S) (3,0)
Provides a general orientation to the computer — what it
is, how it functions, and what it can and cannot do.
Provides an understanding and hands-on experience in
utilizing a word processing program, introduction to
electronic spreadsheets and the disk operating system,
and looks into the multitude of uses for computers today
and the foreseeable future.

Business Management 187
Introduction to Business (SU,F,S) (3,0)
In this course the five key tasks in managing an enterprise, i.e. Planning, Acquisition of Resources, Organization, Activation and Control, are explained. In addition,
the key organizational functions of Marketing, Production,
Finance and Personnel are covered. The course is
essentially an overview of the theoretical framework of the
task of management.

Business Management 192
Business Systems (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Business/Computer Management 180

This course provides students with the basic tools for
understanding, designing, and working with the relationships between the many items of corporate information.
These concepts are crucial in the "information age" of the
'80s.

Business Management 193
Retail Merchandising (F,S) (1.5,0)
This course provides students with the necessary practical and theoretical skills to apply retail knowledge within
the retail organization or in working with the industry.

Business Management 197
Hands-on Advertising for Small Business (ForS)
(1.5,0)
Students will be introduced to the 'behind the scenes' of
an advertising campaign through examples developed
from the Vancouver market. Advertising case studies will
be used to instruct students on the technique of producing
meaningful, effective promotion for small businesses on a
small budget.

Business Management 200
Business Policy (S) (3,0)
The fourth term student gains a basic understanding of
the concepts, purposes, and procedures of business
policy, and an integrated view of the strategic management of business enterprise.

Business Management 210
Small Business Management (S) (3,0)
Students will gain an understanding of the unique nature
of the small business within the Canadian context. An
integrated approach to both the short and longer term
managerial activities is stressed, with explicit emphasis on
the process of analysis, strategy, and planning required in
the small business environment.

Business Management 230
Salesmanship (F,S) (3,0)
An introduction to professional selling. Communication
including effective listening, probing, problem finding and
solving and creativity will be covered. Specific techniques
of professional selling including prospecting, qualifying
and contracting prospects. The course will also cover in
depth the organization and management of sales activities.

Business Management 239
Law for Retailing (S,SU) (1.5,0)
An overview course designed to provide students destined for the retail industry with a basic understanding of
the Canadian legal system and selected elements of
commercial law appropriate to contracts and business.
This course is not transferable.

Business Management 240
Canadian Business Law I (F) (3,0)

rules and principles of commercial law, the functioning of
the Canadian legal system and its components, and
involving a detailed examination of the Law of Contract,
including the Sale of Goods, Negotiable Instruments,
Employment Law, and Consumer Protection legislation.
Available for transfer credit.

Business Management 241
Canadian Business Law II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Preferably, BSMG 240, or an introductory
college or university course in commercial or contract law,
or by permission of the instructor.
A second course in law which examines the effect upon
business relationships of legal principles from both case
and statute law. Principal focus in this course is the application of common law and legislation to commercial
transactions apart from basic contract, including Corporations, Torts, Agency, Partnership, Bankruptcy, Creditors
Rights, Labour, Insurance, Bailment and Real Property.
Available for transfer credit.

Business Management 252
Microcomputer Accounting Applications (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 178

The students will complete microcomputer accounting
implementation projects using A C C P A C accounting
software. Students will be expected to understand the
practical constraints of internal control in the ACCPAC
environment. Systems covered will include general
ledger, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and
inventory control.

Business Management 253
Management Responsibility in Labour Relations
(F,S) (3,0)
A study of management's responsibility and role in
present-day labour relations. Topics include history of
unionism, contemporary unionism, B.C. Labour Code and
collective bargaining.

Business Management 255
Financial Accounting I (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade.

This course studies the theories underlying financial
statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and
reinforcement of the material covered in BSMG 178 and
179. The course encompasses the study of Financial
Accounting at the intermediate level.
Transferable to S F U .

Examines the effect upon business relationships of legal
principles from both common and statute law. An introductory course in law which focuses on the source of

Career/Vocational

— Business

Management

99

Business Management 256
Financial Accounting II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 255 with a minimum C- grade.

This course is a logical sequel to BSMG 255 in that it
studies current developments in financial accounting and
their effects on financial statement presentation. The
course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at
a level beyond BSMG 255.
Transferable to SFU.

Business Management 257
Retail Financial Management (F) (1.5,0)
This course examines the sources of financing available
to retail stores. Special emphasis is placed on preparing
requests for bank loans and understanding financial
statements.

Business Management 260
Finance I (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade.

The financial manager's responsibilities are studied in
depth in Finance I and the subsequent course, BSMG
261. This course concentrates on the details of financial
planning and the management of current assets and
liabilities. Other areas of study are financial analysis, time
value of money, working capital policy, and the tax environment. Throughout the course contemporary financial
issues are discussed. This course is designed for
students requiring CGA and RIA transfer credit.

Business Management 261
Finance II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 260 with a minimum C- grade.

A continuation of BSMG 260. The student studies longer
term sources of financing and investment. Major financial
policy decisions and international finances are also
studied. In addition, relevant current Canadian and
international topics are discussed.

Business Management 262
Production/Operations Management (S) (3,0)
Of special interest to generalist managers and operators
of small businesses, this one term course familiarizes the
student with the principles, practice and functions of
production-operations management, using modern aids to
decision-making. Using computing devices and procedures, foundational skills in production control including
inventory, quality and cost control are examined.

Business Management 264
Cost and Managerial Accounting I (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade.

This course examines decision-making and planning in

Career/Vocational

100

— Business

Management

organizations using accounting tools; the nature of
accounting controls; common control methods; measures
of management performance; the role of the management
cost accountant.

Business Management 267
Finance (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG 178/179

A practical look at financial management, this course will
cover obtaining financing, management of assets, investment decisions, financial planning, and financial analysis.
In addition, contemporary financial issues will be discussed throughout the course. This is for business
students who are not majoring in financial management.

Business Management 268
Human Resource Management (F,S) (3,0)
This course provides the student with a basic and functional understanding of current personnel/human resource
management concepts and applications during the
development stages of small and larger businesses.
Special emphasis will be placed on the concept of
personnel management being the responsibility of ALL
management, not just the 'Personnel Department'.

Business Management 271
Merchandising (F) (3,0)
This course will acquaint the student with an overview of
both retailing and merchandising operations in today's
competitive market. Discussion will cover the types of
retailing establishments, analysis of a trading area, site
location, store layout and design, with an emphasis on
changing lifestyles and consumer demand patterns. In
addition, students will be exposed to a wide range of
merchandising techniques and strategies covering many
corporations and commodities. The course will include
the use of guest lecturers and field trips to emphasize the
practical aspects of the subject.

Business Management 273
Advertising I (F) (3,0)
This course will examine the Canadian and American
advertising industry from both micro and macro perspectives. It will enable the student to grasp the basic theoretical and practical approaches to advertising and provide
an insight into the various aspects of advertising history,
creativity, communication systems, media choice and
other functions. This is not a course on designing,
creating and preparing specific types of advertising, but is
meant to serve as an overview of what advertising is and
how it relates to other marketing concepts and operations.

Business Management 274
Cost and Managerial Accounting II (S) (3,0)

Business Management 286
Introduction to Business Taxation (F) (3,0)

Prerequisite:

A more in-depth study of subjects covered in Cost and
Managerial Accounting 264. Cost determination for
manufacturing operations, planning and cost control systems, performance evaluation methods, strategic decision-making methods.

This course familiarizes the student with the Canadian
income tax system as it applies to corporation, shareholders, and unincorporated businesses, so that the student
can identify potential tax problem areas, complete the
basic compliance forms, and appreciate its impact on
some business decisions.

Business Management 275
Marketing Research (F,S) (3,0)

Business Management 291
Management Accounting (F) (3,0)

Prerequisite:

Prerequisite:

BSMG 264 with a minimum C- grade.

BSMG 158 & 159

BSMG 178 & 179 with a minimum C- grade.

This course is designed as an introductory course in the
basics of marketing research. It will indicate the methods
of making the most effective use of marketing research.
Through some practical applications of a research project
the student will learn the elements of research design,
basic methods of collecting data, analysis and reporting.
The student will gain a knowledge in the procedures and
applications of Canadian and American research.

The course will introduce the student to the specialized
area of Management Accounting. It will provide an
overview to controls effected internally by management,
using such tools as budgets, costing and analysis.
Planning for an organization will be examined from both
the capital and operational perspectives.

Business Management 276
Management Practicum (S) (3,0)

Introduction to standard programming structure, standard
techniques and programming aids in relation to business
applications.

Students in their final quarter in some programs are
required to undertake a concentrated period of practical
experience in the workplace. While placements are the
primary responsibility of each student, assistance is
provided by the program convenor and faculty to ensure
that work experience and assigned tasks are at an
appropriate learning level. In some cases, a directed
research project may be undertaken in lieu of the practicum.

Business Management 277
International Marketing (S) (3,0)
A study of the mechanics of international trade, foreign
exchange rates, tariffs, etc. Product-distribution-promotion mixes for export markets of Canadian industry with
emphasis on Pacific Rim and U.S.A. market influences.
Adapting domestic marketing techniques to foreign
conditions.

Business Management 279
Advertising II (S) (3,0)
As a follow-up to Advertising I, this course will offer the
students an opportunity to create and present a full
advertising campaign for an operating company. A team
approach will be used to create an advertising agency
environment with such areas as research, creative media,
and account supervision being studied and portrayed.
While not a prerequisite, Advertising I is recommended to
fully understand the course content and program.

Computer Management 152
Programming Structure (SU) (1.5,0)

Computer Management 155
Quantitative Methods for Managers (S,SU) (3,0)
This course, designed for accelerated computer students,
surveys the basic quantitative analytic tools used to aid
decision making. Both financial and statistical concepts,
methods and applications will be examined.

Computer Management 172
The Entrepreneur in Business I (S,F) (3,0)
This course is oriented towards specific job skills needed
in our changing environment, some of the topical issues
that will be addressed are: business research skills,
starting a small business, writing a business plan, proprietorship and partnership.

Computer Management 181
"BASIC" Programming I (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: At least a "C" grade in Bus/Comp Mgt. 180,
or by permission of the instructor.
Areas of study include: program organization, table
handling techniques, file maintenance, desk file organizations, access methods, and programming efficiently.

Computer Management 182
Systems Analysis i (SU,F) (3,0)
Provides a basic understanding of system concepts
including the lifecycle and the concept of a business as an
information system. Introduces the skills that are the
working tools of systems analysis including form design,

Career/Vocational

— Business

Management

101

coding, charting, flowcharting and written verbal communication. Provides detailed understanding of the four
lifecycle phases (Study, Design, Development and
Operation) through their application in a detailed continuous case study. Provides an understanding of the logical
approach to solving a problem.
Computer Management 188
Systems Analysis II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

At least a " C " grade in CMPT 182.

This course applies the various techniques learned in
CMPT 182 to general business problems, providing the
practical experience necessary for the successful implementation of a business system.
Computer Management 189
COBOL Programming I (F) (3,0)
Provides the student with a practical training in the
organization and writing of computer programs. Topics
include: program structure, text editor, introduction to C O BOL language, program instruction, and compilation.
Computer Management 191
Accounting for Managers I (S,SU) (3,0)
This course provides the student with an understanding of
the elements of the accounting cycle. It will focus on how
the computer serves the needs of providing financial
information for managerial decision making in the context
of generally accepted accounting principles.
Computer Management 205
COBOL Programming II (F,S) (3,0)
189 with at least a " C " grade or by
permission of the instructor.
Prerequisite:

CMPT

This course is an extension of CMPT 189, strengthening
the knowledge of COBOL. Areas of study include table
handling techniques, master file updates, file maintenance, program instructions related to disk file handling
techniques and programming for efficient execution.

application programs in "C" using most features of the
language.
Computer Management 221
Microcomputers in the Retail Business (F) (3,0)
An introduction to the capabilities and limitations of
electronic data processing as well as preparing the
student to the expanding use of computers in the retail
business. Students will gain an understanding of computer hardware, software, and systems. Three software
packages will be explained: MS-WORD, VP-PLANNER,
DBASE 111.
Business/Computer Management 222
Microcomputer Applications (F,S) (3,0)
An introduction to the use of microcomputers in the
business world. Hands-on experience with common
packages such as Spreadsheets, Data File Management
and Forecasting/Graphics is provided. Software, Hardware and Vendor selection is also discussed.
Computer Management 223
Microcomputer Applications II (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

BSMG/CMPT 222

Further extends the students knowledge of managing the
computer and its peripherals. Discusses more advanced
techniques in known packages and introduces more
sophisticated applications.
Computer Management 226
Microcomputers in Business I (S,F) (3,0)
This course provides the conceptual framework of, and
"hands-on" experience in practical applications of "leading
edge" business programs in accounting applications,
project management, etc.
Computer Management 227
Microcomputers in Business II (S,F) (3,0)

Computer Management 206
COBOL Programming III (S) (1.5,0)

This course provides the conceptual framework of and
"hands-on" experience in practical applications of "leading
edge" business programs in desk top publishing, graphics,
etc.

Prerequisite: CMPT 189 and CMPT 205 with at least a
"C" grade or by permission of the instructor.

Computer Management 230
Introduction to Operating Systems (F) (3,0)

This course is an extension of CMPT 189 and 205. It
basically consists of preparing complex programs utilizing
the COBOL language.

An introduction to the micro and mini computer operating
systems, particularly the MSDOS, UNIX and MPE environments. Students will gain experience in using highlevel language and learn to make system calls. Instruction will be given on creating and controlling multiple
communicating processes in a microcomputer
environment.

Computer Management 208
The "C" Programming Language (Su) (1.5,0)
Students with a background of programming experience
in COBOL or BASIC, will be able to transfer their skills to
the "C" language in a microcomputer environment. This
course will provide the student with the capability to write

Career/Vocational

102

— Business

Management

Computer Management 272
The Entrepreneur in Business II (S,F) (3,0)

Computer Management 297
Telecommunications (S) (1.5,0)

This course will focus on individual entrepreneurial
elements. Oriented towards the organization who is
sponsoring the student career paths and individual career
planning will be done; assessment analysis of employers
and on-the-job training will be another orientation.

An introduction to the field of data communications and
networking, covering aspects of local area networks,
protocols and standards, hardware and software components, and P C links.

Computer Management 289
Systems Implementation (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

CMPT 293 with at least a "C" grade.

A follow-up course to CMPT 293 using the logical design
created in the systems design class as a model for
implementation. Students will use a 4GL to implement an
online application on the HP3000 minicomputer.

Computer Management 291
Accounting for Managers II (S,F) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

CMPT 191 or BSMG 178/179

This course will examine managerial planning from the
financial viewpoint taking both the capital and operational
perspectives.

Computer Management 293
Systems Design (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

CMPT 182 with at least a "C" grade.

This course is an extension of CMPT 182 furthering the
student's ability to analyze the managerial requirements of
information systems. It provides a practical experience in
the logical design of on-line systems for business applications. Topics include structured systems analysis and
design, data dictionary, and structured charts.

Computer Management 295
BASIC Programming II (F,S) (1.5,0)
Prerequisite:

CMPT 181 with at l e a s t a " C g r a d e .

This course is an extension of CMPT 181, strengthening
the knowledge of BASIC. Areas of study include disc file
organizations, screen formatting, access methods, file
maintenance and file reorganization.

Computer Management 298
Database Management (F) (3,0)
This course will focus on data structures and data management techniques with emphasis on the practical
application of data base methodology. Topics will include
data structure types, index-sequential access methods
and such data base topics as elements of a data base
administration, data integrity, data security, data dictionaries, and Query facilities. Design considerations will also
be discussed and labs will concentrate on creating
accessing (both programatically and Query) and restructuring data bases.

Computer Management 299
Management Information Systems (S) (3,0)
This course will focus on the use of an overall managerial
systems approach when working in the management
information area — the evaluating of management needs
for information and the integration of those needs into the
management system.

Computer Management 300
Work Experience (F) (3,0)
This is an optional course for students who have successfully completed their 10 month Accelerated Computer
program. Intensive on-the-job training for a four month
period will be provided by a sponsoring organization.
Students could work in programming, micro-computer
applications, systems analysis, marketing and computer
sales, as well as documentation and data base administration.

Retail Management Courses

Computer Management 296
4GL Programming (F) (1.5,0)

RM153
Creative Advertising Production (S) (3,0)

A new high-level language has emerged to support data
base processing. In this course an introduction to 4th
generation languages using "Powerhouse" will be provided. The main focus will be the utilization of a data
dictionary to drive data entry screens, report writers and
batch processing systems. The course is hands-on with
numerous exercises utilizing the HP3000.

An emphasis is placed on the practical application of
advertising principles through developing production skills.
Copywriting, layout, design and illustrative techniques will
be taught.

RM156
Sales Promotion (S) (3,0)
An overview on promotion from a study of personal selfpromotion to the larger world of promoting retailing. The
emphasis in class will be on developing confidence and

Career/Vocational

— Business

Management

103

expertise in promoting products, ideas and services for
the market place.

RM178
Retail Business Methods (S) (3,0)

RM157
Visual Presentation (S) (3,0)

Retail business methods in Canada, will focus on the
Canadian environment and the recent rapid changes in
the retail industry.

Practical techniques and theory of visually presenting
merchandise: window displays, interior displays, and
merchandising of fixtures will be taught.

RM158
Basics of Colour & Design for Retailers (F) (3,0)
This introduction to concepts of colour and design teaches
application of the principles of graphic composition, basic
form and shape, colour theory and visual communications, with an impact on retail-related themes and subjects
through instruction, field trips, individual design and
analysis.

RM161
Management Presentation Skills (F,S) (3,0)
Business skills will be developed in training for management and supervisory positions. Public speaking, report
writing, chairing meetings and management communication skills will be covered.

RM164
Work Evaluation I (SU) (3,0)
The students will explore the various career opportunities
in retailing and by networking within the industry. They
will complete a 2 week practicum during the summer in a
retail or retail-related business.

RM 166
Co-op Work Evaluation II (SU) (3,0)
RM167

RM 258
Advanced Merchandising (S) (3,0)
This course provides students with an opportunity to
explore additional selected topics in merchandising which
may include market research, small business contracts,
buying, trends in visual retailing, and creative media use.

RM 259
Principles of Buying (F) (3,0)
A study of the principles of buying and selling of retail
goods will study merchandising functions such as inventory control, working with suppliers, developing assortments, and buyer responsibilities.

RM 264
Store Interiors (F) (3,0)
Store Interiors teaches the fundamentals of interior design
as they relate to merchandising. Students design a store
using the floor plan, renderings, choice of fabric, selection
of colours and texture to showcase merchandise.

RM 265
Career Readiness (S) (3,0)
The objective of this course is to provide the student with
practical skills for successful job search. The students will
research several professionals in the retail industry, and
will spend a brief period with a professional (during work).
Focus will be on resume writing, interview skill development, and other career-related skills.

RM272
Independent Store Management I (F) (3,0)

Co-op Work Evaluation III (SU) (3,0)
RM172
Product Knowledge (S) (3,0)
An introductory study of textile fabrics and the textile
industry will survey the development and use of fabrics
including fibre identification and characteristics, production and testing methods. Other products retailed, glass,
china, etc., will be studied.

This course is a practical application of the Retail Management courses. The instructor will provide the basic
management structure of the Retail Management "Gift
Shop" activities weekly. The students will act as store
managers in Control, Staff Training, Buying and Display
and Promotion. Students will be entirely responsible for
operating the store and all those activities and managerial
responsibilities in operating a successful retail store.

RM174
Social Survey (F) (3,0)

RM 273
Independent Store Management II (S) (3,0)

A survey of social history from the Egyptians to the
present will discuss the design cycle, contemporary styles
and motifs in architecture, interiors, and garments and
relate them to the market place of today.

A continuation of RM 272.

Career/Vocational

104

— Business

Management

Communications
Contact Person: Crawford Kilian, Coordinator, Office
P210. Phone: 986-1911, local 2585.

Instructional Faculty
B. BUCHANAN, B.A., M.B.A. (UBC)
H. CLARK, B.H.E., T.T. Dipl.
J . COBLEY, B.A. (Brigham Young), M.A. (UBC)
C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU)
R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU)
B. REID, B.A. (Alberta)
G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard
Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist
M. WITTMAN, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (UBC)
The Communications (CMNS) Department provides
training in writing and speech for students in Career/
Vocational programs as well as those wishing to apply
specific skills to the world of work. In addition to courses
in English basics, CMNS also offers courses in business
and report writing, career preparation, public speaking,
and freelance writing.

Career Opportunities
In an information-based economy, good communication
skills are a vital asset in any career. Many career-program
CMNS courses offer components on effective job search
techniques, including resume writing and interviewing.
Courses for freelance writers equip students with the
basic skills needed to market their work to magazines,
newspapers and book publishers.

Admission Requirements
Students wishing to enrol in a specialized career-program
CMNS course must meet the admission standards of that
particular program. In some cases students may wish to
take the CMNS component before enrolling in the rest of
the program. Such students will require permission of the
coordinators of both CMNS and the career program in
question.
Students wishing to enrol in "open" sections of CMNS,
such as those offered in the evening, must meet general
College admission standards.

Special Fees and Expenses
Most CMNS classes require no special fees; consult the
coordinator if you have questions about such fees in your
course.

Awards and Scholarships
The Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship is awarded
annually to an outstanding student enrolled in a credit

writing course in the fall term. The award is granted as
early as possible in the spring term of the same academic
year.

Course Descriptions
Communications 150
Basic Communications (F,S) (3,0)
Development of writing and speaking skills, with material
largely related to specific career goals. Extensive practice
in improving English basics, many writing assignments,
and in some cases a spoken presentation.

Communications 152
Report Writing (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Proven English skills.
Researching, organizing and presenting information for
business and technical reports. Attention to graphics,
style and report format. Spoken presentations using
audiovisual aids are required.

Communications 153
Communications and the Arts (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: CMNS 150 or proven English skills.
The use of language in combination with graphic and
other arts. Attention to job-search strategies suitable for
artists and craftspersons.

Communications 154
Communications in Recreation (S) (3,0)
Writing and speech related to Outdoor Recreation Management: reports, memorandums, press releases,
articles and briefs. Spoken presentations are required.

Communications 156
Communications for the Media Resources
Student (S) (3,0)
A continuation of CMNS 150 with emphasis on interviewing techniques in applied situations. The course also
deals with public speaking and group leadership techniques.

Communications 159
Communications for the Legal Secretary
(F,S) (3,0)
Strong emphasis on English basics (grammar, spelling,
punctuation, correct usage), proofreading skills, and
business writing.

Communications 170
Public Speaking (F,S) (3,0)
Researching, organizing and presenting different kinds of
speeches. Attention to voice training, nonverbal communication, and public speaking in various contexts.

Career/Vocational

—

Communications

105

Communications 179
Legal Communications (F) (3,0)

Communications 250
Technical Writing (F,S) (3,0)

Intended primarily for students in the Legal Assistant
Program. Emphasis is on the styles and formats of writing
in law firms, especially letters and contracts. Some
attention as well to English basics.

The basic techniques of technical writing for students from
business or technical backgrounds: extended definition,
process, procedure, description and summary. Intensive
work in descriptive writing and vocabulary usage; examination of actual technical reports; study of the role of technical writers in corporate settings.

Communications 190
Magazine Article Writing (F,S) (3,0)
Researching and writing articles for publication in news
media and magazines. Analysis of magazine readership,
techniques of researching and interviewing, the current
market for articles and development of an effective prose
style. Students write three articles in suitable format and
submit them for publication in established periodicals.

Communications 225
Career Preparation (F,S) (0.75,0)
A compulsory course in the final term of all diploma
programs in the Business Management department, this
is required of all students who intend to graduate that year
in their specialized programs. Students use a seminar/
workshop setting to develop skills to prepare for employment. Students should have completed the required
course in Report Writing before enrolling in this course.

Career/Vocational

106

—

Communications

Communications 280
Marketing Commercial Fiction (F,S) (3,0)
Preparing short stories and novels in commercial genres
such as mysteries, romances, thrillers and science fiction.
Discussion of the market for such fiction in Canada and
the U.S. Students will submit three assignments (such as
three short stories or a novel synopsis and two chapters)
in marketable form. Students should discuss their plans
with the instructor before registering.

Communications 290
Marketing a Non-Fiction Book (S) (3,0)
Planning, organizing, researching and writing a publishable non-fiction book. Survey of potential markets,
development of a detailed outline, and production of a
proposal including a query letter, outline, and sample
chapters to be submitted to an appropriate publisher.
Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering.

Early Childhood Education
Contact Person: Coordinator, 984-4947

Ten Month Certificate Program

Instructional Faculty
R. ANNE, Dip. E.C.E. (Ryerson), Art Therapy (Toronto)
J . CLARK, R.N. (Regina General Hospital), Teaching Dip.
(Sask.)
M. RAWSTHORNE, B.H.E., M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.
L.J. RENNIE B . S c , Dip. E.C.E. (Brigham Young)
E. WORMAN, B.A., Dip. Child Study (Toronto),
There is a growing recognition of the importance of the
early years in the development of children. There is also
an increasing need in our society for child care services,
and for trained staff who can ensure that the children's
needs are met in a variety of programs for preschoolers.
The Early Childhood Education program prepares students for work in these centres.

Career Opportunities
On completion of the 500 hours of work experience
required by the Provincial Child Care Facilities Licensing
Board, graduates of the 10 month program are eligible to
receive the Preschool Supervisor Certificate which
qualifies them to be in charge of a Nursery School or Day
Care Centre for 3-5 year olds. They may also be employed in programs for under threes or children with
special needs. Additional courses, which are needed for
Supervisors in those centres, are provided in the Post
Basic Early Childhood Education programs.
The positions obtained by graduates demand a high
degree of maturity and interpersonal skill in addition to the
ability to plan and implement program activities for young
children.

The Program
Early Childhood Education is a full time 10 month program
beginning in the middle of August. Based on the Competencies in Early Childhood Education developed by the
Ministry of Education, the foundation of the E.C.E.
program lies in the in-depth study of development from
birth to adulthood. The history and current philosophies of
Early Childhood Education are examined. An interrelated
series of courses focus on the care and guidance of the
young child, program planning, and curriculum content.
Other areas of study include health and nutrition, parentteacher relationships and community resources. The first
week of the program consists of an intensive course in
interpersonal skills. Theory and practice are closely
related throughout the program as students spend weekly
periods in a variety of settings under the guidance of

qualified supervisors. Two four week block practicums
are also included.
Courses are presented in a manner which promotes
active participation through labs, practical demonstrations,
reports, group projects, role play, and discussions.
Students are encouraged to explore their values, beliefs,
feelings, and self concepts.

Admission Requirements
Enquiries to the department may be made at any time.
Information meetings for potential applicants are held
early in the year (usually January and April). Following
these meetings applicants are required to attend a group
interview with the Program Coordinator and Instructors.
Further interviews may be held in early August, if spaces
are available.
Candidates should be 19 years of age or older, with
Secondary School Graduation. A year or more of life
experience following high school usually contributes to the
development of the maturity and personal characteristics
which are necessary for success in the program and in
working with young children and their families.
Successful applicants will show evidence of development
of interpersonal and life skills, emotional health, and a
commitment to young children and their families. Related
past work experience and education will be considered.
Adequate writing and academic skills are essential.
Three references are required. Applicants are required to
be functional in the English language, and the department
reserves the right to assess their competence prior to
admission into the program. Applicants are required to
present a medical report on a form supplied by the
College, plus evidence of the absence of active
tuberculosis.

Special Fees and Expenses
The student can expect to spend approximately $400 on
books and supplies. The cost of a First Aid course is
additional. Some extra travel costs for Practicums may be
anticipated.

Graduation Requirements
Attendance: Early Childhood Education courses are
intensive; regular attendance is mandatory.
Provincial certification requires the graduate to hold a
valid First Aid Certificate. The student is responsible for
obtaining this and for presenting ft to the coordinator
before the end of October. The St. John's Emergencylevel Safety Oriented First Aid Certificate or any higher
level is acceptable.

Career/Vocational

— Early Childhood

Education

107

Continuation into the second term of the program is
dependent on the demonstration of an adequate level of
interpersonal, academic and teaching/ guiding skills. C- is
the minimum acceptable grade in all courses.
Graduation from the program requires completion of all
courses in the program with a 2.0 G P A after the first term.
After the first term, practicum course grades must be C or
higher.

Program Content
FIRST TERM
CMNS 150
Education 155
Education 170
Education 171
Education 172
Education 173
Education 174
Education 175
Education 176

Credit Lab
Hours Hours

Basic Communications
Human Growth and Dev. I
Interpersonal Skills
Introduction to E.C.E.
Guiding Young Children I
Curriculum Development I
Health
Observing and Recording
Applied Theory—Practicum I

Career/Vocational

108

— Early Childhood

3
3

The Early Childhood Education "Under Three" Program
and the E.C.E. Special Needs Program are two evening
part-time programs for persons who have already completed a basic program in Early Childhood Education.
Candidates must either hold a Preschool Supervisor
Certificate from the Provincial Child Care Facilities
Licensing Board or be in the process of completing the
required 500 hours work experience.
Completion of the Under Three Program leads to certification by the Licensing Board as an Under Three Supervisor. Completion of the Special Needs Program leads to
Special Needs Certification.
Each of the two programs is made up of seven courses
including two practicums. Courses are scheduled in the
late afternoon and evening to accommodate persons who
are working full-time. Some flexibility is possible in
scheduling the daytime practicum in order to meet the
needs of individual students.
Courses in these two programs are scheduled on a twoyear rotation. Students can begin at any time in the
sequence. A schedule is available on request.
There are three core courses which are part of both
programs. Credit for these courses taken as part of one
program means that the student has credit for part of the
second program as well.

4

6
to CO

Applied Theory—Practicum IV

6
10

1—

THIRD TERM
Education 278

4

3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
3
co| oo

SECOND TERM
Education 254 Theoretical Perspectives
Education 270 Intro, to Working with Families
Education 271 Intro, to Centre Organization
Education 272 Guiding Young Children II
Education 273 Curriculum Development II
Education 274 Nutrition
Education 275 Human Growth and Dev.
Education 276 Applied Theory—Practicum II
Education 277 Applied Theory-Practicum III

3
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
3
18

E.C.E. Post Basic Programs

6
6

Education

Graduates of the Capilano College 10 month Early
Childhood Education program who complete the two Post
Basic Programs are eligible for the College Diploma in
Arts and Science.
For further details and course descriptions, contact the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.

Course Descriptions
Education 155
Human Growth and Development I (F) (3,0)
The first half of a two-part sequence. Course material
spans the period from conception through the preschool
years and examines physical and perceptual development, cognition and language, social and emotional
development. An introductory study of theories, principles
of development, and child study techniques is included.

Education 170
Interpersonal Skills (F) (1.5,0)
An intensive week-long course in which students gain an
understanding of basic communication principles and
techniques. Practice in the application of these skills is
included. Students gain increased self-knowledge,
develop listening skills, and practice sending "I messages"
and giving feedback to group members. An ongoing
assignment is designed to help students monitor their
personal communication skills in practicum, in class and
beyond.

Education 171
Introduction to Early Childhood Education
(F) (1.5,0)
An intensive week-long course which introduces the
student to many aspects of programs for the young child
and the role of the preschool teacher. Course content
includes discussion of philosophy and goals, scheduling,
arranging play spaces, the important role of play, and
knowing children as individuals. Basic play activities are
examined with respect to learning values, equipment,
preparation, and teacher guidance.

Education 172
Guiding Young Children i (F) (1,5,0)
This course develops a theoretical framework of guidance
principles and techniques and examines their application.
It also discusses the significance of routines in the day
care centre program, and describes procedures and
teacher guidance in these situations.

Education 173
Curriculum Development I (F) (1.5,4)
The first of a two part sequence in which curriculum areas
are explored with major focus on creative arts and
language arts. A foundation of theoretical knowledge is
augmented with practical experience, planning, and
presenting activities. The course is closely coordinated
with the concurrent practicum course so that students
have particular children in mind as they plan goals, ageappropriate activities and materials, and teaching strategies. Building a curriculum resource file is a significant
component of this course.

Education 174
Health (F) (1.5,0)
The course is designed to familiarize students with some
of the common childhood illnesses. Particular emphasis
is placed on the management of the young child with a
health problem in a preschool setting. The course also
includes preventive health measures, and the symptoms
of common childhood illnesses and communicable
diseases.

Education 175
Observing and Recording (F) (1.5,0)
A course which develops skill in objectively observing and
recording the behaviour of young children. Weekly
supervised observations form the major part of the
course. Different kinds of observational techniques are
explored. The uses of teacher observations are examined.

Education 176
Applied Theory-Practicum I (F) (3,6)
The first of four practicum courses. In this course the
student spends two mornings per week in a practicum
centre, arranged by the College, working under the
supervision of a qualified supervisor. An instructor also
observes the student working in the centre. Assignments
are integrated with the course work in Education 173.
Students plan, implement, and evaluate activities in
creative and language arts. Classroom discussion once a
week helps the student integrate theory and practice.

Education 254
Theoretical Perspectives (S) (3,0)
An overview of major educational theorists within a
historical perspective, major contemporary issues in
E.C.E., and modern approaches to preschool education in
various countries, including Canada, U.S., Israel, England, Japan and the Soviet Union.

Education 270
Introduction to Working with Families (S) (1.5,0)
This course is designed to develop a beginning understanding of the significance and complexity of an effective
relationship between the preschool teacher and the child's
family. The student is helped to identify needs, feelings,
values, and expectations of parents, to plan for the
introduction of new families to the centre, to clarify roles of
family and staff, to further develop communication skills,
to examine similarities and differences in customs and
values in various ethnic and religious groups, to recognize
personal values, and to identify the essence of a professional relationship with parents.

Career/Vocational

— Early Childhood

Education

109

Education 271
Introduction to Centre Organization (S) (1.5,0)
An introductory look at some of the administrative aspects
of operating a centre for young children. This course
assumes a knowledge of curriculum and daily program
planning, and identifies necessary functions relating
indirectly to children, e.g. handling finances, hiring staff,
leadership and management, cleaning and maintenance,
policies and procedures, etc. The Provincial legislation
regulating child care is examined. Steps to opening a
centre will also be discussed.

Education 272
Guiding Young Children II (S) (1.5,0)
This is a follow up to Education 172 and will extend the
student's repertoire of guidance/teaching techniques. The
focus is on responding to the needs of the individual child
and on fostering prosocial behaviour and a positive self
concept. The student will develop skill in writing behavioural goals, and planning for their achievement. Planning
effectively for the new child in the group is also included.

Education 273
Curriculum Development II (S) (1.5,4)
A continuation of Education 173, the major curriculum
areas focussed on are the sciences, math and music.
The course is closely coordinated with Education 277, and
students will continue to plan activities for presentation in
the practicum centre. The integration of activities from
various curriculum areas into units or theme presentations
is a major part of this course.

Education 274
Nutrition (S) (1.5,0)
An introduction to the basic nutrients and their role in
human physiology, and the special requirements of the
preschool child for optimum health. The second part of
the course deals with the planning and preparation of
foods and snacks for the preschool child, food storage,
and food safety.

Education 275
Human Growth and Development II (S) (1.5,0)
A continuation of Education 155 following the preschooler
through the middle years of childhood, adolescence, and
into adulthood.

Education 276
Applied Theory-Practicum II (S) (3,6)
This is a full time block practicum of four weeks duration.
The student works under the guidance of a qualified
preschool teacher in a centre selected by the College. An
instructor also observes the student at work. Classroom
discussion once a week is focused on integrating theory

Career/Vocational

110

— Early Childhood

Education

and practice. Assignments are designed to extend the
developing skills of activity planning and teaching/guiding
young children.

Education 277
Applied Theory-Practicum III (S) (3,6)
Like Education 176, this course runs concurrently
throughout the term, providing an ongoing practical
experience in implementing curriculum activities (from
Education 273). The student spends two mornings per
week in a centre, supervised as in previous practicum
courses. Weekly classes again provide the link between
theory courses and the practical application of the theory.
Students continue to develop teaching skills.

Education 278
Applied Theory - Practicum IV (SU) (3,6)
This is the final course of the E.C.E. program, taken after
completion of all other courses in the program. The
student consolidates and extends the skills developed
earlier. It is a full day block practicum of four weeks
duration. Weekly classes again link theory to its practical
application. Supervision is as before.

Health and Human Services
Contact People: Margot Rawsthorne, Coordinator,
Office: C119, Phone: 986-1911, local 2201;
Arlene Miller, Receptionist;
Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant, Office: C1, Phone:
984-4947

Instructional Faculty
T. ADLER, B.A. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC)
B. BRAND, R.N.
S. ENGELBERT, B.A., R.N.
B. MILLER, R.N.
M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N.
K. TAYLOR, R.N.

LONG TERM CARE AIDE PROGRAM
Four Month Certificate Program

Career Opportunities
The proportion of elderly in the population is ever-growing;
services to the handicapped are increasing. Consequently, there is a steady demand for qualified men and
women to work full-time or part-time in this field.
Graduates of the full-time program qualify to work with
long term care clients in a variety of settings:
1. Group homes for physically handicapped adults
2. Personal care residences
3. Intermediate care residences
4. Extended care facilities

The Program
Capilano College offers a four month full-time certificate
program recognized throughout British Columbia. This
program is designed to provide students with the opportunity to qualify to work with long term care clients in a
variety of settings.
Two programs a year are offered: September to December, and January to April. Applications are considered in
October for the January Program and in April for the
September Program.
All students who are interested in the Long Term Care
Aide program must attend an Information Meeting. This
meeting takes place in October for the January program,
and in April for the September program.

Admission Requirements
1. Desire to work with people requiring long term care.
2. Good physical and mental health (a Medical Certificate
and T.B. test are necessary).
3. Grade 10 English or equivalent. (Applicants may be
required to complete a reading comprehension test).
4. Minimum age 19.
5. Current First Aid and CPR Certificates.

Graduation Requirements
Attendance: The four month Long Term Care Aide
program is intensive - regular attendance is mandatory.
LTCA students must obtain a minimum of B- in LTCA 003,
a credit in LTCA 004 and must possess SOFA and C P R
certificates on the date of graduation to obtain the Long
Term Care Aide Certificate.

Fees and Expenses
LTCA 003
Tuition = $440.00 (in 1988)
Uniform & shoes = $80.00 approximately
LTCA 004
Text & Student Handbook = $70.00
Other equipment = $55.00
Financial Aid is available to eligible students.

Awards and Scholarships
The LTCA program offers the Rosalind Brossard
Scholarship.

Program Content
LTCA 003
LTCA 004

Long Term Care Aide Theory
Long Term Care Aide Practicum

PART-TIME EVENING PROGRAMS
1. Food Service Workers Program
The Food Service Workers Program, an upgrading
evening program, is open to all food service employees
involved in institutional food preparation and service. It is
designed to help employees who do not have formal
training in the food service field, and is of particular
interest to those who are employed in Long Term Care
facilities. A Capilano College certificate is given to all
students who complete a course. The Food Service
Workers Program is offered in the Spring term, in March,
April and May.

Admission Requirements
1. Employment as a Food Service Worker.
2. Grade 10 English or equivalent

Special Fees and Expenses
$30.00 approximate fee for following courses:
LTCA 006, LTCA 007, LTCA 008
Note: Each course receives 0.5 credit, and fees are
calculated according to the College Calendar.

Graduation Requirements
Attendance at all classes is mandatory to obtain a certificate for the part-time evening courses.

Career/Vocational

— Health and Human

Services

111

Program Content
LTCA 006

Level I

LTCA 007

Level II

LTCA 008

Level III

Basic nutrition, hygiene and
work simplification
Special diets and portion
control
Communication in the LTC
facility

2. Working with the Mentally Fragile
This is a series of evening sessions designed for employees and health professionals working with the mentally
fragile in clinical or residential settings. A Capilano
College certificate is given to all students who complete a
course. Offered in the Fall term, in September, October
and November.

1. Employment or interest in working with the mentally
fragile.
2. Grade 10 English or equivalent.

Special Fees and Expenses
$30.00 approximate fee for the following courses:
LTCA 011, LTCA 012, LTCA 013
Note: Each course receives 0.5 credits and fees are
calculated according to the College Calendar.

Graduation Requirements
Attendance at all classes is mandatory to obtain a certific a t e for t h e part-time evening c o u r s e s .

Program Content
Preventative handling of aggression
Managing stress
The confused elderly

Course Descriptions
LTCA 003
LTC Aide Theory (F.S) (15,0)
Effective communication with the long term care client and
members of the health care team. Ethical and professional standards of behaviour. Growth and development
of the long term care client. Need for: Nutrition, Sexuality, Sensory Stimulation, Security/Self-esteem, Protection
and Safety, Rest and Activity, Elimination, Oxygen

LTCA 004
Long Term Care Aide Practice (F,S) (0.0)
Application of knowledge and skills in supervised laboratory and clinical settings.

Career/Vocational

112

— Health and Human

(.5)

1. Basic nutrition
2. Nutritional needs of the elderly (affected by medication,
age)
3. Sanitation - food handling and storage (cleaning and
schedules)
4. Personal hygiene and cleanliness
5. Work simplification (making the job easier)

LTCA 007
Food Service Worker, Level II (S) (.5)
1. Special diets:

Diabetic
Low Salt
Low Fat
Ethnic

2. Portion control

Admission Requirements

LTCA 011
LTCA 012
LTCA 013

LTCA 006
Food Service Worker, Level I (S)

Services

3. The Meaning of Food to Residents

LTCA 008
Food Service Worker, Level III (S) (.5)
1. Myths and realities of aging
2. Effective communications at work
3. Solving problems in communication

LTCA 013
I. The Confused Elderly (F) (.5)
1. The signs of confusion in the elderly client
2. Causes of temporary confusion and the causes of
permanent confusion
3. The point of view of the confused elderly person
4. Possible behaviours of the confused elderly and their
meaning
5. Effective ways of responding to the confused elderly in
providing care and managing their behaviour

LTCA 011
II. Preventing and Handling Aggressive
Behaviour (F) (.5)
1. The basic principles of behaviour
2. Disturbing and aggressive behaviours of elderly clients
3. The thoughts, feelings, and conditions giving rise to
disturbing and aggressive behaviours
4. Specific strategies for interventions to prevent and/or
handle disturbing and aggressive behaviour

LTCA 012(F) (.5)
III. Managing Stress and Burn-out on the Job
1. The signs and causes of stress and burn-out on the job
2. Self-perceptions as care-givers
3. Develop a personal strategy for dealing with the factors
giving rise to stress so as to prevent burn-out

Landscape Horticulture
Contact People: L. KOSKITALO, Coordinator, B.Sc. (U.
of M.), Ph.D. (UBC), 986-1911, local 2213
R. WELSH, Instructor, Dip. Tech. (B.C.I.T), 986-1911,
local 2215
J . WEISS, Divisional Assistant, 986-1911, local 2208, or
984-4947

3. The minimum educational prerequisite is grade 10,
with grade 12 preferred. Students not proficient in basic
mathematics may be required to take a math upgrading
course.

One Year Certificate Program

Due to the popular nature of the program, and its limited
enrollment, prospective students are advised to contact
the Horticulture Department preferably by mid-May and
not later than August 15th.

Career Opportunities
Graduates of the Applied Landscape/Horticulture program
may find employment in many areas of horticulture
including: municipal parks, golf courses, residential and
commercial landscape installation and/or maintenance;
garden centre sales, nursery and greenhouse operations.

The Program
The objective of the Applied Landscape/Horticulture
program is to provide individuals with the basic skills and
knowledge prerequisite to beginning a career in landscaping or landscape related industries.
This full-time 8 month certificate program integrates
horticultural theory with practice; the first term emphasizing theory and the second term practical applications.
The main areas of study include:
- plant materials
- soils and plant nutrition
- pest management
- drainage and irrigation
- basics of landscape design
- equipment maintenance and operation
- grounds maintenance
- landscape installation
- greenhouse and nursery production
- business practices

- turf grass management
Students will be given instruction to aid in successfully
completing the B.C. Ministry of Environment certification
examinations in pesticide dispensing and landscape and
grounds or greenhouse/nursery applications.

4. Applicants should be in reasonable health and physical
condition.

Special Fees and Expenses
In addition to the program tuition, students will incur
further expenses of approximately $400.00 for books,
personal work gear and equipment, certification fees,
conference and membership fees.

Graduation Requirements
Due to the intense nature of the program, regular attendance is crucial. Students are expected to attend and
participate in all classes and program activities. Students
with poor attendance may be required to withdraw.
Participation in all field trips, including the 3-day orientation field trip, is compulsory.
Students must attain a minimum aggregate G.P.A. of 2.3,
must possess a valid B.C. pesticide dispenser or acceptable applicator certificate, and attain a minimum 60%
standing in plant materials to successfully complete the
program.

Awards and Scholarships
The Applied Horticulture Award for $500.00 is presented
at the beginning of the second term. Applications for this
award will be received in mid-December, the award being
based upon:
- first term marks
- program participation
- financial need

Students are also given basic first aid instruction in order
to obtain the Workers' Compensation Board Survival First
Aid Certificate.

Admission Requirements:
1. All prospective students are required to attend a
student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the
program. Interviews are held in mid-May and August.
2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and should
have a genuine interest and desire for commencing or
continuing a career in horticulture.

Career/Vocational

— Landscape

Horticulture

113

Legal Assistant Program
Contact Person: Martha Mackay
Office Number H502, Phone 986-1911, local 2726

Two Year Associate In Arts and Science
Diploma

Instructional Faculty
L. BAKER, B.A., LL.B (UBC) Teaching Cert. (SFU)
V. COCHRAN, LL.B. (UBC)
A. DUMOULIN, B.A., LL.B. (UBC)
J. FAIRLIE, B.A., L L B . (UBC)
D. PHILLIPS
G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard
Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist
Support Staff
M. HENDERSON, Divisional Assistant
M. MACKAY, Program Secretary
A legal assistant, while working under the supervision of a
lawyer, is capable of originating work and making decisions. This person has knowledge of both procedural and
substantive law. Some examples of work functions are:
interviewing clients; drafting pleadings, wills, probate,
conveyancing and corporate documents; legal research;
file management; assisting in trial preparation.

Career Opportunities
Graduates of the program will find challenging careers
working as legal assistants in law offices, government
agencies, and corporate legal departments.
In twelve years of operation, approximately 85% of Legal
Assistant graduates have become employed within six
months of graduation.

The Program
Upon completion of the two year program, students must
complete a six month practicum under the supervision of
a lawyer. Students are paid during this practicum by their
employer.
At the end of a successful practicum, the student is
eligible for graduation. Faculty work closely with students
and with the legal community to ensure successful
practicum placements.
Faculty maintain close contacts with the legal community,
and several faculty members are practising lawyers. As
well, support is provided by an external Advisory Committee, which provides information on recent developments in
the legal community, and offers advice on topics ranging
from curriculum changes to job placement of graduates.
Members of the Advisory Committee include representa-

Career/Vocational

114

— Legal Assistant

Program

tives from the Law Society of British Columbia, the
Canadian Bar Association, private law firms, a government agency, and crown corporations.

Admissions Requirements
Prospective applicants may apply by telephoning 9861911, local 2726. All names will be recorded and applicants will receive an invitation to an information meeting,
and a formal admission procedures outline.
All applicants will be required to have a personal interview. Admission to the program is based on an interest in
law, maturity, educational and/or work background, and
commitment to the Legal Assistant Program.
There are 35 seats available in the Legal Assistant
Program. Interviews are conducted until the program is
full, and are normally held each year from February
through May.

Special Fees and Expenses
The student can expect to spend approximately $500.00
per year on books and photocopying expenses. Since
regular use of a law library is necessary for research
purposes, students should include necessary transportation expenses. Financial assistance may be available in
the form of student loans and bursaries. Information on
these is available at the Registrar's office.

Graduation Requirements
Regular attendance is necessary. Students must successfully complete all Legal Assistant courses offered
(67.5 credits). Students must also complete 3 credits of
University Transfer 100 level courses and 3 credits of
basic computer training at the post-secondary level.
These courses may be completed at any accredited postsecondary institution.
In addition all students must complete a 6 month practicum, and receive a "Pass" grade prior to graduation.

Program Content

Credit
Hours

Legal Assistant Courses:
University Transfer:
Computer Course :

67.5
3.0
3.0
73.5

FIRST TERM
LGAS 150 Intro to Study of Law
LGAS 162 Litigation Procedures I
LGAS 170 Legal Research
LGAS 176 Legal Office Procedures
LGAS 252 Torts I

3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
15.0

SECOND TERM
LGAS 152
LitigationProc.il
LGAS 156
Introduction to Evidence
LGAS 157 Wills & Probate
LGAS 254 Torts II
LGAS 255 Real Property
LGAS 268 Criminal Law
CMNS 179 Communications
THIRD TERM
LGAS 172 Legal Writing I
LGAS 179
Legal Interviewing
LGAS 180 Contracts I
LGAS 256
Family Law
LGAS 271
Administrative Law
FOURTH TERM
LGAS 153 Corporate Procedures
LGAS 174 Legal Writing II
LGAS 181
Contracts II
LGAS 253 Company Law
LGAS 262
Lit. Procedures III

LGAS 199

Career Practicum
Total Credits:

Academic Transfer:
Computer Course:
Diploma Requirement:

1.5
1.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
18.0
3.0
3D
3.0
3.0
3.0
15.0
4.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
16.5
3.0
67.5
3.0
3.0
73.5

LEGAL ASSISTANT PART-TIME
OPTION
This is a part-time evening program designed for students
with at least two years legal experience, who are presently working in a law office.
Those without a legal background may be admitted to a
particular course after consultation with the coordinator.
The Legal Assistant Part-time Option courses start in
September, January, and May. Contact the Legal
Assistant Program area at 986-1911, local 2726 for
registration deadline information.

Certificate Requirements
In order to attain the Legal Assistant Part-time Option
Certificate students must successfully complete 39
credits. Thirty-three of these credits must be chosen from
substantive Legal Assistant Courses.
Students must also complete six credits of University
Transfer courses at a 100 level or college Communications courses.

Courses
LGAS 150
LGAS 151
LGAS 170
LGAS 172
LGAS 180
LGAS 181
LGAS 182
LGAS 252
LGAS 253
LGAS 254
LGAS 255
LGAS 256
LGAS 268
LGAS 271

Introduction to Study of Law
Evidence
Legal Research
Legal Drafting
Contracts I
Contracts II
Creditors' Remedies
Torts I
Company Law
Torts II
Real Property
Family Law
Criminal Law
Administrative Law

Course Descriptions
L G A S 150
Introduction to the S t u d y of L a w (F) (3,0)

Introduction to legal concepts and legal reasoning. The
course will cover the historical development of legal
institutions and the principles of common law and equity,
the interpretation of statutes, and an analysis of the
system; its strengths and weaknesses.
Transferable to SFU.
L G A S 151
E v i d e n c e (S) (3,0)

An introduction to the law of evidence. Although some
statutes will be considered, emphasis will be on case law
and current developments in the law.
L G A S 152
Litigation P r o c e d u r e s II (S) (1.5,0)

Prerequisite:

LGAS 162

This course is designed for legal assistants assisting in a
litigation practice. Supreme Court Rules will be studied in
detail from the beginning of a process to trial.
L G A S 153
B a s i c C o r p o r a t e P r o c e d u r e s (F) (4.5,0)

An examination of the B.C. Company Act and the various
documents required to incorporate a company and attend
to routine filings and resolutions. Records office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates
and registrations will also be covered. Differences
between reporting and non-reporting companies will be
studied. Procedures relating to the listing and trading of
securities are also examined.

Career/Vocational

— Legal Assistant

Program

115

LGAS 156
Introduction to Evidence (S) (1.5,0)
This course is an introduction to the law of evidence
including relevancy, materiality, admissibility, opinion
evidence, etc.

LGAS 157
Wills & Probate Procedures (S) (3,0)
An examination of the Wills Act, the Administration Act,
and Wills Variation Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate and Letters of
Administration. Students will also learn how to deal with
assets after Letters Probate or Administration have been
obtained.

Introduction to procedures in County and Supreme Courts
of B.C. The course will cover procedures in pre-trial
preparation of documents, the use of precedents in
County and Supreme Courts.

LGAS 170
Legal Research (F,S,SU) (3,0)
Provides the student with the techniques and methodology of legal research and will include functions such as
reading briefs and legal documents; using encyclopedia,
annotated reports, law reviews, case comments; locating
decisions and preparing memoranda of law.

LGAS 172
Legal Writing I (F,S) (3,0)

LGAS 174
Legal Writing II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: LGAS 172
A continuation of the work begun in LGAS 172; students
will draft more complex documentation.

LGAS 176
Legal Office Procedures (F) (3,0)
Practical information about the organization of legal
offices. Instruction in timekeeping, filing and communications systems, use of data processing equipment in law
offices, ethical responsibility of legal assistants and legal
terminology will be covered.

LGAS 179
Legal Interviewing (F) (3,0)
This course will give an understanding of the role of the

116

The objective of this course is to give the students a
general understanding of the fundamental principles of
contract law, including offer and acceptance, certainty,
intention, consideration, privity capacity and public policy.

LGAS 181
Contracts II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: LGAS 180

LGAS 182
Creditors' Remedies (F) (3,0)
Discussion of the principles, practice and information
gathering procedures necessary to realize on judgments,
including: Mareva Injunction, Writs of Execution, Garnishee Proceedings, Fraudulent Conveyances and
Preferences, and Builder's Liens. The case method will
be used and students are expected to be familiar with the
documentation used in the above process.

LGAS 199
Career Practicum (F,S,SU) (3,1)
Prerequisite: 3.0 Cumulative G P A

Course work includes drafting of agreements, statements
of claim and defences, letters and memos, and a study of
the rules of statutory interpretation. Emphasis will be
placed on developing different writing styles, rather than
obtaining a detailed knowledge of specific areas of law.

— Legal Assistant

LGAS 180
Contracts I (F) (3,0)

This course is a continuation of LGAS 180; Topics include
frustration, breach, misrepresentation, mistake, and
remedies..

LGAS 162
Litigation Procedures I (F) (3,0)

Career/Vocational

legal assistant and of the process of legal interviewing.
Students will acquire skills in conducting various types of
interviews.

Program

This is the work portion of the Career Practicum and
consists of six months in a law firm. This course includes
classroom seminars and instructor/student consultations.
Students will be assisted by the instructor in finding a
practicum, but it is the student's responsibility to obtain a
practicum position. This practicum must be commenced
within 2 years of completing the Legal Assistant course
requirements.

LGAS 252
Torts I (F,S) (3,0)
An introductory study of "torts" - the protection of personal
interest from interference and the way in which the courts
meet this need in a changing society. Principal topics to
be studied are the law of negligence, including duty,
standard of care, causality, remoteness of damages,
defences, and quantum of damages.

LGAS 253
Company Law (S) (3,0)
The law relating to business associations. Rights and
duties of officers, directors, and shareholders are examined as well as an analysis of provincial securities practice.

L G A S 254

L G A S 262

T o r t s l l (S)(3,0)

Prerequisite:

Litigation P r o c e d u r e s III (S)

LGAS 252

Prerequisites:

This is a continuation of LGAS 252. Intentional torts are
studied, including false imprisonment and assault and
battery. As well, nuisance, defamation, and recovery of
pure economic loss are analyzed.

LGAS 152 and 162

This course covers divorce, Family Relations Act, and
small claims procedures.
L G A S 268
C r i m i n a l Law (S)

L G A S 255
Real Property (F,S)

(3,0)

A review of the common law relating to real property as
modified by legislation will be studied in this course using
the case analysis method.
L G A S 256
F a m i l y Law (F,S)

(3,0)

Law and the family: marriage and its dissolution; rights
and duties of spouses and parents; custody; access,
guardianship, adoption; the role of Family Court, and
human resource agencies will be covered. Legislation in
this area will be examined with special emphasis on the
Divorce Act and the Family Relations Act.

(3,0)

(3,0)

Substantive elements of selected criminal offences and
consideration of the defences of lack of specific intent,
mistake of fact, automatism, provocation, self-defense,
and insanity. The effect of the Charter of Rights on rights
of the accused will also be studied. This course will
receive 3 general elective credits at SFU.
L G A S 271
Administrative L a w (F,S)

(3,0)

The law relating to administrative tribunals in Canada.
The rules of natural justice and fairness will be examined
as well as judicial review of decisions and administrative
tribunals. Emphasis will be on provincial administrative
tribunals and the effect of the Charter of Rights in this
area.

Career/Vocational

— Legal Assistant

Program

117

Media Resources
Contact Person: Anne Morley, Coordinator, Phone 9861911, local 2134, or call 984-4940

Two Year Associate In Arts and Science
Diploma

Instructional Faculty
J.V. BIZZOCCHI, B.A. (Michigan), Teaching Cert. (Sec.)
(Michigan)
G. BLITSTEIN, A.S.P. (Brooks Institute)
T P . KELLINGTON, A.A.S., Media Spec. Cert. (Capilano)
A. MORLEY, B.A., Dip. Ed. (London U.) A.A.S., Media
Spec. Cert. (Capilano)
B. REID, B.A. (Alta.)
S. ROGERS, B.A. (Ryerson)
C. SMITH, M.F.A. (Maryland)
P. THOMPSON, B.A. (Stanford), M.Ed., Teaching Cert.
(Minnesota)
In recent years there has been an increasing awareness
of the importance of the media in communications,
industry and education. Consequently there is a growing
market for personnel with the appropriate training and
attitude for work in these fields.

Career Opportunities
In 16 years of operation, approximately 80% of the Media
Resources graduates have become employed in related
fields within six months of graduation. Our graduates are
currently working in a variety of settings as media producers and A/V directors for a variety of educational institutions, private companies, and other organizations;
production and administration staff; news and film editors;
and freelance producers.

FILM, PHOTOGRAPHY, VIDEO, AUDIO and COMPUTERS are vital components of the media mix used in all
levels of educational and instructional communication.
The Media Resources Program is a two-year program
training students for current and developing applications
of media technologies. In areas of education, commercial
and community media, there is an increasing readiness to
use new techniques to foster learning, growth, and social
interaction. Capilano College's Media Resources Program prepares students for work and leadership in this
growing media resources field.
The core of the program is production training. Students
are taught standards of excellence and effectiveness in all
forms of educational production work. Basic technical
skills are taught in all media areas, and a large number of

118

The program involves more than technical skills. Courses
also develop knowledge and skills in communication,
learning theory, instructional design, the uses of media in
education, the maintenance and purchasing of equipment,
and resources distribution.
The program's instructional design reflects its practical
goals. Workshop methods, hands-on training and field
trips are used throughout the program.
The College's training facilities are equipped with a broad
variety of standard audiovisual equipment. This ensures
that students are ready to do quality work with the types of
equipment presently used in educational instruction,
training, and community facilities.

Admission Requirements
The Media Resources Program consists of four terms of
study. New students are admitted each September in a
class of 28.
Persons over 18 years of age or with secondary school
graduation are eligible for admission to the College and
this program. Application forms are available from the
department and at Information Meetings held between
November and April.
Applicants will be contacted for an interview in the
January-May period and, if there are places available, in
August. Interviews are conducted until the class is filled.
Admission is based on general ability, interest in media,
noteworthy experience, previous work, education, and
commitment to the Media Resources Program.

Special Fees and Expenses

The Program

Career/Vocational

projects are completed by students during their training.
In this way students are prepared for a wide range of
practical work possibilities, rather than simply a proficiency in theory.

— Media

Resources

Students may expect to pay approximately $1500.00 for
materials and textbooks during the two-year program.

Graduation Requirements
In order to graduate from the Media Resources Program
the student must successfully complete all the component
courses.

Program Content

Credit
Hours

Studio/
Lab Hrs

_6
72

60
_0
60

3
3
3
3
1.5
3
1.5
3
21.0

15

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements

FIRST TERM
CMNS 150 Basic Communications
Media 152 Graphics- Media Specialist
Media 181 Basic Audio Production
Media 183 Photographic Production
Media 189 Research Methods
Media 190 Instructional Design
Media 191 Media Selection & Utilization
Media 195 Applications of Photography

SECOND TERM
Media 153 Film Animation
Media 171 Small Format Television
Media 172 Video Technology I
Media 173 Ed. Media Applications:
Audio
Media 182 Advanced Audio Production
Media 185 Advanced Photography
Media 186 Computers in Media Prod.

3
3
1.5
3
3
3
3
19.5

THIRD TERM
Media 253 Filmmaking Prod. Techniques 3
Media 260 Slide/Tape Production
3
Media 271
Educational T V . Systems
3
Media 272 Video Technology II
1.5
Media 295 Visual Concepts- Filmmaking 3
Media 296 Educational Media
Applications: Slide/Tape
3
Media 297 Ed. Media Applications: TV 3
19.5

3
3
3
3
3
3

6
3

6
3
18

6
3
6

15

FOURTH TERM
CMNS 156 Communications for the
Media Resources Student 3
Media 263 Production Resources
Media 303 Media Specialist in Education 1.5
and Training
1.5
Media 304 Educational Media
Applications: Computers
Media 307 Computer Systems for
Media Technologist
_3
12

12

TOTAL

60

72

PART-TIME COURSES
Media 055 Basic T.V. Studio Operation 1.5
Media 065 Media Studies
Media 071
Basic Photography - Open Lab
Media 072 Basic Photography
3
Media 073 Advanced Photography
3
Media 074 Basic Filmmaking - Open Lab
Media 075 Basic Filmmaking
3
Media 090 Independent Production and
Portfolio Presentation
1.5
Media 092 Computers in Media
- Desktop Publishing
3
Media 093 Computers in Media
- Desktop Presentation
1.5

6
6

Career/Vocational

— Media

Resources

119

Music
Instructional Faculty

Special Fees and Expenses

P. AVERY, B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto)
G. ALCOCK, A.R.C.T. (Toronto)
F. ARDIEL, B.A. (SFU)
K. ARMSTRONG, A.R.C.M. (Royal College of Music,
London)
H. BASHAW, B.Mus., M.Mus., (UBC)
J . BECKOW
N. BOHNA, Dip. (Capilano), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC)
S. BOSWELL
D. BRANTER, B.Mus., M.Mus. (Indiana)
D. BROWN
K. BURKE, B.A. (Antioch), Dip. M.T. (Capilano), M.T.A.
K. CARWANA
K. CERNAUSKAS, Dip. (Salzburg), B.Mus. (Toronto)
D. CLARK
R. DOYLE
D. DURSTLING, Dip. M.T. (Capilano)
L. FALLS, A.R.C.T. (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC)
S. GUNN
R. GURR
A. HARLOW
C. HANNEY, B.Mus. (UBC)
T. HAZLITT, A.R.C.T. (Toronto)
L. KAARIO, B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. (W.Wash.)
S. KING, B.Mus. (UBC)
K. KOBYLANSKY, Dip. (Ryerson), Dip. (Tchaikovsky
Conservatory, Kiev), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC)
I. KUKURUDZA
R. MAROIS, B.Mus. (LAVAL)
A. MCINTYRE, B.Mus. (UBC)
N. MCMASTER, B.A. (UBC), Dip. M.T. (Nordoff & Robbins), M.T.A. Coordinator
J . MEYER, B.Ed., M.Ed. (UBC)
E. MOFFITT, B.Mus. (McGill), Dip. Music Therapy
(Capilano), M.T.A.
K. MOORE, B.Mus. (UBC)
E. OSADCHY, Dip. (Tchaikovsky Conservatory, Kiev)
M. REVELEY, B.Mus. (UBC), Coordinator
J . SIMPSON, B.Mus., M.A. (UBC), Coordinator
F. STRIDE, B.Mus. (UBC), Dick Grove School of Music
V. WATERS, Dip. (Philadelphia), (Julliard)
J . WHITING, L.T.C.L./F.T.C.L. (Trinity)
A. WOLD, B.Mus. (UBC), A.R.C.T. (Toronto)
S. WOODYARD, B.Mus. (Victoria)
R. WORST

The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be
announced at least one month prior to the beginning of
the fall term. In 1988/89 the fees were $270.00/term.

General Information
Capilano College offers three Music programs: Commercial Music, Music Therapy and the Bachelor of Music
Transfer Program. Most courses are open to part-time
students.

Career/Vocational

120

— Music

COMMERCIAL MUSIC PROGRAM
Contact Person: Mike Reveley, Coordinator, Office
H115, Phone 986-1911 or 984-4951.

Two Year Associate In Arts and Science
Diploma
This program offers aspiring jazz/commercial musicians
and vocalists an in-depth grounding in their field. To
ensure a practical education, the program offers a choice
of specialized areas of study. Two-year Associate in Arts
and Science Diplomas are offered with options in Instrumental Performance, Vocal Performance, Arranging/
Composition and General Music.
As recording experience has become an essential part of
today's musical training, the Commercial Music Program
has now integrated multi-track recording into the curriculum. Vocal, instrumental, and arranging/composition
students all make extensive use of our multi-track facilities. Composition and arranging students will work with
electronic instruments in our Midi Studio.
A computer lab is available to students for supplemental
help in ear training, sight reading, and other basic music
skills.

Career Opportunities
The role of the Commercial Music Program is to provide
its students with the skills necessary to develop careers
as self-employed professionals in the contemporary music
industry.

University Transfer
It is not the primary intention of the Commercial Music
Program to provide transferability towards a university
degree. However, selected courses can be transferred
and students of the program have gone on to gain
university degrees in music from other institutions.
Students with degrees in traditional music have found our
program beneficial in developing their abilities in jazz and
popular music.

Admission Requirements
Entering students are expected to demonstrate knowledge of the rudiments of music and a level of performance
on their major instrument that is acceptable to the faculty.

Admissions Procedure
All full-time applicants must:
1. Comply with the general admission requirements of
Capilano College
2. Participate in an interview with the music coordinator or
a program instructor.
3. Write a theory placement test.
4. Play an audition on their major instrument
Auditions involve the presentation of two contrasting (in
tempo and style) prepared pieces and the demonstration
of technical (e.g. scales, arpeggios) and sight reading
abilities.
Returning students may pre-register during the month of
April. Returning or new full-time students who have been
accepted may register during May and August. Part-time
students may enroll during in-person registration.
Interviews, auditions and placement tests are held in May
and August. Please phone 986-1911 or 984-4951 for an
audition and interview appointment.

Graduation Requirements
Students must complete all courses outlined under
"Program Content" to receive an Associate in Arts and
Science Diploma. These include all of the core curriculum
courses plus twelve elective credits selected from the
Commercial Music Options.
Upon the demonstration of a sufficient piano level
(Toronto Conservatory Grade VII or equivalent) a student
may be given a course exemption from class piano.

Scholarships
The Commercial Music Program offers a scholarship of
$200 to the returning full-time student who has achieved
the highest grade point average.

Program Content

C r e d i t

Hours
FIRST TERM
Music 114 Class Piano
ENS
1st term level
Music 184 Sight/Ear
PMI
100 level
Music 103 Comm. Harmony I
Music 170
History Jazz
Music
Major Elective

1
1
3
2
2
1.5
3
13.5

SECOND TERM
Music 115 Class Piano
ENS
2nd term level
Music 185 Sight/Ear
PMI
200 level
Music 104 Comm. Harmony II
Music 105 Orchestration I
Music
Major Electives
THIRD TERM
Music 214 Class Piano
ENS
3rd term level
Music 284 Sight/Ear
PMI
300 level
Music 203 Comm. Harmony III
Music 171
History of Pop
Music
Major Electives
FOURTH TERM
Music 215 Class Piano
ENS
4th term level
Music 285 Sight/Ear
PMI
400 level.
Music 204 Comm. Harmony IV
Music 260
Comm. Relations
Music
Major Electives

1
1
3
2
1.5
1.5
_3
13
1
1
3
2
1.5
1.5
_3
13
1
1
3
2
1.5
1.5
_3
13

C O M M E R C I A L MUSIC OPTIONS
Instrumental Performance Electives

FIRST TERM
Music 194 Repertoire I
Music 180
Improvisation I

3
1.5

SECOND TERM
Music 195
Repertoire II
Music 181
Improvisation II

3
1.5

THIRD TERM
Music 294
Repertoire III
Music 280
Improvisation III

3
1.5

FOURTH TERM
Music 295
Repertoire IV
Music 281
Improvisation IV Grad Recital

3
1.5

Vocal Performance Electives

FIRST TERM
Music 134

Vocal Rep

3

SECOND TERM
Music 135

Vocal Rep

3

Vocal Rep

3

THIRD TERM
Music 234

FOURTH TERM
Music 235 Vocal Rep

3
Career/Vocational

— Music

121

Arranging/Composition Electives

Students entering in composition must have a working
knowledge of diatonic harmony.

SECOND TERM
Music 107 Composition I
Music 172 Arranging I

1.5
1.5

Students entering in voice or instruments other than piano
must have a performance level acceptable to the faculty.

THIRD TERM
Music 206
Composition II
Music 272 Arranging II
Music 205 Orchestration II
Music 209
Intro to Midi

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

Admissions Procedure

FOURTH TERM
Music 273 Arranging/Composition III 3
Music 270
Song Writing

1.5

BACHELOR OF MUSIC
TRANSFER PROGRAM
Contact Person: Joyce Simpson, Coordinator, Office
H119, Phone 984-4951 or 986-1911

Two Year Associate In Arts and Science
Diploma and Transferability to Third Year
University

Career Opportunities

All applicants must:
1. Comply with the general admission requirements of
Capilano College.
2. Participate in a private interview with the music
coordinator or a program instructor.
3. Write a theory placement test.
4. Play an audition on their major instrument: this will
consist of two contrasting pieces, technique, and sight
reading.
5. Take an English Placement Test.
Auditions will involve the presentation of two contrasting
prepared pieces and a demonstration of the student's
instrumental technique and sightreading ability.
Returning students may pre-register during the month of
April. New students demonstrating sufficient instrumental
and/or theoretical accomplishment in their placement test
may preregister during May and August to ensure their
enrollment. Students may register during in-person
registration.

- Private Music Teacher - with the completion of the 2
year diploma program
-1 st two years toward a Music degree leading to a career
in Music Education or Performance

All interviews, auditions, and placement tests are held in
May and August. Early application is advised.

University Transfer

The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be
announced at least one month prior to the beginning of
the fall term. In 1988/89 the fees were $270.00Aerm.

Capilano College offers the first two years of a Bachelor of
Music Degree. All courses in the Bachelor of Music
Transfer Program are transferable to the Music Department at the University of British Columbia and the Faculty
of Music at the University of Victoria. Students wishing to
transfer to the Faculty of Arts at UBC, SFU, or UVic with a
major in music may take Music 100/101,120/121 in their
first year, and Music 200/201, 220/221 in their second
year. Our students have also received transfer credit from
the following universities: Alberta, Western Ontario,
McGill, and Western Washington.

Admission Requirements
Entering students should have a basic knowledge of
music rudiments (approximately at the level of Toronto
Conservatory Rudiments II).
Students entering on piano must be at a grade ten level
(Toronto Conservatory). Piano students who require a
qualifying term may enroll in other courses.

Career/Vocational

122

—

Music

Special Fees and Expenses

A deposit of $40.00 of the P.M.I, fees must be paid by the
end of the Registration period in order to take P.M.I. No
late registration is allowed.

Graduation Requirements
The complete program requirements must be successfully
completed to receive an Associate in Arts and Science
Diploma.

Scholarships
The department offers two entrance scholarships of $200
each, and one second year $200 scholarship.

Program Content
Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
FIRST TERM
ENS 100 or 110
PM1100 Level
Music 100
Music 112
Music 114
Music 120
Music 360*
English 100 or 102
SECOND TERM
Ensemble 150 or 160
PMI 200
Music 101
Music 113
Music 115
Music 121
Music 361*
English 103 or 104 or 105 or 106
THIRD TERM
Ensemble 200 or 210
PMI 300 Level
Music 200
Music 212
Music 214
Music 110 or 210*
Music 220
English 200 or 212
FOURTH TERM
Ensemble 250 or 260
PMI 400 Level
Music 201
Music 213
Music 215
Music 111 or 211*
Music 221
English 201 or 213

Credit
Hours

Lab
Hours

44
24
68

4

1
2
3
1.5
1
3
1.5
3
16
1
2
3
1.5
1
3
1.5
3
16
1
2
3
1.5
1
1.5
3
3
16
1
2
3
1.5
1
1.5
3
3
16

"Students may substitute six credits of Arts electives for
Mus 360/361, and 110/111 or 210/211 if their goal is
General Music Studies.
* Students may, with the permission of the coordinator,
substitute Stage Band, Ens 135/185, 235/285 for Mus
360/361 and 110/111 or 210/211. Such students will
require 62 credits for graduation.

4

1
2

~3

1
2

"3

MUSIC THERAPY PROGRAM
Contact Person: Nancy McMaster, Coordinator, Office
No. H117, Phone: (604)984-4951

Two Year Associate In Arts and Science
Diploma
Music Therapists use the creative process inherent in
musical participation to assist individuals and groups to
improve their mental, physical and emotional functioning.
Music therapists work with deep emotions in special
therapeutic programs, run exercise and dance programs,
lead choirs, instrumental ensembles and music appreciation groups as they contribute to therapeutic goals. Music
Therapy is increasingly being identified by health care
professionals as an unusually effective catalyst for client
motivation, stimulation and communication.

Career Opportunities
Graduates of the program work with all age groups, with a
wide range of physiological, cognitive and emotional
disorders, in a variety of clinical settings or in private
practice. They are trained to work as part of a health care
team.

The Program
1
2

~3

1
2

~3

Capilano offers a two year diploma program in Music
Therapy. This program is designed to provide students
with the opportunity to gain knowledge and develop
competencies in such areas as clinical disorders; assessment, planning and intervention; improvisation and music
of many eras and cultures; interpersonal skills and group
dynamics; basic research, documentation and presentation of music therapy.
The program blends academic and experiential course
work. Students deepen their experience of music,
creative expression and the role of the arts. They are
encouraged to explore their values, beliefs, feelings and
communication patterns, to increase their effectiveness in
the field. They have practicums with a different population
for each of the four terms, in which they are given increasing responsibility to design, implement and evaluate their
own treatment programs, under clinical supervision.
This course work fulfills the educational requirements for
professional accreditation by the Canadian Association for
Music Therapy.
A supervised internship is also offered through the
program, following graduation, to fulfill the accreditation
requirement for post-graduate clinical work.

Career/Vocational

— Music

123

Admission Requirements
All students entering the Music Program must:
1. Comply with the general College entrance requirements.
2. Participate in an interview with the Music Therapy
Coordinator. Interviews are held in April and May.
3. Play an audition on his/her concentration instrument,
demonstrating technique, repertoire, and musical sensitivity through two contrasting pieces at a Grade 9 Toronto
Conservatory level, or equivalent.
4. Take a theory placement test and demonstrate a grasp
of tonal harmony. Those with Grade 4 Toronto Conservatory Harmony or equivalent are exempted.
5. Have successfully completed at least two years postsecondary education, including at least one first year (100
level) university course in each of: Introductory Psychology, Music History and English.
6. Have some experience with people with special needs.
7. Be able to demonstrate a high level of maturity,
integrity, and natural interpersonal ease.

Graduation Requirements
Continuation in the program and granting of the Arts and
Science Diploma in Music Therapy will be contingent
upon demonstration of an adequate level of personal,
academic and clinical skills as jointly evaluated each term
by the student, music therapy faculty and field supervisors.

Program Content
Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements
FIRST TERM
MT120
Improvisation I
MT 130
Basic Clinical Skills
MT 150
The Influence of Music
MT 160
Music Therapy I
MT170
Intervention in Child Dev.
MT180
Interpersonal Skills
for Music Therapists
PM1100 Level Private Music Instruction
SECOND TERM
MT161
Music Therapy II
MT 191
Practicum I
MT 264
Clinical Orientation
PMI 200 Level Private Music Instruction
P S Y C 222 Abnormal Psychology

Career/Vocational

124

—

Music

C r e d i t

Hours
65
_6
71
1.5
3
3
3
3
1.5
_2
17
3
6
3
2
_3
17

THIRD TERM
MT 220
Improvisation II
MT 260
Music Therapy III
MT 290
Practicum II
PMI 300 Level Private Music Instruction
PSYC 201 Group Dynamics
Elective
Chosen in consultation with
the Coordinator
FOURTH TERM
MT151
The Influence of Music
MT 250
The Creative Arts
MT 261
Music Therapy IV
MT 262
Principles of Research
MT 291
Practicum III
PMI 400 Level Private Music Instruction
Elective
Chosen in consultation with
the Coordinator

1.5
3
6
2
3
3
18.5
1.5
1.5
3
1.5
6
2
3
18.5

Music Therapy Practicum Placements
CHILDREN
North Vancouver School Board
Oakridge School
UBC Bob Berwick Preschool
PSYCHIATRY
Riverview Hospital
Westside Community Care Team
GERIATRICS
German Canadian Rest Home
UBC Extended Care
PALLIATIVE CARE
Lion's Gate Hospital
Vancouver General Hospital

Course Descriptions
ENS 100 Choir I (F) (1,0)
An exploration through five centuries of choral music from
the Renaissance to the present. Opportunities for singing
without accompaniment (a capella), with piano, with
rhythm section and/or complete symphony orchestra.
Particular attention will be paid to pitch, rhythm, diction
and balance. Performance before an audience will be the
culminating event of the term.

ENS 105 Swing Choir (F) (1,0)
Rehearsal and performance in Capilano College's Jazz
Choir. Students will be auditioned during the first week of
classes. The intent of the class is to build group singing
abilities in such areas as phrasing, blending and intonation. Performances are a mandatory part of the course.

ENS 110 Orchestra 1(F) (1,0)

ENS 235 Stage Band (F) (1,0)

Rehearsal and performance of concert repertoire. String
players will be accepted without audition. Wind players
must contact the Music Department at least one week
before classes commence to arrange for an audition.
Persons winning a position through audition will be
allowed to register.

A continuation of ENS 185.

ENS 120 Guitar/Bass Ensemble I (F) (1,0)

ENS 240 Percussion Ensemble III (F) (1,0)
A continuation of ENS 190.
ENS 250 Choir IV (S) (1,0)
A continuation of ENS 200.
ENS 255 Swing Choir IV (S) (1,0)

Performance in guitar/bass ensemble for the development
of sight reading and phrasing skills. Emphasis will be on
single-note reading in all areas of the neck.

A continuation of ENS 205.

ENS 135 Stage Band (F) (1,0)

A continuation of ENS 210.

ENS 260 Orchestra IV (S) (1,0)

Participation in the Capilano College large Jazz/Rock
Ensemble for development of phrasing and sight reading
skills.

A continuation of ENS 220.

ENS 140 Percussion Ensemble (F) (1,0)

ENS 285 Stage Band (S) (1,0)

An ensemble comprised exclusively of percussion
instruments of both definite and indefinite pitch. Students
will develop their sight reading and interpretive skills.

A continuation of ENS 235.

ENS 150 Choir II (S) (1,0)
A continuation of ENS 100.
ENS 155 Swing Choir II (S) (l,0)
A continuation of ENS 105.
ENS 160 Orchestra II (S) (1,0)
A continuation of ENS 110.
ENS 170 Guitar/Bass Ensemble II (S) (l,0)
A continuation of ENS 120, with more emphasis on
complex rhythms.

ENS 270 Guitar/Bass Ensemble IV (S) (1,0)

ENS 290 Percussion Ensemble IV (S) (1,0)
A continuation of ENS 240.
Music 100 Theory I (F) (3,0)
A study of music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis
on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. Related
concepts of form will be explored. The student will learn
control of chord progression and voice leading. He/she
will be familiarized with figured bass.
Music 101 Theory II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Music 100 or equivalent.

ENS 185 Stage Band (S) (1,0)

A continuation of Music 100 with the introduction of
tonicization, modulation, diatonic sequence, and melodic
and rhythmic figuration.

A continuation of ENS 135.

Music 103 Commercial Harmony I (F) (2,0)

ENS 190 Percussion Ensemble II (S) (l,0)

Prerequisite:

A continuation of ENS 140.

A working knowledge

of music rudiments

(scales, intervals, triads)

A continuation of ENS 155.

A practical look at melodic/harmonic relationships in tonal
music. Includes study of the overtone series, intervals,
scales, modes, chord symbols, diatonic chords, root
motion, Roman numeral analysis, principles of chord
progression, inversions, voice leading, functional harmonic analysis, melodic analysis and chord scales.

ENS 210 Orchestra III (F) (1,0)

Music 104 Commercial Harmony II (S) (1.5,0)

A continuation of ENS 110.

Prerequisite:

ENS 200 Choir III (F) (1,0)
A continuation of ENS 150.
ENS 205 Swing Choir III (F) (1,0)

ENS 220 Guitar/Bass Ensemble III (F) (1,0)
A continuation of ENS 170.

Commercial Harmony I

Continued exploration of chord progression and melody,
including: secondary dominants, and diminished chords,
minor key chord progression, subdominant minor in major
keys, chord scales, mixed mode concepts, pivot chords,
augmented sixths, songforms and turnarounds.

Career/Vocational

— Music

125

Music 105 Orchestration I (S) (1.5,0)

Music 134 Vocal Repertoire I (F) (3,0)

Students will undertake the study of score preparation,
notation, basic musical terms and articulations, and
writing for the rhythm section instruments.

This course is intended to develop vocalists both as
members of small ensembles and soloists. Course
content includes: group instruction in phrasing, interpretation, blend and tuning; style analysis, microphone technique, and development of stage presence; recording
studio labs.

Music 107 Composition I (S) (1.5,0)
Prerequisite: To be taken concurrently with Commercial
Harmony II.
Study includes: the composition of jazz and pop style
melodies on standard chord progressions analysis of jazz
and popular tunes.
Music 110 Class Strings (F) (1.5,0)

Music 135 Vocal Repertoire II (S) (3)
A continuation of Vocal Repertoire I instruction.
Music 170 History of Jazz (F) (1.5,0)

A practical study of the violin family.

A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots
in Africa to the present.

Music 111 Class Strings (S) (1.5,0)

Music 171 History of Popular Music (F) (1.5,0)

A continuation of Music 110.

A survey of popular music styles of the 20th century.

Music 112 Ear Training and Sight Singing I (F)
(1.5,1)

Music 172 Arranging I (S) (1.5,0)

Study of the aural recognition of intervals and chords. The
student will learn to transcribe melodies and rhythms
appropriate to their level, and to sight sing melodies using
Solfege harmonic dictation.
Music 113 Ear Training and Sight Singing II
(S) (1.5,1)
A continuation of Music 112.

Prerequisite: Music 103, to be taken concurrently with
Music 104 and Music 105.
A study of four-part block harmonization arranging
techniques.
Music 180 Improvisation (F) (1.5,1.5)
A course to teach the basics of improvisation on chord
changes. The first term will be devoted to rhythmic
concepts, basic chord-scale relationships and development of technical exercises for basic chord progressions.

Music 114 Piano Class (F) (1,1)
This course is designed for students who wish to learn
basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this
course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical
concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic
triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and
modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material
covered in class. Students practice on the department's
pianos.
Music 115 Piano Class (F) (1,1)

Music 181 Improvisation (S) (1.5,1.5)
A continuation of Music 180. This term will be devoted to
analysis of chord progressions and more advanced chordscale analysis. At the end of this term, students should
have the basic theoretical knowledge necessary to
analyze and learn to improvise on any "standard" jazz
tune.
Music 184 Sightsinging/Ear Training (F) (3,0)
Aural and sight training concentrating on melodic, rhythmic dictation and sightsinging.

A continuation of Music 114. In addition, keyboard
sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced
along with easy original repertoire.

A continuation of Music 184.

Music 120 History I (F) (3,0)

Music 194 Repertoire I (F) (3,3)

A study of musical history from the time of ancient Greece
to Dufay.

For all instruments, requirements include five hours of
rehearsal a week plus a number of performances. The
styles studied are varied and all students must perform a
set number of tunes, take part in recording sessions, and
complete various pertinent assignments.

Music 121 History II (S) (3,0)
A study of music history from Dufay to Monteverdi.

Career/Vocational

126

—- Music

Music 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training (S) (3,0)

Music 195 Repertoire II (S) (3,3)

Music 210 Class Woodwinds (F) (1.5,0)

A continuation of Repertoire I.

A practical study of the woodwind family.

Music 200 Theory III (F) (3,0)

Music 211 Class Woodwinds (F) (1.5,0)

Prerequisite:

A continuation of Music 210.

Music 101 or equivalent.

A study of advanced tonal procedures: review of nonchord tones, mixture, seventh chords, applied V and VII,
diatonic modulation, seventh chords with added dissonance. A detailed study of compound ternary and rondo
forms. Investigation of the fugue.

Music 212 Ear Training and Sight Singing III (F)
(1.5,1)

A continuation of Music 113.

Music 213 Ear Training and Sight Singing (S)

Music 201 Theory IV (S) (3,0)

d-5,1)

Prerequisite:

A continuation of Music 212.

Music 200

A study of chromaticism: the phrygian II, augmented sixth
chords, other chromatic chords, chromatic voice-leading
techniques, chromaticism in larger contexts. A detailed
study of sonata, sonata-rondo, and variation forms.

Music 203 Commercial Harmony III (F) (1.5,0)
Prerequisite:

Music 104 or permission

of the instructor.

Continued exploration of chord progression and melody
including: analysis of popular chord progression, modal
harmony, mixed mode chord progression, augmented 6th
chords, tonicization, chord scales/harmonic extensions,
turn arounds, correction of standard progressions,
reharmonization techniques.

Music 204 Commercial Harmony IV (S) (1.5,0)
Prerequisite:

Music 203

Music 214 Piano Class (F) (1,1)
For students who have taken Music 115 or have had
previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced
to common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as
four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor
scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are
emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight
transfer and their musical application in simple repertoire.
The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at
the keyboard.

Music 215 Piano Class (S) (1,1)
A continuation of Music 214 with increased complexity of
repertoire and technique.

Music 220 History III (F) (3,0)

Continued exploration of chord progression and melody
including: analysis of modern jazz chord progression,
organpoint, equal division of the octave, parallel harmony,
modal jazz chord progression, 70s jazz theory of modal
areas, modern voicing techniques.

This course is designed as a complementary study both
for Music and General Arts students. The music from
Cavalli to Mozart will be examined emphasizing aural recognition of the evolution of musical style.

Music 205 Orchestration II (F) (1.5,0)

A course designed as a complementary study both for
Music and General Arts students. This course will
examine music from Beethoven to the present day. The
emphasis will be on aural recognition of the evolution of
musical stye and its relationship to its historical context.

Orchestration for modern rhythm section. Drum machine,
Guitar, Bass and Keyboards. To be taken concurrently
with Music 272.
Music 206 Composition II (F) (1.5,0)
To be taken concurrently with Commercial Harmony Ml.
A course oriented to those interested in developing their
abilities in composing and arranging. A study of the
principles of part writing.
Music 209 (F) (1.5,1) Introduction to Midi and

Music Synthesis
This course is designed to acquaint students with the
basic principles of Midi, synthesis, and computerized
sequencing; students will learn the operation of drum
machines, 4 track recorder, computer programs and
analog synthesizers. This course is intended to be taken
with Music 205 and Music 272.

Music 221 History IV (S) (3,0)

Music 234 Vocal Repertoire III (F) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Sightsinging ability, higher level of performance abilities.
A continuation of Vocal Repertoire II instruction with more
emphasis on individual contribution and responsibility for
rehearsal and studio recording labs.

Music 235 Vocal Repertoire IV (S) (3,0)
A continuation of Vocal Repertoire III instruction.

Career/Vocational

—

Music

127

Music 260 Commercial Relations in Music (S)
(1.5,0)
A course involving aspects of the music industry including
copyright, contracts, performing rights organizations and
the recording industry.
Music 270 Song Writing (S) (1.5,0)
Prerequisite:
instructor.

Comme/cial Harmony I or permission of the

Music 361
Method Studies in Music Education: Orff
Methodology (S) (1.5,0)
This will provide a knowledge of Orff methodology and the
skills necessary to use this teaching method in a classroom.
PMI Various Numbers) (F) (S) (2,0)

An investigation of the techniques and roles of lyrics and
lyric writing for popular song styles.

A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course
consists of a series of one-hour lessons.

Music 272 Arranging II (F) (1.5,0)

PMI (Various Numbers) (F) (S) (1,0)

Prerequisite: Arranging I and Orchestration I, taken
concurrently with Commercial Harmony III and Orchestration II.

This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on
the student's secondary instrument.

Arranging projects for various combinations of instruments, plus a study of two and three-part writing.

Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get
permission from the coordinator of their Music Program.

Music 273 Arranging/Composition III (S) (3,0)

Music Therapy Courses

Prerequisites: Arranging II, Orchestration I & II, taken
concurrently with Commercial Harmony IV.

Music Therapy 120
Improvisation I (F) (1.5,0)

Course content includes: advanced chord voicing
concepts, background writing, linear writing techniques,
arranging projects for various instrumental vocal and
rhythm section combinations, studio recording labs, and
composition of pop, rock and jazz tunes in all harmonic
styles.

An experimental study of free and structured improvisation forms for groups and solo work.

Music 280 Improvisation (F) (1.5,1.5)
A continuation of Music 181. Students must audition.
Music 281 Improvisation (S) (1.5,1.5)
A continuation of Music 280.
Music 284 Sightsinging/Ear Training (F) (3,0)
A continuation of Music 185.
Music 285 Sightsinging/Ear Training (S) (3,0)
A continuation of Music 284.
Music 294 Repertoire III (F) (1.5,3)
A continuation of Repertoire II with emphasis on recording
work.
Music 295 Repertoire IV (S) (1.5,3)
A continuation of Repertoire III.
Music 360
Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly
Methodology (F) (1.5,0)
This will provide a knowledge of Kodaly methodology and
the skills necessary to use this teaching method in a
classroom.

Career/Vocational

128

— Music

Music Therapy 130
Basic Clinical Skills (F) (3,0)
An introduction to the basic concepts of observation,
assessment and goal setting, including six weeks of
introductory field work.
Music Therapy 150
The Influence of Music (F) (3,0)
A study of the physical and psychological impact of
sound and music, and some of the functions of music in
various cultures.
Music Therapy 151
The Influence of Music (S) (1.5,0)
A continuation of the study of music's influence on
individuals, and elements of the music of different cultures.
Music Therapy 160
Music Therapy I (F) (3,0)
This course presents the development of music as
therapy, the clientele groups and their needs, and the
potential of music as a therapeutic medium.
Music Therapy 161
Music Therapy II (S) (3,0)
This course presents several music therapy models, with
a focus on theory, analysis, and practice.

Music Therapy 170
Intervention in Child Development (F) (3,0)

Music Therapy 260
Music Therapy III (F) (3.0)

A basic introduction to normal and abnormal child development and some major intervention approaches.

A continuation of the presentation of music therapy
models, which ties them into assessment and treatment
planning.

Music Therapy 180
Interpersonal Skills for Music Therapists (F)
(1.5,0)

Music Therapy 261
Music Therapy IV (S) (3,0)

Communication and observation exercises to increase
awareness of ingrained skills and habits, and to introduce
new alternatives.

This course focuses on professional attitudes, skills, and
awareness, including articulation of style, professional
teamwork, and workshop design.

Music Therapy 191
Practicum II (S) (6,0)

Music Therapy 262 Principles of Research (S)
(1-5,0)

Field work, in which students design, lead and document
music therapy sessions, in consultation with staff supervision. Weekly seminars are provided to examine practicum issues.

An introduction to elementary research designs and basic
statistical procedures.

Music Therapy 220
Improvisation II (F) (1.5,0)
An exploration of group process through free and structured improvisational group techniques.
Music Therapy 250
Music Through the Creative Arts (S) (1.5,0)
An experiential exposure to creative arts which can be
used in conjunction with music: eg. dance, visual arts,
poetry.

Music Therapy 264
Clinical Orientation (S) (3,0)
A basic introduction to anatomy and physiology, normal
and abnormal, and practical elements of standard treatment.
Music Therapy 290
Practicum III (F) (6,0)
Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy
191.)
Music Therapy 291
Practicum IV (S) (6,0)
Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy
191.)

Career/Vocational

— Music

129

Office Administration
Instructional Faculty
D. BLANEY, I.D. (UBC), C.P.S.; Coordinator, Legal
Secretarial Program
N. BURY, B.A. (UBC), ACI, (U. of T.) Coordinator Office
Technology Program
D. CLARK, Lab Supervisor
J . CLARK, R.N. (Regina Gen. Hosp.), Teaching Dip.
(Sask.)
C. CRAM, B.A., M.A., Prof. Teaching Certificate , (Univ. of
Toronto)
S. FREUND, I.D. (UBC), Legal Assistant Certificate,
Coordinator, Office Technology Program
S. HORN, I.D. (UBC)
L. JEST, I.D. (UBC), Coordinator, MOA Program
D. LITTLE, R.N. (St. Paul's), P.H.N. (UBC)
D. PHILLIPS, Coordinator, Legal Assistant Program
M. SEWARD, B.S.A. (St. Francis Xavier), B.Ed. (Mt. St.
Vincent)
B. SMITH, B.A., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC)
L. SPICER, B.Comm., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC)
W. TILLEY, B.Ed. (UBC), M.A. (SFU)
K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lic.Acct. (UBC)
G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard
Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist
A. WHITE, Lab Supervisor

The Office Administration department coordinates and
delivers six different programs to students with varying
levels of skills. These programs/courses provide you with
a comprehensive education in preparation for employment
in business.

OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
Contact Person: Martha Mackay, 984-4959
The Office Technology Programs are designed to train
students in basic office skills as well as in the computer
skills essential for the automated office. There are three
options within the program providing specialized training
in accounting procedures, clerical applications and word/
information processing.

Graduation Requirements
In order to receive a certificate for any of the Office
Technology programs you must successfully complete the
courses, accumulate the required credits for graduation,
and maintain a grade point average of 2.0.

Special Fees and Expenses
Costs of tuition, textbooks and supplies change regularly.
Contact the office at 984-4959 for up-to-date information.

Support Staff

Michele Henderson, Divisional Assistant
Martha Mackay, Clerk-Typist

General Information
The Office Administration Division offers business training
through the following programs:
• Office Technology Program - Secretarial, Financial and
Word/Information Processing options
• Accelerated Office Training Program- Financial and
Secretarial Options
• Information Processing Program- Evening Certificate
• Legal Secretarial Program
• Medical Office Assistant Program

Why Office Administration at
Capilano College?
Quality Education: small classes, personalized instruction, and professional instructors
Career Training: secretary, clerk typist, accounting clerk,
medical office assistant, legal secretary and word information processing
Flexibility: day or evening, part-time or full-time
Low Cost: our professional training courses are competitive with other institutions on the Lower Mainland
New Technology: electronic typewriters, microcomputer
training in fully equipped microcomputer labs.
Career/Vocational

130

— Office

Administration

Awards and Scholarships
Gerry Turner Memorial Award - Office Administration

Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She
was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the
Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever
she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to
promote excellence, and to improve the image of the
college in the community. This award is maintained by
Gerry's friends at Capilano College who continue to
remember her good humour, gentle demeanor, and
always even disposition.
The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of
scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in
the Office Administration Program in the Spring term.
Apply to the Office Administration Coordinator.

1. Secretarial Option
Career Opportunities
The graduates of this option are employed in any area of
business requiring well developed office skills. Successful
students find employment as clerk typists, secretaries,
data entry clerks, and dicta-typists. Many graduates
continue on to supplement their training with either Legal,
Medical or Information Processing programs.

The Program

Admission Requirements

The Secretarial Option is a full-time eight month program
offered each year from September to April. This program
provides training in general office skills.

Students are required to have a personal interview with
the program coordinator prior to program admission.
Although no prerequisites are required for entry into the
Financial Option, students will be assessed at the completion of their second month to determine their suitability for
the financial option.

Admission Requirements
Students are required to have a personal interview with
the program coordinator prior to program admission. The
purpose of the interview is to answer any questions
concerning the program and to ascertain whether this type
of training is suited to the career goals of the student.

Program Content
FIRST TERM
BOT 100 Business English
BOT 102 Keyboarding
BOT 105 Office Procedures
BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I
BOT 110 Business Records
BOT 111 Office Procedures II
OFTR 165 Typing Speed Development I
SECOND TERM
BOT 106 Dicta Typing
OFTR 150 Records Management I
OFTR 155 Text Editor-Business Writing
OFTR 161 Microcomputer Business Applications
OFTR 166 Typing Speed Development II
OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience I
OTEC 108 Word Processing

Credit
Hours
3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
16.5
1.5
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
3.0
15.0

Certificate Requirements: 31.5 credits

Program Content

Credit
Hours

FIRST TERM
BOT 100
Business English
BOT 102
Keyboarding
BOT 105
Office Procedures
BOT 108
Accounting Procedures 1
BOT 110
Business Records
BOT111
Office Procedures II
OFTR 165 Typing Speed Development 1

SECOND TERM
BOT 109 Accounting Procedures II
OFTR 150 Records Management
OFTR 155 Text Editor: Business Writing
OFTR 161 Microcomputer Business Applications
OFTR 166 Typing Speed Development II
OTEC 108 Word Processing (March - June)
OTEC 109 Electronic Bookkeeping

THIRD TERM (May/June)
BOT 128 Computers in the Financial Office
OFTR 167 Typing Speed Development III
OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience 1
OFTR 301 Directed Work Experience II
OTEC 108 Word Processing (continued)

2. Financial Option
Career Opportunities
Individuals are increasingly being confronted with information presented in financial terms. This option provides
students with an understanding of both manual and
electronic accounting procedures and the ability to apply
this knowledge to business situations.
Graduates are finding employment in positions such as:
accounting clerks, data information processors, accounting assistants, junior bookkeepers, full-charge bookkeepers for small and medium-sized firms.

The Program
The Financial Option is a full time program, offered from
September to June. This program provides students with
training in accounting, general office applications, and
microcomputers.

3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
16.5

4.5
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
21.0

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
6.0

Certificate Requirements: 42 credits

3. Word/Information Processing
Option
Career Opportunities
The Word/Information Processing Option provides
students with the skills needed to work in today's offices.
Graduates from this option will find employment in a wide
range of positions, which include administrative secretary,
correspondence secretary, office assistant, word processing specialist, proofreader, and records management
trainee.

Career/Vocational

— Office

Administration

131

The Program
The Word/Information Option is a full time program
offered from September to June. This program provides
students with training in secretarial, word processing, and
microcomputers skills.

Admission Requirements
Students are required to have a personal interview with
the program coordinator. The Word/Information Processing Option requires a minimum typing speed of 45 words
per minute. Students will be evaluated at the completion
of the second month to determine their suitability for the
Word/Information Processing option.

Program Content

Credit
Hours

FIRST TERM
BOT 100 Business English
BOT 102 Keyboard ing
BOT 105 Office Procedures
BOT 108 Account Procedures I
BOT 110 Business Records
OFTR 165 Typing Speed Development I
OTEC 108 Word Processing

SECOND TERM
BOT 111 Office Procedures II
OFTR 150 Records Management
OFTR 155 Text Editor: Business Writing
OFTR 161 Microcomputer Business Applications
OFTR 166 Typing S p e e d Development II
OFTR 181 Machine Transcription
OFTR 188 Word Processing II
OFTR 252 Interpersonal Skills &
Organizational Psychology
OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience I

THIRD TERM (May/June)
OFTR 167 Typing Speed Development I
OFTR 189 Word Processing III
OFTR 301 Directed Work Experience II

3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
18.0

1.5
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
21.0

1.5
1.5
15
4.5

ACCELERATED OFFICE TRAINING
PROGRAM
Career Opportunities
Graduates of this program are employed in areas of
business requiring well developed office skills. There are
job opportunities for graduates of the Secretarial option as
trainees in many types of businesses. Graduates of the
Financial option are employable as accounting clerks or
bookkeepers in small to medium sized firms.
The Office Training Program is a six month, accelerated
program designed to allow students to acquire fundamental office skills plus specialized studies in accounting
procedures and introductory word processing.
Students taking the Financial Option are fully trained in a
manual accounting system. Students selecting the
Secretarial Option receive an introduction to word processing.
While all students receive an introductory course in
microcomputers, graduates of this program are advised to
augment their training by taking additional microcomputer
courses after graduation.

Admission Requirements
Applicants are required to meet with the program coordinator prior to acceptance. The purpose of this interview is
to familiarize the student with program curriculum and
ensure that this program meets with the individual's
career goals.

Program Content
Financial Option
FIRST TERM (January-April)
BOT 102
Keyboarding
BOT 108
Accounting Procedures I
BOT 109
Accounting Procedures II
(March - June)
BOT 110
Business Records
BOT 127
Business English (January - June)
OTEC 108 Word Processing (March - June)

Credit
Hours

3.0
3.0
4.5
3.0
4.5
3.0
21.0

Certificate Requirements: 43.5 credits
SECOND TERM (May & June)
BOT 105
Office Procedures
BOT 109
Accounting Procedures II (continued)
BOT 127
Business English (continued)
OTEC 108 Word Processing (continued)
OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience I

1.5

13
3.0

Certificate Requirements: 24 credits

Career/Vocational

132

— Office

Administration

Secretarial Option

Financial Option Courses

FIRST TERM (January - April)
BOT 102
Keyboarding
BOT 108
Accounting Procedures I
BOT 110
Business Records
BOT 127
Business English (January - June)
OTEC 108 Word Processing (March - June)

OTEC 105
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.5
3.0
16.5

1.5
1.5

15
4.5

Certificate Requirements: 21 credits

Secretarial Option Courses
OFTR 189

Word Processing III

1.5

Certificate Requirements: 7.5 credits

Business Office Training 100
Business English I (F) (3,0)
The course will familiarize students with business communications with emphasis on spelling, punctuation, and
grammar. Memo writing will be covered.

Business Office Training 102
Keyboarding (F,Sp) (3,2)

INFORMATION PROCESSING
PROGRAM
PROGRAM

Career Opportunities
This evening program is designed for individuals wanting
to supplement and upgrade their present office skills to
meet the demands of today's technology. There is an
increasing demand for office personnel with up-to-date
micro-computer training.
The program offers in-depth training in microcomputers.
There are two options in the program - the financial option
which provides skills needed to function in a computerized
accounting environment and the secretarial option which
focuses on the development of computer skills needed for
secretarial and general office work.

Admission Requirements
Prerequisites for the Financial Option are a typing speed
of 30 words per minute and basic bookkeeping. Prerequisites for the Secretarial Option are a typing speed of 45
words per minute, and good English skills.

Certificate Requirements - Core Courses:
OTEC 052
OTEC 053
OTEC108

1.5

Course Descriptions

SECOND TERM (May - June)
BOT 105
Office Procedures
BOT 106
Dicta-Typing
BOT 127
Business English (continued)
OTEC108
Word Processing (continued)
OFTR 300 Directed Work Experience

- EVENING CERTIFICATE

Electronic Bookkeeping

Certificate Requirements: 7.5 credits

Electronic Office Procedures
Spreadsheets for the Off ice Worker
Micro Word Processing

Credits
1.5
1.5
30
6.0

Students will learn the basic skills of keyboarding using
correct techniques to acquire speed, accuracy and
knowledge of basic formatting. The course is designed to
instruct the student in current styles for the preparation of
typewritten business materials as well as the correct
methods to use in achieving these styles.

Business Office Training 105
Office Procedures I (F,Sp) (1.5,0)
This is an introduction to the new office technology and
terminology used in business offices. Students will gain
knowledge of the procedures used to obtain, store, and
distribute information.

Business Office Training 106
Dicta Typing (S,SU) (1.5,0)
Students will develop machine transcription skills. Specifically, they will learn to operate efficiently the LanierEdisette transcriber. Specific reviews of points of grammar, punctuation, spelling and transcription style will be
emphasized in the transcription of mailable business
letters.

Business Office Training 108
Accounting Procedures I (F,S) (3,2)
This course introduces students to the theory of accounting and to tasks performed in the basic accounting cycle.
Emphasis is placed on correct analysis, accuracy and
thoroughness, as well as on attitudes of professionalism
and independence.

Business Office Training 109
Accounting Procedures II (F,S) (4.5,4)
This course is a continuation of BOT 108 with an emphasis placed on accounting systems and procedures.
Business simulations are used throughout the course.
Career/Vocational

— Office

Administration

133

Business Office Training 110
Business Records (F,Sp) (3,0)

Office Technology 053
Spreadsheets for the Office Worker (F,S) (1.5,0)

This course will provide the student with an introduction to
business and the skills to correctly compute and record
the necessary figures to accurately maintain basic
business records. The student will also learn how to
operate a ten-key electronic calculator with a minimum
level of 100 key strokes per minute on a one minute
timing.

An introduction to the design and use of spreadsheets for
general office applications.

Business Office Training 111
Office Procedures II (S) (1.5,0)
This course is a continuation of BOT 105 and in it the
student will gain a knowledge and perspective of the
varying roles of office workers in today's automated office.
It will help the student to understand the importance of
work flows in information processing and recent advances
in electronic communication of information. Students will
learn about choices available in reprographics and use
acquired skills to perform a variety of office simulation
tasks.
Business Office Training 120
Introduction to the Keyboard (F.S.SU) (3,0)

Office Technology 105
Electronic Bookkeeping I (F,S) (1.5,0)
The use of accounting programs for entering, storing, and
retrieving records; and producing reports of the financial
activities of a business.
Office Technology 108
Word Processing (F,S,SU) (3,0)
A hands-on course in the use of the microcomputer for
word processing applications in the preparation of forms,
documents and correspondence.
Office Technology 109
Electronic Bookkeeping (SU) (3,0)
Hands-on course to develop proficiency in the use of the
computer for completing bookkeeping tasks, including
accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll, general
ledger, and inventory modules.

This course will teach the student the basic skill of
keyboarding using correct techniques to acquire speed
and accuracy.

Office Training 150
Records Management: Systems and
Administration (S) (1.5,0)

Business Office Training 121
Typing Skill Development (F.S.SU) (1.5,0)

The course will provide students with an understanding of
computer-assisted storage and retrieval systems. The
primary emphasis in this course is the hands-on use of
electronic filing and report generating programs, along
with an introduction to a data base program.

This course will take the typist from the point at which he
or she is currently performing to appreciably higher typing
levels.
Business Office Training 127
Business English (S) (4.5,1.5)
This course is designed to train students in all aspects of
business communications necessary for office workers.
Emphasis will be placed on spelling, punctuation and
grammar and techniques for preparing memorandums
and business letters.

Office Training 155
Text Editor: Business Writing (S) (3,2)
This course utilizes the computer to improve the student's
quality of grammar, spelling and word usage, and to
develop and/or improve his/her composition skills.
Office Training 161
Microcomputer Business Applications (S) (3)

Business Office Training 128
Computers in the Financial Office (S) (1.5,0)

An introduction to the theoretical aspects of microcomputers and to a number of widely-used business programs;
DOS, Spreadsheets and database.

The use of the computer to perform specialized business
applications. Spreadsheets, their design and use, will be
a major component of this course.

Office Training 165
Typing Skill and Speed Development (F) (1.5,0)

Office Technology 052
Electronic Office Procedures (F,S) (1.5,0)
Introduction to a data base program and its use in an
electronic filing system. Students will learn to create, add,
delete, store and retrieve files electronically.

This course will build typing speed and accuracy by taking
the student by planned progression from the point at
which each is currently performing to appreciably higher
stroking levels.
Office Training 166
Typing Skill and Speed Development II (S) (1.5,0)
A continuation of OFTR 165.

Career/Vocational

134

— Office

Administration

Office Training 167
Typing Skill and Speed Development III (SU)
(1.5,0)
A continuation of OFTR 165. Maintenance or further
development of typing speed and accuracy.

Office Training 181
Machine Transcription (S,SU) (3,0)
Development of transcription skills including special
reviews of spelling, punctuation and grammar, to produce
mailable business letters using the microcomputers.

Office Training 188
Word Processing II (S) (3,6)
Prerequisite:

OTEC 108 or equivalent.

A reinforcement of work procedures used in word processing by producing complex documents which require
format, machine operation, and language skill decisions.
Advanced features of WordPerfect including merging and
integration of files will be used.

Office Training 189
Word Processing III (S.SU) (1.5,0)
Students will learn to use Microsoft Word for producing
documents and reports.

LEGAL SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
Contact Person: Martha Mackay, Room H502, phone
984-4959

Career Opportunities
The exacting field of law offers excellent career opportunities for students graduating as legal secretaries.
This very specialized program provides intense training in
traditional secretarial skills as well as legal procedural
courses including: Civil litigation, wills and probate,
corporate law, and conveyancing and mortgaging. Upon
completion of the program students find employment in
specialized, as well as general, law offices.

The Program
This eight month vocational program covers four main
areas of law which provide a fundamental understanding
of the legal system in B.C. Students are trained in legal
terminology, procedural rules, and review relevant
legislation, and formatting and handling of legal documents. Shorthand, typing, word processing, legal office
procedures, and a two-week legal office work practicum
are included in the curriculum.

Office Training 252
Interpersonal Skills and Organizational
Psychology (S) (3,0)

A Capilano College certificate is granted upon successful
completion of the program.

This course will provide students with basic psychological
concepts and experience in several skill areas important
in business. It includes practice in relating, assertion,
feedback and problem solving skills. Other topics include:
small group behaviour, verbal and non-verbal communications; dynamics of personality; leadership styles; supervisory difficulties and conflict resolution. An experiential
approach allows the student to practice constructive interpersonal skills in a supportive setting.

Admission Procedures

Office Training 300
Directed Work Experience (SU) (1.5,0)
This course involves both lectures and at least thirty hours
of office experience in an industry placement in a field
related to the students' program option. This will better
qualify the student for employment in that area and/or
enable the student to make an informed decision as to
career choice.

Office Training 301
Directed Work Experience II (SU) (1.5,0)

Students are admitted to the Program twice a year in
September and January for two consecutive four month
terms of study.
Applications may be made at any time. To ensure your
name is on the list for the Information Meetings held twice
a year call the Office Administration Department at 9844959.
Applicants are invited to attend an information meeting.
An evaluation of keyboarding speed and skill and English
language proficiency will be conducted at this time. During
the meeting, an appointment for a personal interview will
be arranged.
During your interview you will have an opportunity to ask
further questions, and discuss your qualifications and
career goals. Your test results will be reviewed with you
at this time. The objective of the Personal Interview is to
assist in selecting applicants who will be most suited to a
career as a Legal Secretary.

Emphasis will be placed on job search techniques.
Students will be required to research employment opportunities, seek interviews with prospective employees, and
produce progress reports at regular intervals.

Career/Vocational

— Office

Administration

135

Admission Requirements
1. High school diploma or equivalent
2. English language proficiency
3. Keyboarding of 45 wpm
Please submit the following material prior to or during the
pre-admission interview:
(a) A resume describing your education, skills, and work
experience.
(b) A transcript from the last educational institute you
attended.
(c) A letter of recommendation from a former employer or
teacher.

SECOND TERM
LGST 101
Legal Electronic Typing II
2.25
LGST 103 Shorthand Speed Development
1.5
LGST 105 Typing Skill & Speed Development
1.5
LGST 107
Machine Transcription
3.0
LGST 110 Corporate Procedures
3.0
LGST 112 Conveyancing & Mortgage Procedures 3.0
LGST 117 Legal Office Procedures
1.5
LGST 119 Directed Work Experience
1.5
LGST 122 Computer Applications
in the Legal Office
3.0
20.25
Total Program Credits: 35.25

Special Fees and Expenses
In addition to registration and tuition fees, students can
expect to spend approximately $450.00 on textbooks and
supplies.

Course Descriptions

Graduation Requirements

Prerequisite:

A program completion certificate is awarded to students
who have successfully completed 35.25 credits.

Continuation of production of legal materials including:
memoranda of law, legal instruments, court documents,
and forms.

Awards

Legal Secretary Training 102
Beginning Shorthand (F,S) (3,2)

Legal Secretary Training 101
Legal Electronic Typing (S,SU) (2.25,0)
LGST 123

Two scholarships are awarded annually to students in the
Legal Secretarial Program. The first one is the Campney
& Murphy Legal Secretarial Scholarship. This $350.00
scholarship, donated by the law firm of Campney &
Murphy, is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence
and financial need. This scholarship is available in the
Spring to a second term student in the Legal Secretarial
Program.

Beginning study of Forkner shorthand system with
emphasis on application of theory and development of
speed utilizing high frequency vocabulary. Successful
students should be able to take dictation at 60 wpm after
completing one term. This course requires an additional
two hours of lab time per week.

The second one is a Davis & Company Legal Secretarial
Scholarship. This $300 scholarship, donated by the law
firm of Davis & Company, will be awarded in the summer
term to an outstanding student entering the second term
of the Legal Secretarial Program.

Prerequisite:

Candidates for both scholarships must rank in the top four
grade point average placements during first term and
must demonstrate potential as professional career-minded
legal secretaries.

Program Content

Credit
Hours

FIRST TERM
LGST 102
Beginning Shorthand
LGST 109
Basic Litigation
LGST 114 Wills & Probate
LGST 116
Introduction to the Legal System
LGST 123
Legal Document Processing
on the Microcomputer
CMNS 159 Communications for Legal Secretaries

Career/Vocational

136

— Office

Administration

3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
3.0
3.0
15.0

Legal Secretary Training 103
Shorthand Speed Development I (S,SU) (1.5,0)
LGST 102 or a shorthand speed of 60 wpm.

Continuation of speed development along with theory
review, increased vocabulary, dictation of familiar and
unfamiliar material aiming at 90% accuracy in transcription.

Legal Secretary Training 105
Typing Skill and Speed Development I (S,SU)
(1.5,0)
Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed
writings to increase speed and accuracy in keyboarding.

Legal Secretary Training 107
Legal Machine Transcription (S,SU) (3,2)
After a review of basic transcription skills, the student
develops skills in transcribing legal materials including:
correspondence, accounts, legal forms, and documents in
specialized areas of law. Mandatory two hour lab per
week.

Legal Secretary Training 109
Basic Litigation I (F,S) (3,0)

Legal Secretary Training 119
Directed Work Experience (S,SU) (1.5,30)

Introduction to court procedures in County and Supreme
Courts of B.C. The course will cover procedures in pretrial preparation, the preparation of documents, the use of
precedents in County and Supreme Courts.

In-term work experience involving three lecture hours and
at least 60 hours of related office experience in the legal
field. Also covered is the resume, job application, cover
letter and interview.

Legal Secretary Training 110
Basic Corporate Procedures I (F,S) (3,0)

Legal Secretary Training 122
Computer Applications In the Legal Office (S,SU)
(3,0)

An examination of the B.C. Companies Act and the
various documents that a legal secretary must be familiar
with in order to incorporate a company and attend to
routine filings and resolutions. Records Office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates
and registration, etc., will also be covered.
Legal Secretary Training 112
Basic Conveyance & Mortgage Procedures
(S.SU) (3,0)
History and examination of the land registry system in
B.C. Land Titles Act requirements, documents necessary
for registration; the nature and effect of transfers and
charges; search procedures will be covered. The course
covers contracts of purchase and sale, Land Titles Act
requirements, procedures, documents, forms involved in
conveying title and registering various charges. Emphasis
will be on preparing acceptable documents, transfers,
mortgages, agreements for sale and necessary related
forms.

The student, as a non data processing office worker, will
learn to identify the components of office automation and
to identify the utilization of advanced work stations in timeconsuming production and administrative functions.
Legal Secretary Training 123
Legal Document Processing on the Microcomputer (F,S) (3,2)
Using WordPerfect software on an IBM compatible
microcomputer, the student will be introduced to word
processing concepts through practical applications
indicative of a legal office.

Legal Secretary Training 114
Wills and Probate Procedures (F,S) (1.5,0)
An examination of the Wills Act, and Estate Administration
Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to
obtain Letters Probate and Letters of Administration in the
Supreme Court of B.C.
Legal Secretary Training 116
Introduction to the Legal System (F,S) (1.5,0)
This course acquaints students with a working knowledge
of the Canadian and B.C. Court System, ethics of the
legal profession and the rules of the Law Society relating
to trust accounts, with added emphasis on legal vocabulary.
Legal Secretary Training 117
Legal Office Procedures (S,SU) (1.5,0)
A course to prepare legal secretarial students for positions
in law offices. Instruction in time keeping, diary systems,
use of law library, ethical responsibilities, filing, and other
procedures particular to the profession. Emphasis will be
placed on the structure of a law office, the differences
between large and small offices, and the office procedures unique to the practice of law.

Career/Vocational—

Office

Administration

137

MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT
PROGRAM
Contact Person: Martha Mackay, office H502, phone:
984-4959

Career Opportunities
The health care industry is one of the largest industries in
Canada, and the Medical Office Assistant is a recognized
member of the modern medical team. Graduates of this
program have the specialized training required to work in
a number of medical settings: receptionist or medical
assistant in an office or clinic, or in a hospital as an
admitting clerk, or department stenographer.

The Program
This Medical Office Assistant program offers pre-service,
specialized education for prospective students which
includes:
• Medical terminology and anatomy and physiology
• Medical ethics
• Medical transcription
• Medical records management
• Aseptic techniques
• Preparation, assisting and follow up of patient for
medical examinations
• Specimen collection and basic office diagnostic procedures
• Financial record keeping and medical billing
• A two week work practicum in industry

Admission Requirements

Awards and Scholarships
The Maureen Piekaar Bursary was established in memory
of Maureen Piekaar, an instructor in the Medical Office
Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be
awarded to an MOA student based on a financial need
and who has a satisfactory standing of 70% or better.

Program Content
FIRSTTERM
CMNS 150 Communications
MOA 100
Electronic Typing for the MOA
MOA 105
Medical Office Procedures
MOA 107
Introduction to Health Care
MOA 109
Anatomy & Related Physiology
and Pathology I
MOA111
Medical Terminology I
MOA 121
Fundamentals of Computers in
Health Care I
SECOND TERM
MOA 102
Typing Skill & Speed Development
MOA 103
Machine Transcription
MOA 106
Medical Office Procedures
MOA 108
Introduction to Health Care II
MOA 110
Anatomy & Related Physiology
and Pathology II
MOA 112
Medical Terminology II
MOA 115
Directed Work Experience
MOA 122
Fundamentals of Computers in
Health Care II

Course Descriptions

Prior to admission students must complete a St. John's
Standard First Aid Certificate.

Prerequisite:

Students completing 36.75 credits, as outlined in the
above profile, will be awarded a Capilano College Program Completion Certificate.

Special Fees and Expenses
In addition to tuition and registration fees students can
expect to spend approximately $400.00 on textbooks and
supplies.

3.0
3.75
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.5
18.75
1.5
3.0
1.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
1.5
18.0

Total Program Credits: 36.75

All applicants must meet with the Program Coordinator
prior to registration to assess whether or not they have the
personal qualities and clerical skills necessary to be a
successful Medical Office Assistant.

Graduation Requirements

Credit
Hours

Medical Office Assistant 100
Electronic Typing for the MOA (F) (3.75,3)
Typing speed of 40 wpm

Speed development and accuracy in typewriting with
emphasis on production, including display techniques,
letter styles, and general business and medical reports.

Medical Office Assistant 102
Typing Skill and Speed Development (S) (1.5,0)
Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed
writings to increase speed and accuracy in typewriting.

Medical Office Assistant 103
Machine Transcription (S) (3,3)
Prerequisite:

MOA 100 & 111

Practice in transcribing medical forms, letters and reports
from Lanier dictation equipment. This course entails a
mandatory two-hour lab.
Career/Vocational

138

— Office

Administration

Medical Office Assistant 105
Medical Office Procedures I (F) (3,0)
Students will learn office procedures common to medical
offices and hospitals. The students will gain expertise in
meeting the patient, making patient appointments,
keeping patient records, maintaining a filing system, and
processing patient accounts for submission to licensed
carriers.
Medical Office Assistant 106
Medical Office Procedures II (S) (1.5)
Continuation of MOA 105. Students will be able to
perform financial record keeping for the medical office.
Medical Office Assistant 107
Introduction to Health Care I (F) (1.5,0)
Prerequisite:

St. John's Standard First Aid Certificate

Students will learn about clinical procedures pertinent to
the doctor's office and the hospital setting. The course
includes general information about physical and mental
health; medications and health products. Students will
also learn how to use and maintain medical office equipment.
Medical Office Assistant 108
Introduction to Health Care II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

MOA 107

Continuation of MOA 107.
Medical Office Assistant 109
Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology
(F) (3,0)
A study of structure, function and interrelationships of the
organic systems of the body. Common medical disorders, operative procedures and related terminology will be
studied in conjunction with the systems.
Medical Office Assistant 110
Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology
II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

MOA 109

A continuation of MOA 109.
Medical Office Assistant 111
Medical Terminology I (F) (3,0)
An introduction to Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes,
roots, and combining forms common to medical terminology.

Medical Office Assistant 112
Medical Terminology II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

MOA 111

Continuation and reinforcement of terminology in MOA
111.
Medical Office Assistant 115
Directed Word Experience (S) (1.5,0)
Following successful completion of term two, a medical
office/clinic or hospital work practicum is arranged for the
student. Before the work placement, the student will be
required to attend career preparation lectures which will
include practice sessions for the employment interview.
Medical Office Assistant 120
Medical Terminology and Related Anatomy and
Physiology (F,S) (3,0)
This course is an evening course designed to familiarize
the student with medical terms commonly used in a
number of medical settings. The student will also be able
to identify the basic function and interrelation of the body
systems, as well as identify anatomical terminology.
Medical Office Assistant 121
Fundamentals of Computers in Health Care I
(F) (1.5,0)
This course will familiarize the student with basic word
processing applications used in a medical and/or hospital
environment. Basic computer terminology will be covered, and students will learn to perform basic word
processing applications on a microcomputer. This course
has a mandatory two hour lab.
Medical Office Assistant 122
Fundamentals of Computers In Health Care II
(S) (1.5,0)
The student will acquire skills to use the microcomputer to
accumulate patient demographic data, disease data, and
accounts receivable data for claims submission and
research purposes.
Medical Office Assistant 125
Medical Office Computer Applications (S) (1.5,0)
This course will assist the student in improving practice
management by acquiring skills to use the microcomputer
as a tool to produce medical and administrative documents common to a health care facility and to accumulate
patient demographic data, disease data, and accounts
receivable data for claims submission and research
purposes.

Career/Vocational—

Office

Administration

139

Outdoor Recreation Management
Contact: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant; Brian White
or Don Basham, Coordinators, phone 984-4947

Instructional Faculty
D. BASHAM, Coordinator
C. BONIFACE, B . S c , P.G.L.E. (Birmingham), M.Sc.(SFU)
L BOWERING, B.Ed. (UBC)
T. BRAAKSMA, Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Cap),
Canoe Sport Instructor
Cert., CANSI
N. CHESTER, B.Ed., B.A. (P.E.) (Sask.), M.P.E. (UBC)
A. CHRISTENSEN, C P R Instructor-Trainer, Wilderness
First Aid, Instructor, Wilderness Leadership Certificate,
Outdoor Recreation Mgt. Dip. (Capilano)
J . HATCHARD, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness
Leadership Cert. (Capilano), Canoe Sport (B.C.) Instructor Cert., CANSI
W. INGLIS, B.A., Dip. Marketing
C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU)
C. MAITLAND, Outdoor Recreation Mgt. Dip. (Capilano),
Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Cap)
M. REES, R.N., Industrial First Aid, C P R Instructor,
Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Capilano) Wilderness First
Aid Instructor
R. SCARNELL, B.A. (Hons.) (Durham), M.A. (UBC)
D. STEVENS, Dip. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness
Leadership Cert. (Cap), Canoe Sport Instructors Cert., St.
John's Ambulance Instructors Cert., CANSI, CSA Tour
Leaders Cert.
B. WHITE, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (SFU), Coordinator

OUTDOOR RECREATION
MANAGEMENT
Two Year Associate In Arts and Science
Diploma
B.C.'s "super natural" environment is ideal for outdoor
recreation, and with the growing tourism business and
increase in leisure time for most people, the demand for
qualified, well-trained managers in the field of recreation
management is expanding rapidly.
Nestled on the forested slope of the North Shore mountains, close to Whitewater rivers, wilderness lakes, ocean
shoreline, and mountain back country, the College is
ideally suited for the challenging two-year program.
The Outdoor Recreation Department is relaxed and
informal; however, we set and maintain high academic
and wilderness leadership performance standards. Students will appreciate the individual attention College
faculty are able to provide.
The College offers two programs: a two year diploma in
Outdoor Recreation Management and a part-time certificate program in Wilderness Leadership.

Career/Vocational

140

— Outdoor

Recreation

Career Opportunities
Capilano College's well-established Outdoor Recreation
Management program provides excellent training for a
wide range of careers in federal and provincial parks,
resorts, social service agencies, adventure tourism, and
environmental education. Careful practicum placements
and an increasing variety of career opportunities ensure
that graduates readily find employment in the field.

The Program
The curriculum includes several trips into B.C.'s wilderness areas, including backpacking experiences in the
Coast Mountains, canoeing on coastal waterways, and
nordic skiing in the Cariboo.
Our program has earned an excellent reputation for its
top-quality management and technical skills, wilderness
leadership training, and employment contacts. Over the
past 17 years, we have expanded our network of practicum placements, keeping us in touch with the latest
developments and providing access to career prospects.

Admission Requirements
Individual interviews must be arranged with one of the
program coordinators. Information meetings and interviews are scheduled in the spring.
In order to be considered, applicants must be at least 19
years of age at the date of entry into the program, should
have good reading and writing skills, have previous
relevant outdoor experience, and must be physically and
psychologically fit.
Note: Prior to admission, a doctor's certificate of health
will be required. All students need to be well equipped
with outdoor gear.

Admission Procedure
Please bring the following documentation to your interview:
• At least two letters of reference
• High school or post secondary education transcripts
• A letter of application, including a resume of past
experiences

Program Content

Credit
Hours

Lab
Hours

Major Program Requirements
General Education Requirements

64.5
6.0
70.5

7.0

FIRST TERM
3.0
CMNS 150 Basic Communications
REC 140
Recreation Delivery Systems 3.0
REC 152
Intro, to Outdoor Recreation 3.0
REC 156
Intro, to Environmental
Studies
3.0
3.0
REC 161
Wilderness Backpacking I
3.0
REC 163
Wilderness First Aid I
3.0
REC 169
Landscape Interpretation
21.0
SECOND TERM
CMNS 154 Communications in
Recreation
3.0
REC 130
Physical Fitness
1.5
REC 141
Outdoor Rec Programming
3.0
REC 151
The Outdoor Environment
3.0
REC 153
Leisure Issues
3.0
REC 157
Skills Development
3.0
R E C 164
Nordic Skiing I
3.0
TOUR 112 Tourism Marketing
1.5
21.0

Yd

2.0
2.0

WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP
PROGRAM
Part-Time Certificate Program

The Program
This is a program for the adventurous. Students will learn
the skills necessary to become accomplished leaders in
the outdoors. Canoeing, nordic skiing and mountain travel
are the major activities, and safety is the emphasis.
Emergency management, first aid, and wilderness contingency planning are stressed. Also, ethical behaviour in
natural environments and the responsibility to pass these
attitudes on to others is accentuated. Students learn
through practical experience and are trained to certifiable
skill levels.
Level One, the Capilano College Skills Acquisition
Certificate, is designed to provide the student with a basic
level of activity skills.

3.0
2.0

Level Two, the Wilderness Leadership Certificate, combines basic skills with leadership training.

Admission Requirements
5.0

Note: R E C 162 Wilderness Canoeing is offered as
an option at the end of the second term.
THIRD TERM
REC 178
Human Relations in
Recreation
3.0
Recreation Administration
3.0
REC 240
Outdoor Rec. Resource Mgt. 3.0
REC 252
Skills Development
1.5
REC 259
Human Services Applications 1.5
REC 293
TOUR 111 From Tourism to Tourist
1.5
TOUR 118 Special Events
1.5
TOUR 120 Adventure Tourism
1.5
16.5
FOURTH TERM
REC 255
Outdoor Recreation
Practicum
12.0
12.0
Note: REC 263, Wilderness First Aid II, is offered as an
option in the third term.

Students must be 19 years of age or older, have some
outdoor experience, and possess personal outdoor
equipment and clothing.

Graduation Requirements
Students will enroll in one course per term, and must
obtain a B grade in each course in order to continue in the
program. Because outdoor leaders are responsible for
people's lives a student receiving a C grade must repeat
the course or show proficiency in that activity during the
following term before continuing in the program. This must
be arranged with the consent of the Program Coordinator
and the course instructor.

Program Content
Wilderness Canoeing Option
I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE
Wilderness Canoeing I
Wilderness First Aid I

Credit
Hours
3.0
3.0

Second Year
REC 262
Wilderness Canoeing II

3.0

First Year
REC 162
REC 163

Career/Vocational

— Outdoor

Recreation

141

It. W I L D E R N E S S L E A D E R S H I P C E R T I F I C A T E
First Year
REC 165

R E C 162, 163
Intro to Wilderness Leadership

Second Year REC 262
REC 263
Wilderness First Aid II

6.0
1.5
3.0
3.0

Wilderness Backpacking Option

Practical applications of Recreation 130 content. Open to
university transfer students with Recreation 130.

Recreation 140
Outdoor Recreation Delivery Systems (S) (3,0)
The structure of delivery systems in British Columbia
including non-profit/non-government organizations.

I. S K I L L S A C Q U I S I T I O N C E R T I F I C A T E
First Year
REC 161
REC 163

Recreation 131
Physical Fitness Lab (1.5,0)

Recreation 141
Outdoor Recreation Program Planning (S) (3,3)

Wilderness Backpacking I
Wilderness First Aid I

3.0
3.0

Second Year
REC 262
Wilderness Backpacking II

3.0

Topics will include: the problems of planning programs in
existing delivery systems, seeking ways to solve these
present problems, new philosophies to consider in
program planning. A lab introducing computer applications in Recreation is included in the course.

6.0
1.5

Recreation 151
The Outdoor Environment (S) (3,2)

3.0
3.0

A concentration on the basics of weather and climate and
how weather affects outdoor recreation activities. Mountain weather and personal forecasting will be dealt with in
detail.

II. W I L D E R N E S S L E A D E R S H I P C E R T I F I C A T E
First Year
REC 165

REC 163, 161
Intro to Wilderness Leadership

Second Year REC 261
REC 263
Wilderness First Aid II

Wilderness Nordic Skiing Option

Recreation 152
Introduction to Outdoor Recreation (F) (3,0)

I. S K I L L S ACQUISITION C E R T I F I C A T E
First Year
REC 163
REC 164

Wilderness First Aid I
Wilderness Nordic Skiing I

3.0
3.0

Second Year
REC 264
Wilderness Nordic Skiing II

3.0

II. W I L D E R N E S S L E A D E R S H I P C E R T I F I C A T E
First Year
REC 165

R E C 163, 164
Intro to Wilderness Leadership

Second Year REC 264
REC 263
Wilderness First Aid II

6.0
1.5
3.0

An overview of the development of outdoor recreation.
Nature and scope of outdoor recreation in relation to
modern leisure, nature of supply and demand, demand
analysis as a planning tool, outdoor recreation resource
perception, psychological nature of outdoor recreation,
experience and behaviour, carrying capacities of
wildlands, land use conflict, multiple use policies, inventory techniques, land use zoning.

Recreation 153
Leisure Issues (S) (3,0)

Course Descriptions

Work and leisure in the human life cycle, adolescence,
aging, special needs and leisure, cultural variations in
leisure, leisure-related social problems, lifestyle-based
variation in work and leisure, factors in lifestyle choice,
consumerism and outdoor recreation, sociological perspectives on present and future trends.

Recreation 130
Physical Fitness (S) (1.5,0)

Recreation 156
Introduction to Environmental Studies (F) (3,0)

An overview of the constituents of physical fitness in
which the following topics are dealt with: What is physical
fitness? What are its physiological determinants? How
can physical fitness be achieved and maintained? Weight
control, physiological changes resulting from training and
exercise, tests for physical fitness.

An introduction to ecological principles and their application to environmental issues. Local ecosystems and their
indicator species will be examined through field work.

Note: This is a part-time program.

Recreation 157
Skills Development (S) (3,0)
Bike touring, winter camping, snowshoeing, camp crafts,
woodsmanship skills.

Career/Vocational

142

— Outdoor

Recreation

Recreation 161
Wilderness Backpacking I (F) (3,0)

Recreation 169
Landscape Interpretation (F) (3,2)

An introduction to the skills of alpine hiking and camp
crafts in wilderness areas. Emphasis will be placed on
leadership development in organization, safety and group
assessment. Topics will include access to wilderness
areas, equipment, clothing, navigation, trip planning and
legal issues. Consideration will be given to the problems
of working with groups, particularly in terms of budget
limitations and improvising equipment.

Landscape awareness and appreciation, interpretation of
mountain environments, local geology and landforms,
assessing landscape for potential and hazards for outdoor
recreation, outdoor recreation impact on landscape.

Recreation 162
Wilderness Canoeing I (F,SU) (3,0)
An introduction to the skills, techniques and knowledge of
paddling in open canoes. This course includes instruction
in proper handling of equipment; paddling skills in grades
of water up to and including grade two, practice and
rescue, tracking, lining, portaging, river reading, canoe
camping and teaching. Leadership techniques and
canoeing skills will be stressed throughout the course.
Upon completion of Canoe I students will be given the
opportunity to take the Flat Water Instructors exam from
BCRCA.

Recreation 163
Wilderness First Aid I (F,S) (3,0)
This course incorporates the principles of First Aid with
the specialized needs of the outdoor leader. This course
is designed for leaders who can arrange for medical attention for a participant within 12 hours of suffering an injury.
The course includes Basic Life Support (CPR) skills and
improvised splinting techniques, in addition to the content
of a standard first aid course. Special attention will be
given to environmental injuries/illnesses. Successful
students may apply for Basic Wilderness First Aid for
Outdoor Leaders certification.

Recreation 164
Wilderness Nordic Skiing I (S) (3,0)
This is an introductory course designed to give students
an initial exposure to winter environments on crosscountry skis. The course includes a lecture and field trip
series with emphasis on outdoor activity. Lecture topics
are: equipment, waxing, clothing, fitness, avalanche
awareness, nutrition, and safety. Skill levels will reflect
CANSI and C S A material content.

Recreation 165
Introduction to Wilderness Leadership (S) (1.5,0)
This course will address topics which relate to Wilderness
Leadership in general, regardless of the activity. Topics
covered include navigation, woodsmanship, clothing,
equipment, menu planning, fitness, leadership styles and
legal issues.

Recreation 178
Human Relations in Recreation (F) (3,0)
Topics include Human Relations in Management, Management Styles, Time Management, the Supervisory
Leadership Role, and Human Resources Management
Techniques.

Recreation 240
Outdoor Recreation Administration (F) (3,0)
(Note: This course is open to recreation practitioners in
the field.) A study of general business practices in the
operation of outdoor recreation facilities, including: record
keeping, budgeting, accounting, purchasing, advertising
and concession agreements, liabilities, laws and statutes
governing parks and recreation agencies.

Recreation 252
Outdoor Recreation Resource Management
(F) (3,0)
Parks planning and management, fish and wildlife management, forest recreation, integrated resource management concepts, interpretation methods and applications.

Recreation 255
Outdoor Recreation Practicum (S) (12,0)
The practicum is designed to integrate classroom theory
with working experience in the field. Students will arrange
with the faculty supervisor to spend three-and-one-half
months in an acceptable agency placement and will be
responsible to a specific agency supervisor. Students will
be provided with terms of reference for the practicum
experience. Student work performance and potential will
be evaluated by the faculty and agency supervisor, and
students will make a major presentation to the department
at the conclusion of the practicum.

Recreation 259
Skills Development (F) (1.5)
The purpose of this course is to develop specialized visual
arts skills related to the students' employment goals.
Students will upgrade skills in wilderness photography,
display design, brochure design, layout and graphic arts.

Recreation 261
Wilderness Backpacking II (SU) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Wilderness Backpacking I

The focus of this course is on expedition planning and

Career/Vocational — Outdoor

Recreation
143

leadership, safe travel on ice and snow, and safety on
rocky train. Students will also be given instruction on route
finding and navigation. An additional fee will be levied to
cover field trip expenses.

Recreation 262
Wilderness Canoeing II (SU) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Wilderness Canoeing I

This course is a review and addition to the Canoeing I
material. The additions include: canoe construction and
repair, canoe history and evolution of the aboriginal
canoes, tandem and solo moving-water skills, and canoe
poling. The course is designed to further develop paddling skills, personal experience, teaching ability and
leadership techniques. Where applicable the standards
and instruction will be from BCRCA and the Canadian
Recreational Canoeing Association.

Recreation 263
Wilderness First Aid II (F,S) (3,0)
Prerequisite: Wilderness First Aid I
Reviews the material presented in Wilderness First Aid I
with emphasis on increased proficiency under conditions
of isolation, where medical assistance is distant and
where evacuation may be delayed. Non-traumatic illnesses and medical problems are addressed. Emphasis
on practical problem-solving and decision-making.
Successful students may apply for Advanced Wilderness
First Aid for Outdoor Leaders certification.

Recreation 264
Wilderness Nordic Skiing II (S) (3,0)
Prerequisite:

Wilderness Nordic Skiing I or equivalent

This course is designed to further experience, awareness,
knowledge, and activity skills initiated in Wilderness
Nordic Skiing I. Emphasis will be placed upon the acquisition of techniques for teaching the skills of cross-country
skiing in a group situation and ski touring techniques for
multi-day trips. This course will also deal with safe winter
travel and winter survival.

Recreation 293
Human Services Applications (F) (1.5,0)
A study of human service policies, statutory responsibilities, social services trends, outdoor recreation services for
special populations, human growth and development
methods utilizing recreation, appropriate leadership and
programming applications.

Career/Vocational — Outdoor Recreation

144

Tourism 111
From Tourism to Tourist: An Industry
Perspective (F) (1.5,0)
An introduction to the tourism industry and its role in the
economy, the scale, impact and major sectors of the
tourism industry, tourism products in B.C., development
potential, language and terminology used in the industry,
tourism industry structure and organization, revenue and
costs in various sectors, case studies and applications.
Students will learn key legal issues in the industry, and
will identify educational and professional career path
opportunities in various industry sectors in the province.

Tourism 112
Tourism Marketing (1.5,0)
Concepts and principles of marketing, market research,
product pricing and costing, service as a primary product,
advertising methods, targets marketing, factors in consumer preference, assessment of guest satisfaction.

Tourism 118
Special Events as Tourism Generators (1.5,0)
Creating a special event or attraction, product choice,
community fit, community resources, market analysis,
sponsor identification and benefits, administrative structure, volunteer management, public relations, media
relations, management styles, B.C. case studies.

Tourism 120
Adventure Tourism (F) (1.5,0)
Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting, heliskiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and
mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling
adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal
liability, insurance issues, organization and structure of
the industry, licensing requirements for different activities,
governments' role in area and activity management,
resource management issues, protecting resource areas.

Tourism Management
Contact: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant; Brian White
or Don Basham, Coordinators, phone 984-4947

Instructional Faculty
D. BASHAM, Coordinator
W. INGLIS, B.A. Dip. Marketing
J . JENNINGS, Dip. Hospitality and Tourism Administration
(B.C.l.T.)
S. MEYER, B.A. (Trinity Western)
J . PENDYGRASSE, B.Sc, Teacher's Cert. (Manitoba)
E. SHERLOCK, B.A., M.A. (UBC)
V. TIMMONS, Sr. Cert. Hospitality and Tourism Administration (B.C.l.T.), B.A.
S. IBARAKI
R. CARELESS, B.A., Dip. Tech. (B.C.l.T.)
G. FANE, B . S c , M.B.A., R.I.A.,
B. WHITE, B.A. (Hons) M.A., (SFU) Coordinator

TOURISM MANAGEMENT CO-OP
PROGRAM
Certificate Program

management of travel generators, including resorts, adventure tourism, attractions, conferences, and special
events.
The program will prepare students for recognition by the
Pacific Rim Institute of Tourism through its inclusion of the
Supervisory Development Program. It also includes the
American Hotels/Motels Association Certificate. Intensive,
specialty technical skills courses, contact with the industry, and a four-month supervised co-op work term encourage a professional attitude to the industry. The program's
pragmatic business management approach combined
with creative, high content teaching promises a rewarding
educational investment for students, and puts them in the
forefront of tourism education in B.C.

Admission Requirements
In order to be considered, applicants should be high
school graduates, at least 19 years old with good reading
and writing skills, and tourism industry work experience.
Post-secondary education is an asset. Phone the Tourism
Department for dates of the information meetings and
follow-up interviews.

Tourism is British Columbia's second largest industry. As
it continues to grow and diversify, the demand for welltrained, qualified supervisors and managers, and for small
owner-operated tourism businesses in the provincial
tourism work force increases.

Admission Procedure

Capilano College presents two high quality educational
options to prospective students:

• High school or post-secondary education transcripts

The Tourism Management Co-op Certificate Program,
offered at the Lynnmour campus, is an intensive, full-time
one year program, incorporating the seven-course Pacific
Rim Institute of Tourism Supervisory Development
curriculum.
The Tourism Supervisory Development Program is
offered on a part-time basis at the Sechelt campus, and in
the Whistler Resort Municipality.
The Tourism Department at Capilano is a provincial
leader in innovative tourism education, working in close
co-operation with the Pacific Rim Institute of Tourism and
industry employers to present challenging programs which
will start you on your path toward a stimulating career as a
professional in the tourism industry.

Please bring the following documentation to your interview:
• At least two letters of reference
• A letter of application, including a resume of past
experiences

Program Content

Credit
Hours

Spring Term
Session #1
TOUR 111 From Tourism to Tourist *
TOUR 112 Tourism Marketing *
TOUR 114 Human Relations *
TOUR 116 Financial Management *
TOUR 122 Hospitality Management
TOUR 123 Media Techniques
TOUR 126 Conference Management
TOTAL

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
3.0
1.5
1.5
12.0

* Supervisory Skills Development Program

The Program
Capilano College's new full-time Tourism Management
Co-op Program is the result of four years of intensive
development, and is on the leading edge of tourism
education programs in B.C. Its goal is to train students in
the supervisory and management skills necessary for the

Career/Vocational

—

Tourism

145

Spring Term
Session #2
TOUR 113 Human Resource Dev.*
TOUR 118 Special Events
TOUR 120 Adventure Tourism
TOUR 124 Advertising Strategies
for Tourism Industry
TOUR 128 Tourism Careers

1.5
1.5
1.5

Program Content
TOTAL

Summer Term
TOUR 130 Co-op Work Term
Fall Term
TOUR 115
TOUR 117
TOUR 119
TOUR 121
TOUR 125
TOUR 127

Supervisory Leadership*
Computer Applications *
The Japanese Tourism Market
Tourism Packaging
Financial Planning for
Tourist Operations
Tourism Resource
Management in B.C.
TOTAL

1.5
1.5
7.5
12

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
9.0

TOURISM SUPERVISORY
DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
The Program
While preparing industry employees for the provincial
certification offered by the Pacific Rim Institute of Tourism,
this program provides high quality supervisory training for
B.C.'s tourism industry. The program is fully transferable
within the province's system of colleges and institutes.
Courses are offered during the evening and on weekends,
with Whistler courses running from September to November, and Sechelt courses from September to April. Each
certificate program utilizes local case studies and is
designed to meet the tourism job markets on the Sunshine Coast and in the Squamish-Whistler-Pemberton
corridor. Courses in the Supervisory Development
Program will be offered in response to demand in the
satellite areas.

Admission Requirements
In order to be considered, applicants should be at least 19
years old with good reading and writing skills and some
tourism industry work experience. Phone the tourism
Department for dates of the information meetings and
follow-up interviews.

Admission Procedure
Please bring the following documentation to your interview:

Career/Vocational

146

—

Tourism

• At least two letters of reference
• High school or post secondary education transcripts
• A letter of application, including a resume of past
experiences

TOUR 111
TOUR 112
TOUR 113
TOUR 114
TOUR 115
TOUR 116
TOUR 117

From Tourism to Tourist
Tourism Marketing
Human Resource Development
Human Relations
Supervisory Leadership
Financial Management
Computer Applications
TOTAL

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1-5
10.5

Course Descriptions
Tourism 111
From Tourism to Tourist: An Industry
Perspective (1.5,0)
An introduction to the tourism industry and its role in the
economy: its scale and impact, major sectors, tourism
products in B.C., development potential, language and
terminology, industry structure and organization, revenue
and costs in various sectors, case studies and applications. Students will learn key legal issues in the industry,
and will identify educational and professional career path
opportunities in various industry sectors in the province.

Tourism 112
Tourism Marketing (1.5,0)
Concepts and principles of marketing, market research,
product pricing and costing, service as a primary product,
advertising methods, target marketing, factors in consumer preference, assessment of guest satisfaction.

Tourism 113
Human Resource Development In Tourism (1.5,0)
Recruiting, hiring, performance appraisal, guidance
methods, orientation, initial job training, designing job
specifications, interviewing techniques, human rights
guidelines, relevant legislation, employee incentive
programs, employment overview of different industry
sectors.

Tourism 114
Human Relations in Tourism (1.5,0)
Interpersonal communications skills for supervisors in the
tourism industry: stress management, time management,
presentation methods, conflict resolution techniques,
active listening, climate setting, staff counselling interviews, non-verbal cues, positive guidance methods.

Tourism 115
Supervisory Leadership in Tourism (1.5,0)

Tourism 122
Hospitality Management (3,0)

Motivation techniques, leadership styles and development, supervisory analysis, role-modelling, training and
development approaches, learning principles, on-the-job
training, team-building techniques, concepts of organizational culture, innovation support, dealing with organizational change.

An overview of the accommodation and food and beverage service sectors. Incorporates the American Hotels
Association Certificate curriculum.

Tourism 116
Financial Management in the Tourism Industry
(1.5,0)
Financial control methods, inventory control, labour costs
and controls, employee scheduling, payroll, loss prevention, reporting, accounting applications, financial statements, cash/credit transactions, basic financial planning.
Tourism 117
Computer Applications in Tourism (1.5,0)
An introduction to computer techniques applicable to the
tourism industry including operating systems, word processing, spreadsheets, and database systems. Future
trends and their impact on the industry are also covered.

Tourism 123
Media Techniques for the Tourism Industry
(1.5,0)
Basic media production skills. Utilizing media in the
tourism industry, its role and potential. Analyzing media in
the tourism industry.
Tourism 124
Advertising Strategies (1.5,0)
Basic theoretical and practical aspects of advertising,
understanding communication systems and media,
developing a creative campaign.
Tourism 125
Financial Planning for Tourist Operations (1.5,0)
Designing a business plan, financial planning techniques,
financial goal setting for tourism managers.

Tourism 118
Special Events as Tourism Generators (1.5,0)

Tourism 126
Conference Management (1.5,0)

Creating a special event or attraction, product choice,
community fit, community resources, market analysis,
sponsor identification and benefits, administrative structure, volunteer management, public relations, media
relations, management styles, B.C. case studies.

Basic principles of conference management, client
relations, pricing, program planning, staffing, venue
selection, and catering.

Tourism 119
The Japanese Tourism Market (1.5,0)
Basic phrases necessary to assist Japanese guests.
Expectations of Japanese tourists, acknowledgement of
Japanese culture and traditions, Japanese beliefs and
attitudes, dealing with the Japanese business community.
Tourism 120
Adventure Tourism (1.5,0)
Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting, heliskiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and
mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling
adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal
liability, insurance issues, organization and structure of
the industry, licensing requirements for different activities,
governments' role in area and activity management,
resource management issues, protecting resource areas.
Tourism 121
Packaging in the Tourism Industry (1.5,0)

Tourism 127
Tourism Resource Management In B.C. (1.5,0)
Tourism resources in the nine tourism regions of B.C.,
infrastructure, access, and resource potential, Tourism
Resource Management Policy.
Tourism 128
Tourism Careers (1.5,0)
An in-depth review of industry sectors and employment
opportunities, practicum orientation, employment liaison,
resume preparation.
Tourism 130
Tourism Co-op Work Term (12,0)
The practicum is designed to apply classroom theory
through work experience. Students will spend four months
in an acceptable industry placement and will be responsible to a specific industry supervisor. Students' work
performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty
and industry supervisor, and students will make a major
presentation to the Department at the conclusion of the
practicum.

The components of packaging, costing, market research,
dealing with tour wholesalers, researching the package
components, selling the package.
Career/Vocational

— Tourism

147

Additional Vocational Programs
For further information about any of these programs
please call the Coordinator of Mechanical/Industrial
Programs at 986-1911, local 2581. All of these programs
are offered subject to approved funding and local demand.

HOSPITALITY COURSES AT
WHISTLER

Restaurant Technology
A three week 90-hour course designed to take a person
with experience in the hospitality, food, and beverage
industry, and assist them to become competent supervisory personnel. The course will help the student to
become knowledgeable in personnel control, understand
all facets of food and beverage control, and understand
the economics of operating in a resort area. A portion of
the course will also deal with customer relationships.

Walter/Waitress
An intense 90-hour course conducted over a three week
time span in Whistler. The course deals with proper
attitude, business practices, and techniques to be a
successful food services worker in a resort area.

Bartending
A three week 90-hour course for experienced hospitality
workers who wish to be successful at operating a bar or
working in a lounge in a resort area. The course will deal
with proper business practices, attitude, and technique,
with hands-on experience in a bar.

Vocational

148

Programs

AQUACULTURE
C o n t a c t : 984-4971

This program is designed to train students to take responsible positions on salmon farms and with minimal experience on those farms assume a supervisory capacity.
Supervisory positions in this industry would be assistantmanagers in the case of some companies and technicians
(at different levels) in the case of others. Salmon farms in
this industry are divided into two basic classifications,
salmon hatcheries or smolt farms and salmon grow-out
farms. Though skills for both types of farms will be taught,
the emphasis on job placement will be concentrated on
the grow-out farms. This does not restrict the student
from gaining employment on smolt farms, processing
plants, feed plants or any other pertinent operation in the
industry. Offered only at Sechelt Campus.

Special Programs
ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE
WORKSHOPS AND COURSES
Contact: 984-4945
The Achievement Resource Centre offers two 1.5 credit
courses. See page 151 for non-credit workshops and
courses.

the College to form a unique blend of experiential and
academic training.
The emphasis is on Canada's relationships with PACIFIC
RIM COUNTRIES and our potential to extend our network
through trade, business, applied technology and development projects.

A R C 010 Learning and Study Skills (F,S) (1.5)

The Program

A 15 hour course to develop strategies for time management and effective study.

Students who are interested in a career in the Pacific Rim
will follow an integrated program of study which includes
the historical, economic, political, cultural and business
dynamics of the region.

A R C 201 Reading Dynamics (F,S) (1.5)
A 15 hour course in which participants learn and practice
flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing reading
comprehension are also included.
For further information, call 984-4945 or come to the
Achievement Resource Centre in B107 at the west end of
the Library.

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM
Contact: Bob Bagshaw, 984-4981

Instructional Faculty
N. ANION, B.A. (Kent), M.A. (SFU), Economics
R. BAGSHAW, B.Comm., M.A. (UBC), M.A. (Colorado),
Program and Co-op Coordinator
S. KAUFMANN, B.A. (L'lnstitute d'Etudes Politiques),
North Asia Business
L. MAY, B.A. (Brock), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC), Pacific and
Asian Studies
B. MCGILLIVRAY, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Geography, Co-op
Coordinator
B. NG, M.A. (London) B.A. (Int'l Christian Univ.), Teach.
Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong), Language Teach. Cert.
(UBC), Chinese Language, Co-op Coordinator
J . PLACZEK, B.A. (Windsor), M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. (UBC),
Thai Language
P. RICHARDS, B.A. (McGill), LL.B. (Toronto), M.A.
(UBC), Indonesian Language
N. OMAE, B.A., M.A., Teaching Cert., (Osaka U. of
Foreign Studies), Japanese Language
D. WALLACE, B.A. (UBC), Asia Business

General Information
This Diploma Program has been developed to offer
training to Canadians who are considering international
careers. It is a joint-venture in educational programming,
bringing Canadian employers together with students and

This is a full-time day program which offers an intensive
curriculum designed to serve the student in future international work. Each student will take the core courses in
Pacific and Asian Studies and International Business
Trade and Finance. In addition, students will choose an
Asian language. Japanese, Chinese (Mandarin), and Thai
are offered in a classroom format. Indonesian and other
Asian languages may be offered by special arrangement.
After two terms of study, eligible students will complete a
work placement. This coop work term will vary from four
to twelve months. Students will be evaluated by the
College and the employer, and this will become part of the
student's record.
Every effort will be made to secure co-op placements for
students. Jobs will be sought in Asian countries and in
International Canadian organizations. The work term will
end with a debriefing session.
Career targets of the current class include areas such as
Finance, International Marketing, Trade, Tourism, Human
Resources, Development, Education, Planning, Journalism, Urban Land Development, Government and NonGovernment organizations.
Applications for admission may be received from the
International Studies Cooperative Program office, telephone 984-4981, FAX 984-4992.

Admission Requirements
Applications for admission are invited from:
a) Students who have completed a degree in Arts,
Sciences or a professional area such as Business
Administration, Applied Science, Agriculture, Engineering,
Biotechnology, or Forestry.
b) Students who are currently employed and who are
eligible for company sponsorship into this program.
Sponsorship may come from a wide range of business
and development organizations which have the common
factor of wanting their employees trained for international
work.

Special

Programs

149

* Admission maximum is 30 students per year.
* Students are selected on the basis of their academic
record, relevant experience, a written submission and an
interview.
* Successful applicants will have strong written and interpersonal communication skills.

Program Content
FALL TERM
PASN 500 Pacific & Asian Studies I
PASN 502 International Business Trade and Finance I
Language Elective
SPRING TERM
PASN 501 Pacific & Asian Studies II
PASN 503 International Business Trade and Finance II
Language Elective
WORK TERM
Co-op I Summer
Co-op II Fall
Co-op III Spring

Course Descriptions
PASN 500
Pacific and Asian Studies I (F) (10.5)
This is an interdisciplinary course designed to acquaint
students with the geography, economy, history, culture,
social and political structures of 18 Pacific Rim countries
from the period before Western contact to the First World
War. The course will make students aware of the national
and regional patterns of experience in the Pacific Rim.

PASN 501
Pacific and Asian Studies II (S) (10.5)
This is an interdisciplinary course designed to acquaint
students with the geography, economy, history, culture,
social and political structures of 18 Pacific Rim countries
from the first world war to the present day. The course
will make students aware of the national and regional
patterns of experience in the Pacific Rim.

PASN 502
International Business Trade & Finance I (F) (3.0)
1. Familiarizes students with the business environment of
Pacific Rim countries, in order that they can realistically
determine the problems and prospects of developing
mutually beneficial business relations with these countries.
2. Delineates the problems and prospects of trade
between Canada and the Pacific Rim countries, in the

Special

150

Programs

sense of which commodities would likely be most profitable and how trade can be carried out most effectively.
This course will follow a case study format combined with
a number of field studies. The lectures will include a
number of guest experts from our business community
and abroad.
Through these studies students will learn to analyze and
solve problems systematically, gain a comprehensive
understanding of the complexity of international business,
and develop wide sources of business information.

PASN 503
International Business Trade & Finance II
(S) (3.0)
Continuation of PASN 502

Language Courses
See listing under Chinese, Japanese, and Thai in the
Academic section of the Calendar.

Non-Credit Programs and Courses
EXTENSION PROGRAMS
AND SERVICES
Contact: 984-4901

Extension Courses
The College offers a variety of cost recoverable non-credit
and credit courses and programs through its Extension
Programs and Services Department. There are no
prerequisites for admission to non-credit courses but
occasionally a certain level of proficiency is recommended
for admission.
Extension activities are a response to educational needs
additional to those fulfilled by the College's Academic and
CareerA/ocational programs. The majority of Extension
offerings are an outgrowth of the College's academic and
career/vocational programs whose faculties contribute to
the high level of instructional competence of the programs. Courses and programs are drawn from the areas
of arts, music, social sciences, natural sciences, career
development, business, computer science, personal
development, fashion, media, and modern languages.
Educational study tours are also available through
Extension Programs.
Extension courses are not listed in the Calendar — they
are advertised in seasonal brochures distributed throughout the community, in newspaper ads and by direct mail.

Community Music School
The Capilano College Community Music School is
administered through the Extension Programs and
Services Department. It offers courses and programs in
Instrumental, Voice and Theory for both children and
adults at Capilano College and in other community
locations. The calendar is available by phoning 984-4901.
Programs for adults are listed in the Extension Programs
and Services calendar published twice yearly.

Contract Education
Extension Programs and Services draws on a wide range
of educational resources to provide training for groups of
any size in all aspects of business and professional
development.

Co-sponsorship of Educational
Activities
Organizations and societies are encouraged to cosponsor their educational activities with Capilano College.
The College can provide facilities, program design and
administrative services and welcomes the opportunity to

foster public understanding on social, business, artistic
and technological issues.
For further information on Extension Programs & Services
phone 984-4901 (lower mainland), 892-5322 (Howe
Sound), or 885-9310 (Sunshine Coast). (For Extension
Programs Services tuition fee policy please see page 9).

ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE
WORKSHOPS AND COURSES
Contact: 984-4945
The Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) offers free
workshops on learning skills for college success. You can
come for single one hour sessions in lunch hours or you
may enroll for the ten hour series which is given during
the Tuesday two hour lunch break and Thursday college
meeting block.

Workshop topics:
Concentration
Exam Preparation
Generating and Organizing Ideas
Learning from your Text
Listening
Memory Training
Notetaking
Oral Presentations
Reading Efficiency
Researching a Term Assignment
Spelling Improvement
Test Taking Strategies
Time Management
Vocabulary Expansion
Introduction to Word Processing
ARC also offers 1.5 credit courses:

ARC 010 LEARNING AND STUDY SKILLS
A 15 hour course to develop strategies for time management and effective study.

ARC 201 READING DYNAMICS
A 15 hour course in which participants learn and practice
flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing reading
comprehension are also included.
For further information, call 984-4945 or come to the
Achievement Resource Centre in B107 at the west end of
the Library.

Non-Credit

Programs

and

Courses

151

Transfer Guide
This transfer guide is provided as a convenience to the
student and is correct at the time of printing. Information
on any courses not listed can be obtained from the
department concerned. Capilano College assumes no
responsibility for articulation changes made at the universities which invalidate this guide.
Students should be aware when using the guide that
Capilano College and Simon Fraser University are on a
semester system. The University of British Columbia and
the University of Victoria are on a yearly system. This will
account for the apparent discrepancy in transfer credits.
NOTE: 1 1/2 units at UBC or U.Vic, are equal to 3 or 4.5
Capilano College credit hours (see College Calendar
under course description for correct credits).
Similarly, if two Capilano College courses are required, 3
units at UBC or U.Vic, could equal 6 or 9 credit hours at
Capilano College. For example, Psychology 100 and 101
(three credit hours each) would equal 3 units at UBC.
This transfer guide is accurate as of January, 1988. If
further or updated information is required, please contact
one of Capilano College's counsellors or the institution
that you wish to transfer to.
SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY
Admissions Office
Burnaby, B.C. V5A1S6
291-3224
UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
Registrar's Office
#204-2075 Wesbrook Mall
Vancouver, B.C. V6T1Z2
228-2844

BRITISH COLUMBIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
3700 Willingdon Avenue
Burnaby, B.C. V5G 3H2
434-5734
CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS
1555 West 8th Avenue
Vancouver, B.C. V6J 1Y5
732-1211
SOCIETY OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS
1575-650 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, B.C. V6B 4W7
687-5891
INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
1155 Melville Street
Vancouver, B.C. V6E 4C4
681-3264

152

N O T E S

#1 • S F U : SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY
Sociogy and Anthropology courses at Simon Fraser
University carry four semester hours credit, while college
courses generally carry three. To facilitate entry to the
program, the following exemptions will be granted to
students transferring 60 credits from a college:
1. Completion of five Type 1 transfer courses in Sociology
and Anthropolgy (15 credits) will be judged as satisfying
the lower division Sociology and Anthropology requirement of five courses (20 credits), providing that program
prerequisites have been fulfilled.
2. Completion of four Type 1 transfer courses in Sociology
and Anthropolgy (12 credits) will be judged as completion
of four Sociology and Anthropology lower division courses
(16 hours), providing that program prerequisites are being
fulfilled. Such students will be required to take one
additional lower division Sociology and Anthropology
course at Simon Fraser University in order to complete
lower division Sociology and Anthropology requirements.
3. Completion of three or fewer Type 1 transfer courses
(nine credits or less) will warrant a department exemption
of one credit per course.
For further information, consult the Department of
Sociology and Anthropology.
# 2 - U B C : ART

UNIVERSITY OF VICTORIA
Admissions Office
P.O. Box 1700
Victoria, B.C. V8W 2Y2
721-7211

Transfer

(For information regarding transfer credit to any of the
above, you may also contact the Business Management
Department of Capilano College.)

Guide

Students planning to enter the program leading to a B.A.
degree with a major in Fine Arts should normally apply
after four terms. Where Art (History and/or Studio)
courses are not available at the College attended, transfer
following only two terms would be advisable. Students
planning to enter the Studio program leading to the B.F.A.
degree should normally apply to the university following
two terms. Applicants with four terms will be considered.
The maximum credit possible for studio courses for a
student who has completed First Year will be three units
Fine Arts 181. A student who has completed Second
Year will be allowed a further six units of credit in studio
courses to correspond to a selection from Fine Arts 281290 (Fine Arts 281-290 or equivalent, to a total of 6 units,
is required for the B.F.A.). Students applying for the
B.F.A. are reminded that admission to the program is by
selection based on standing and courses and an assessment of a folio of art work. The year of admission whether
second of third year will be at the discretion of the Department.

The selection committee to screen applicants will meet
early in April prior to the session to which application will
be made. Applicants should contact the Department of
Fine Arts by mid-March to obtain the necessary information on application procedure. Late applicants for the
B.F.A. program will be considered at registration time if
places are still available.
Students who plan to transfer Fine Arts studio credit into
an Art Education Program must produce a representative
folio of work. The Adjudication Committee of the Art
Education program will determine if the work is of acceptable standard for transfer of credit.

#3 • SFU: LANGUAGE COURSES
1. Exemption from language courses will normally be
determined by a placement test or other assessment
procedure prior to registration. For further information on
assessment procedures, consult the appropriate language
department.
2. All students (except native speakers or complete
beginners) with prior knowledge of a language are
required to consult with the language department concerned, for a placement prior to or at registration. Native
speakers or students who received their secondary
education in a language taught at Simon Fraser University
will not normally be admitted to a language course, in that
particular language, numbered between 100 and 300
inclusive.
3. Total transfer and course challenge credit in basic
language courses may not exceed the limits given below:
French — 1 3 semester hours
German — 11 semester hours
Russian — 9 semester hours
Spanish — 11 semester hours
Students interested in course challenge should contact
the appropriate language department.

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Anthropology 120

S.A. (3)

Anthropology (11/2)(1st or 2nd year)

Anthropology 100 B(11/2)

Anthropology 121

S A (3)

Anthropology (11/2)(1st or 2nd year)

Anthropology 100 B(11/2)

Anthropology 120 & 121

S.A170(3),SA(3)

Anthropology 200 (3)

Anthropology 100 B (1 1/2) &
(100 level)(1 1/2)

Anthropology 120
& Women's Studies 122

SA170(3), SA(3)orSA170(3),
Women's Studies 200 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100 (3)

Anthropology 121
& Women's Studies 122

SA170(3), SA(3)orSA170(3),
Women's Studies 200 (3)

These courses transfer separately,
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100 (3)

Anthropology 123

Archaeology 101 (3)

Anthropology (11/2)(1 st or 2nd year)

Anthropology 240 (1 1/2)

Anthropology 124

Archaeology 131 (3)

Anthropology 240 (1 1/2)

Anthropology 100 A (1 1/2)

Anthropology 200

S A (3)(200 division)

Anthropology (11/2)

Anthropology (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Anthropology 202

S A (3)(200 division)

Anthropology (11/2)

Anthropology (200 Level)(11/2)

Anthropology 204

S A 203 (3)

Anthropology (11/2)(2nd year)

Anthropology (200 Level)(11/2)

Anthropology 206

S A 286 (3)

To be determined.

To be determined.

Anthropology 206

S A (3)

To be determined.

To be determined.

Anthropology 249

S A (3)

Anthropology (11/2)

Anthropology (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Any two courses are equivalent to
Fine Arts 181 (3)

Note: Art Studio courses to be
determined individually on
presentation of portfolio.

For further information on
Anthropology see Note #1 (page 156)

Art 150*, 151*,152,154,156
157,158,164,166,167,171,
172,174,178,182,183,184,

Any one course is equivalent to
Visual Art (Studio)(3). Except Art
150 or 141; these courses will be
equivalent to Visual Art Studio (2) each

Art 163,165,204,206,216,217

Any one course is equivalent to
Visual Art (Studio)(3)

Art 250, 255, 257,262*, 263'
265,271,272,273,274,282,
283

Any one course is equivalent to
Visual Art (Studio)(3)

Art 300

Sculpture - Visual Arts (Studio) (6)
Printmaking - General Elective
(Visual Art (Studio) (6)

Fine Arts (Studio) 11/2 units each.
Credit may be granted in courses
from Fine Arts 281-290(6) after
assessment of portfolio.

* Credit of 2 units only. May not
receive credit for Art 152,154,164,
184.
" May not also receive credit for
Art 158,178.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON
ART SEE 2. (page 156)

Biology 104

Bioscience 101'(3)

Transfers with 105

Biology (100 Level)(11/2)

Biology 105

Bioscience 102*(3)

Transfers with 104

Biology (100Level)(1 1/2)

Biology 104 & 105

These courses transfer separately
See individual numbers.

Biology (3)(no credit in Life Science
Departments)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 104 & 113

These courses transfer separately.

Biology (3)(no credit in Ufe Science
Departments)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 108

Bioscience 101 (3)

Transfers with Biology 111

Biology (150 partial credit) (11/2)

Biology 110

Bioscience 10T(3)

Transfers with 111

Transfers with 111

Biology 111

Bioscience 102*(3)

Transfers with 110

Transfers with 110

Biology 108 & 111

These courses transfer separately

Biology 101 (3) or 102 (3)

Biology 150 (3)

Biology 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Biology 101 (3) or 102 (3)

Biology 150 (3)

TRANSFER GUIDE
154

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Biology 113

Bioscience 102 (3)

Transfers with Biology 104

Biology (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Biology 200

Bioscience 202 (3)

Biology (1 1/2)(2nd year)(precludes
credit for Biology 334)

Biology (200 Level) (1 1/2)

Biology 212

Bioscience 306 (3)

Zoology 205(1 1/2)

Biology 206(1 1/2)

Biology 213

Bioscience 316 (3)

Zoology 203(1 1/2)

Biology 207(1 1/2)

Biology 214

Bioscience 201 (3)

Biology 200 (1 1/2)

Biology 200(1 1/2)

Biology 215

Bioscience 301 (3)

Biology 201 (11/2)(when accompanied
by Organic Chemistry)

Biochemistry 200(1 1/2)

Biology 220

Bioscience (3)

Transfers with 221

Transfers with 221

Biology 221

Bioscience (3)

Transfers with 220

Transfers with 220

Biology 220 & 221

Bioscience 303 (3), Bioscience (3)

Microbiology 200 (3)

Microbiology 200 (3)

* Students contemplating further work
in Biology should endeavor to take
Biology 110 & 111. Credit will not
be allowed for both Biology 104 &
110, or Biology 105 & 111.

' Students obtaining C+ or
above in Biology 201/202 are
allowed to waive Biology 300
requirement for major.

Statistics (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Business Management 171
Commerce (11/2)

Business Management 172

Transfers with 176

Business Mgt. 172 & 176

Business (3) (both courses must
be completed for credit)

Business Mgt. 178 S 179

Business 251 (3) (both courses

Commerce 151 (1 1/2) plus

must be completed for credit)

Commerce (11/2)

Business Management 180

Transfers with 176
Commerce (100 Level)(11/2)
Commerce 251 (11/2)

Commerce (11/2)

Computer Science (100 level) (1 1/2)

Business Management 184

Transfers with 185

Transfers with 185

Commerce 251 (11/2)

Business Management 185

Transfers with 184

Transfers with 184

Commerce 253 (1 1/2)

Business Mgt. 184 & 185

Business 222 (3)

Commerce 151 (1 1/2)

Business Management 255

Business (3)

Business Management 256

Business (3)

Business Management 257

Business (3)

Chemistry 104

Chemistry (3)

Transfers with 105

Chemistry (100 Level) (11/2)

Chemistry 105

Chemistry (3)

Transfers with 104

Chemistry (100Levell) (1 1/2)

Chemistry 104 & 105

Chemistry 104 (3) & Chemistry
105 (3) plus exemption for
Chemistry 115 & 118

Chemistry 103 (3)

Chemistry 101 & 102(11/2) each

Chemistry 108

Chemistry 104 (3)(exempts from
Chemistry 115)

Transfers with 111

Chemistry 100 (11/2)

Chemistry 108 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 120 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 109

Chemistty105 (3)(exempts from
Chemistry 118)

Chemistry 108 & 109

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 102 (11/2)
Chemistry 110 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

TRANSFER GUIDE

155

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Chemistry 110

Chemistry 104 (3)(exempts from
Chemistry 115)

Transfers with 111

Chemistry 101 (11/2)

Chemistry 111

Chemistry 105 (3)(exempts from
Chemistry 118)

Transfers with 108 & 110

Chemistry 102 (11/2)

Chemistry 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 120(3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 200

Chemistry 251 (3)(exempts from
Chemistry 256. Will be required
to take SFU 251 if "D" obtained
in 200)

Transfers with 201

Chemistry 231 (11/2)

Chemistry 201

Chemistry 252 (3)(Will be required
to take SFU 252 if "D" obtained
in 201)

Transfers with 200

Chemistry 232 (1 1/2)*

Chemistry 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 230 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 204

Chemistry 261 (3)

Transfers with 205

Chemistry (200 Level)(11/2)

Chemistry 205

Chemistry 232 (3)

Chemistry 204 & 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Chemistry 205 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

* May take 3rd year organic courses if
213 taken as corequisite in Fall. Consult
Department replacement

Chinese 100 & 101

Chinese 100 & 101 (6)

Chinese 100 (3)

Chinese 100 (3)

Chinese 200 & 201

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Commerce 290

To be determined

Commerce 290 (2)

Commerce 291 •

To be determined

Commerce 291 (2)

Commerce 292

Business 270 (3)

Commerce 292 (2)

Commerce 293

Business 251 (3)

Commerce 293 (1 1/2)

Commerce 294

To be determined

Commerce 294 (1 1/2)

Commerce 296

To be determined

Commerce 296 (1 1/2

Commerce 297

To be determined

Commerce 297 (1 1/2)

Communications 150
Communications 150 & 156

•

English (100 level) (1 1/2)
Communications (3)

Communications 153

English 115(11/2)

Communications 190

Creative Writing (11/2)

Communications 280

Creative Writing (11/2)

COMPUTING SCIENCE

For Mathematics courses please refer itthe "Mathematics" section of the guide

Computing Science 100 (Basic)

Computing Science 100 (3)

Computer Science (11/2)
(may allow admission to Computer
Science 118)

Computer Science 100(1 1/2)

Computing Science 103 (Pascal) Computing Science 103*(4)

Computer Science 114(11/2)

Computing Science 110 (11/2)

Computing Science 104

Computer Science 213 (1 1/2)

Computer Science (1 1/2)

TRANSFER

156

GUIDE

Computing Science 105 (3)

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Computing Science 105

Computing Science (3)

Computer Science 116 (1 1/2) or
118 (1 1/2)(depending on language
used)

Computer Science 110 (11/2)

Computing Science 130

Computing Science 104 (1)

Computing Science 131

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Computing Science 180

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Computing Science 222

Computing Science 201 (4)

Computer Science (1 1/2)

Computer Science 115 (1 1/2)

Computing Science 104 & 222

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Computer Science 215 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Computing Science 223

Computing Science 205 (3)

Computing Science 220 (1 1/2)

Math 222 (1 1/2)

Computing Science 226

Computing Science 290 (3), 291 (1)

To be determined.

Computer Science (200 Level)(11/2)

Computing Science 231

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Economics 100 (3)

Economics (11/2)

Economics 100 (1 1/2)

Economics 101

Economics 101 (3)

Economics (1 1/2)

Economics 100 (1 1/2)

Economics 100 & 101

These courses transfer separately
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics 100 & (100 Level)(11/2)

Economics 120

Economics 150 (3)

Economics (11/2)

Economics (100 Level)(11/2)

Economics 121

Economics 152 (3)

Economics (11/2)

Economics (100 Level)(11/2)

Economics 200

Economics 205 (3)

Economics (1 1/2)(transfer students
taking Economics 100 at UBC may
not also obtain transfer credit for
one of Economics 200 & 201)

Economics 202 (1 1/2)

Economics 201

Economics 200 (3)

Economics (1 1/2)(transfer students
taking Economics 100 at UBC may
not also obtain transfer credit for
one of Economics 200 & 201)

Economics 201 (11/2)

Economics 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics 211

Economics 201 (11/2)

Economics (200 Level)(11/2)

Economics 212

Economics 202 ((1 1/2

Economics (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Economics 211 &212

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Economics (200 Level)(3)

'If "B" grade achieved, credit will be
101 (4), if below a "B", credit will be
103(4).

Economics 100

English 010

English (3)

English 100

English 099 (2)
G.E.Engl. (1)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English 115(1 1/2)

English 100 or 102,103,104,
105,106

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Any two: English 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 102

English 210(3)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English 115(1 1/2)

English 103

English (3)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English (100 Level)(1 1/2)

English 104

English 101 (3)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English 121 (1 1/2)

English 105

English 102 (3)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English 122(1 1/2)

English 106

English 103 (3)

See English 100 or 102 Listing.

English 122(1 1/2)

TRANSFER GUIDE

157

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

English 105 & 106

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

See English 100 or 102 Usting.

English (100 Level)(3)

English 190

English (3)

Transfers with 191

Transfers with 191

English 191

English (3)

Transfers with 190

Transfers with 190

English 190 & 191

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Creative Writing 202 (3)(permission
to enter senior courses in Creative
Writing subject to assessment of
recent writing by UBC department)

Creative Writing 100 (3)

English 200

English (3)(exempts from
English 204 or 205)

Transfers with 201

Transfers with 201

English 201

English 206 (3)

Transfers with 200

Transfers with 200

English 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 201 (3)

English 200 (3)

English 202

English 121 (3)

Transfers with 203

English (200 Level)(1 1/2)

English 203

English 221 (3) or English (3)

Transfers with 202

English (200Level)(1 1/2)

English 202 & 203

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 202 (3)

English 202 (3)

English 204

English 222 (3)

Transfers with 205

Transfers with 205

English 205

English 222 (3) or English (3)

Transfers with 204

Transfers with 204

English 204 & 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English (3)(2nd year literature)

English 203(3)

English 206

English 103 or English (3)

English 206 (1 1/2)

English (200 Level)(11/2)

English 207

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

English 208

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

English 209

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

English 210

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

English 211

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

English 212

English (3)

Transfers with 213

English (200 Level)(11/2)

English 213

English (3)

Transfers with 212

English (200 Level(1 1/2)

English 212 & 213

These courses transfer separately
See individual numbers.

English (3)(2nd year Literature)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

English 215

English (3)

English (1 1/2)(2ndyear)

English (200 Level)(1 1/2)

English 216

English 102 (3) or English (3)

English (11/2)(2ndyear)

English (200Level)(1 1/2)

English 290

English (3)

Creative Writing (1 1/2)

Creative Writing 201 (11/2)(part credit

English 291

English (3)

Creative Writing (11/2)

Creative Writing 202 (1 1/2)(part credit

Ensemble 100 & 150

Music 154(1)

Music 180(1)

Ensemble 110 & 160

Music 150(1)

Music 180(1)

Ensemble 135 & 185

Music 164(1)

Ensemble 200 & 250

Music 154(1)

Music 280(1)

Ensemble 210 & 260

Music 150(1)

Music 280(1)

Ensemble 235 & 285

Music 164(1)
Total allowable transfer credit
in large assembly (Music 150,152,
153,154) will be limited to 2 units.

TRANSFER

158

GUIDE

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Fine Arts 100

Art History (3)

Transfers with 101

Transfers with 101

Fine Arts 101

Arts History (3)

Transfers with 100

Transfers with 100

Fine Arts 100 & 101

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Fine Arts 125 (3)

History in Art 120 (3)

Fine Arts 104

Arts (3)

Transfers with 105

FA(100Level)(11/2)

Fine Arts 105

Arts (3)

Transfers with 104

F.A.(100Level)(1 1/2)

Fine Arts 104 & 105

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Fine Arts 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Fine Arts 210

Art History (3)

Fine Arts (1 1/2)(Not to be counted
toward the major)

Transfers with 211

Fine Arts 211

Art History (3)

Fine Arts (1 1/2)(Not to be counted
toward the major)

Transfers with 210

Fine Arts 210& 211

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History in Art 260 (3)

Fine Arts 220

G.E.VSARHIST(3)

Art History (11/2)

History in Art (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Fine Arts 221

G.E. VSAR HIST (3)

Art History (11/2)

History in Art (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Fine Arts 220 & 221

Art History (3)

Art History (3) (may not receive credit
for Fine Arts 335)

History in Art (200 Level)(3)

Fine Arts 250

Visual Art (3)

Art History (11/2)

History in Art (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Fine Arts 251

Visual Art (3)

Art History (11/2)

History in Art (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Fine Arts 250 & 251

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

French 100

French *(3)

Transfers with 101

Transfers with 101

French 101

French *(3)

Transfers with 100

Transfers with 100

French 100 & 101

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

French 105 (3)

French 100 (3)

French 120 & 121

French '(3) each

French 110 (3)

French 160 (3)

French 130 & 131

French '(3) each

French (3) (1st year)

French 100 (3)

French 170S 171

French '(2) each

French 120 (3)

French 180 (3)

French 190S 191

French *(3) each

French 115(3)

French 160 (3)

French 270 & 271

French *(3) each

French 202 (3)

French 290 (3)

French 290 & 291

French *{3) each

French 215(3)

French 180 (3)

'For information on the transferability
of any one of the following French
courses see Note #3 (page 157)

Geography 100

Geography 141 (3)

Geography 220 (1 1/2)

Geography 101 B(11/2)

Geography 101

Geography (3)

Geography 102(11/2)

Geography (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Geography 106

Geography 263 (3)

Geography (1 1/2)

Geography (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Geography 108

Geography 262 (3)

Geography 190(11/2)

Geography (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Geography 112

Geography 111 (3)

Transfers with 114

Geography 203 A (11/2)

Geography 114

Physical Geography (3)

Transfers with 112

Geography 203 B(11/2)

Geography 112 8,114

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Geography 101 (3)

Geography 203 (3)

TRANSFER

GUIDE

159

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Geography 200

Geography 121 (3)

Geography 260 (1 1/2)

Geography 201 B (11/2)

Geography 201

Geography (3)

Geography (1 1/2)

Geography 201 A (11/2)

Geography 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Geography 201 (3)

Geography 205

Geography 263 (3)

Geography (1 1/2)

Geography 221

Geography 250 (3)

Geography (11/2)

Geography (200 Level)(11/2)

Geography 249

Geography (3)

Geography (11/2)

Geography 205 B(11/2)

Geology 110

Geology (3)

Transfers with 111

Transfers with 111

Geology 111

Geology (3)

Transfers with 110

Transfers with 110

Geology 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.

Geology 105 (3)

Geology 100 (3)

German 100 & 101

German' (3) each

German 100(3)

German 100 (3)'

German 200 & 201

German' (3) each

German 200 (3)

German 200 (3)'

* For information on the transferability
of any one of the following German
courses see Note #3 (page 153).

History 100

To be determined

History 102
History 103

' Must complete survey of German
Grammar. Grade of "C" or above
required.

To be determined

To be determined

History 223 (3)

History (1 1/2)

History 240(1 1/2)(part credit*)

History (3)(200 Division)

History (1 1/2)

History 240(1 1/2)(part credit*)

History 102 & 103

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History 120 (3)

History 240 (3)

History 108

History 212 (3)

History (11/2)

History 210(1 1/2)(part credit*)

History 109

History 213 (3)

History (1 1/2)

History 210(1 1/2)(part credit')

History 108 & 109

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History 210(3)

History 110

History 101 (3)

History (1 1/2)

History 230 (1 1/2)(part credit*)

History 111

History 102 (3)

History (1 1/2)

History 230 (1 1/2)(part credit')

History 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

History 135(3)

History 230 (3)

History 200

History (3)(200 division)

History (1 1/2)

History (200 Level)(1 1/2)

History 201

History (3)(200 division)

History (1 1/2)

History (200 Level)(1 1/2)

History 205

History 201 (3)

History (1 1/2)

History (200 Level)(1 1/2)(students
should not be permitted to take 355)

History 207

History (3)(200 division)

History (1 1/2)(preclues credit
for History 101)

History 236(1 1/2)(part credit')

History 208

History (3)

History (1 1/2)

History (200 Level) (11/2)
' If half the course has been complete!
students will not be permitted to take
the complete course at U.Vic. For
further information contact the U.Vic.
History Department.

Indonesian 100

G.E. INDO (3)

To be determined.

To be determined

Indonesian 101

G.E. INDO (3)

To be determined.

To be determined

TRANSFER

160

GUIDE

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

Japanese 100

Japanese 100 (3)

Japanese 101

Japanese 101 (3)

Japanese 100 & 101

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Japanese 102 (3)

Japanese 100 (3)

Japanese 200

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Japanese 201

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Labour Studies 140

History (200 level) (11/2)

Labour Studies 142

History (200 level) (1 1/2)

Labour Studies 170

English (100 level) (1 1/2)

Legal Assistant Studies 150

Political Science 151 (3)

Legal Assistant Studies 151

Criminology (3)

Legal Assistant Studies 258

Legal Studies (3)

Legal Assistant Studies 268

Criminology (3,

MATHEMATICS

For Computing Science courses please r3fer to the "Computing Science" section of the guide.

Mathematics 010,011,012

All three must be taken
Mathematics 100 (3)

Mathematics 099

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Mathematics 101

Mathematics 101 (3)

Statistics 203* (1 1/2)

Statistics (100 Level)(11/2)
without Algebra 12 (0) credits

Mathematics 101 & 102

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Statistics (100 level)(3) with
Algebra 12; without Algebra 12

Mathematics 101 & 110

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Statistics 105(11/2) and
Mathematics 100(1 1/2)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 101,102 & 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These course transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Statistics 250 & 251 (3)

Mathematics 101 & 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Statistics 250 (1 1/2)

Mathematics 102

Mathematics 302 (3)

Statistics 303* (1 1/2)

Statistics 250 (1 1/2)

Mathematics 103

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Mathematics 105

Mathematics 100 (3)

Transfers with 108 or 110

Mathematics 012(0)

Mathematics 105 & 108

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 111 (3)(1.5 units in
Faculty of Science)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 105 & 110

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 111 (3)(1.5 units in
Faculty of Science)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 108

Mathematics 157*(3)

Mathematics 140'(11/2)

Mathematics 102 (11/2)

Mathematics 109

Mathematics 158 ( 3 ) "

Mathematics 141'(11/2)

Mathematics (200 Level)(11/2)

Mathematics 110

Mathematics 151'(3)

Mathematics 100 (11/2)

Mathematics 100 (11/2)

Mathematics 111

Mathematics 152 ( 3 ) "
& Mathematics (1)

Mathematics 101 (1 1/2)

Mathematics 101 (11/2)

Mathematics 110 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Mathematics 100 (11/2), Math
101 (11/2) & Math (100Level)(1)

Mathematics 200

Mathematics 232 (3)

Mathematics 221 (11/2)

Mathematics 233 A (11/2)

Mathematics 205

Mathematics 272 (3)

Mathematics or Statistics 205 (1 1/2)

Statistics (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Mathematics 215

Mathematics 242 (3)

Mathematics 220 (1 1/2)

Mathematics (200 level) (1 1/2)

Mathematics 012 (0)

TRANSFER GUIDE

161

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Mathematics 230

Mathematics 251 (3)

Mathematics 200 (1 1/2)

Mathematics (200 level) (1 1/2)

Mathematics 231

Mathematics 252 (3)

Mathematics 201 (11/2)

Mathematics (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Mathematics 235

Mathematics 310(3)

Mathematics (11/2) (precludes
creditforMath 315)

' Credit is permitted for only one
of Mathematics 151 or 157.

* Not for faculty of Science or
Mathematics students.

Mathematics 201 (11/2)

" Credit is permitted only for
one of Mathematics 158 or 152.

Media 053

Rim (Studio) (3)

Media 075

Rim (Studio)(2)

Media 153

Rim (3)

Media 171 & 271

Communications 257 (3)

Media 181 & 182

Communications 258 (3)

Media 183 & 185

Credit may be assigned after
portfolio interview with student

Media 253

Rim (Studio) (3)

Music 100

Music (3)

Transfers with 101

Music (100 Level)(1)

Music 101

Music (3)

Transfers with 100

Music (100 Level)(1)

Music 100 & 101

These courses transfer separately.

Music 100(3) or Music 101 *(3)

MusiclOOA, 100 B, & 170 (3)

Music 102 (2)

Music (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Music 110 & 111
Music 114 & 115

...

Music 141 (1)

Music 236 (1 1/2)

Music 120

Music History (3)

Transfers with 121

Music (100 Level)(11/2)

Music 121

Music History (3)

Transfer with 120

Music (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Music 120 & 121

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 120 and 121 (3)

Music (100 Level)(11/2)

Music 120,121 & 220,221

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 110 (3), Music (100 Level)(3)
Music (100 Level)(1/2)

Music 170
Music 170 & 171

Music (3)

Music 180

Music (Studio)(3)
Music (100 Level)(1)

Music 180 & 181
Music 184

Music (Studio)(3)

Music 185

Music (Studio)(3)
Music 170(1)

Music 184 & 185

Music 181 (1)

Music 194 & 195

...

Music 200

Music (3)

Transfers with 201

Music 100 A (1)

Music 201

Music (3)

Transfers with 200

Music 100 B (1)

Music 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 200 and 201 (3)

Music (200 Level)(3)

Music 210 & 211

Music 122 (2)

Music (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Music 214 & 215

Music 241 (1)

Music 236 (1 1/2)

Music 220

Music History (3)

Transfers with 221

Music (100 Level)(11/2)

Music 221

Music History (3)

Transfers with 220

Music (100 Level)(11/2)

TRANSFER GUIDE

162

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Music 220 & 221

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 220 and 221 (3)

Music (100Level)(3)

Music 220, 221, 8,120,121

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Music 110 (3), Music (100 Level)(3)

Music 294 8,295

Music 181 (1)

Music 360

Music Education (1) (second year)
(Students granted this credit may not
take Mus. Ed. 336 for credit.)
* Applicants for a major or concentration
in Music Education must have at least
65% (or equivalent) in both Music
Education 101 & 201.

Philosophy 101

Philosophy 100 (3)

Philosophy (11/2)

Transfers with 102

Philosophy 102

Philosophy 120 (3)

Philosophy (11/2)

Transfers with 101

Philosophy 101 & 102

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 100 (3)

Philosophy 100 (3)

Philosophy 101 & 210

Philosophy 100 (3), Philosophy (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

101 transfers with 102,210 transfers
separately. See individual numbers.

Philosophy 101,210 4 211

Philosophy 100 (3), Philosophy 203 (3)
Philosophy (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

101 transfers with 102. 210,211
transfer separately. See individual
numbers.

Philosophy 110

Philosophy 001 (3)

Philosophy (1 1 !2){precludes credit forPhilosophy (100Level)(11/2)
Philosophy 102)

Philosophy 110 8,120

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 102(11/2)

Philosophy 111

To be determined

To be determined

Philosophy 120

Philosophy (3)

To be determined
Philosophy (100 Level) (11/2)

Philosophy 130

Philosophy 244 (3)

Philosophy (11/2)

Philosophy 222A (1 1/2)

Philosophy 140

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Philosophy 141

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Philosophy 200

Philosophy (3)

Philosophy (11/2)

Philosophy 232 (1 1/2)

Philosophy 201

Philosophy 220 (3)

Philosophy (11/2)

Philosophy 326 (1 1/2)

Philosophy 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 201 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 202

Philosophy 210 (3)

Philosophy 302 (1 1/2)

Philosophy 203 (1 1/2)

Philosophy 210

Philosophy 100 (3)

Philosophy (11/2)

Philosophy (200 Level)(11/2)

Philosophy 211

Philosophy 203 (3)

Philosophy (11/2)

Philosophy (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Philosophy 210 81211

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 250 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Philosophy 220

Philosophy 241 (3)

Philosophy (11/2)

Philosophy (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Philosophy 221

Philosophy (3)

Philosophy (11/2)

Philosophy (200 Level)(11/2)

Philosophy 222

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Philosophy 230

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

Philosophy 231

To be determined

To be determined

To be determined

TRANSFER

GUIDE

163

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Physics 104

Physics 100 (3)

Physics (11/2) not for credit in the
Science Faculty

Transfers with 105

Physics 108

Physics 101 (3), Physics (1)

Transfers with 111 or 115

Physics (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Physics 108 & 111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 110 (3)

Physics 102 (3)

Physics 108 & 115

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 110 (3)

108 tranfers separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 110

Physics 101 (3)

Transfers with 111 or 115

Transfers with 111

Physics 111

Physics 102 (3)

Transfers with 110 or 108

Transfers with 110

Physics 110 & 111

Students will be exempted from
Physics 131 (2)

Physics 110 (3)

Physics 102 (3)

Physics 1104 115

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 110 (3)

110 transfers with 111
115 transfers with 114

Physics 114

Physics 120 (3)

Transfers with 111 4115

Physics (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Physics 115

Physics 121 (3)

Transfers with 108 or 110 or 114

Physics (100 Level)(11/2)

Physics 114 4111

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 110 (3)

111 transfers with 108 4110
114 transfers with 115

Physics 114 4 115

Students will be exemped from
Physics 233 (2)

Physics 115 (3)

Physics 110/120 (3)

Physics 200

Physics' (3)

Transfers with 210

Transfers with 210

Physics 201

Physics 221* (3)

Transfers with 211

Transfers with 211

Physics 200 4 210

These courses transfer separately.

Physics 213(2)

Physics 217(11/2)

Physics 201 4 211

These courses transfer separately.

Physics 215(2)

Physics 216(11/2)*

Physics 210

Physics' (1)

Transfers with 200 or2tt

Transfers with 200

Physics 211

Physics* (1)

Trapsfers with 201 or 210

Transfers with 201

Physics 210 4 211

Physics 235' (2)

Physics 239 ft)

Physics 220

Physics' (3)

Transfers with 221

Physics 120(11/2)

Physics 221

Physics 211 * (3>

Transfers with 220

Physics 220 (1 1/2)

Physics 220 4 221

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Physics 216 (2), Physics (1)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

^LJUXL

Transfers with 200 4 201

* Contact Department re:
Physics 214 waiver

* Students who have completed
Physics 200, 201,210, 211,220,221
at Capilano College will be prepared
to enter third year Physics courses
at SFU.

Political Studies 100

Political Science (100 level) (3)

Political Science (11/2)

Political Science (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Political Studies 101

Political Science 210 (3)

Political Science 240 (1 1/2)

Political Science 202(1 1/2)

Political Studies 102

Political Science 231 (3)

Political Science 220 (1 1/2)

Political Science 210(11/2)

Political Studies 104

Political Science 221 (3)

Political Science 200 (1 1/2)

Political Science (200 Level)(11/2)

Political Studies 201

Political Science 241 (3)

Political Science (11/2)

Political Science (200 Level)(11/2)

Political Studies 202

Political Science (3)(Can.)

Political Science (11/2)

Political Studies 203

Political Science (3) Internafl. Relations Political Science (11/2)

Political Science 240 (1 1/2)

Political Studies 201 4 203

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Political Science 260 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Political Studies 206

Political Science 211 (3)

Political Science 280 (1 1/2)

Political Science (200 Level)(11/2)

Political Studies 207

Political Science 210 (3)

Political Science 240 (1 1/2)

To be determined.

TRANSFER

164

GUIDE

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

PM1100 & 200

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Music 172 or 182 (2)"

Music 140 or (100Level)(2)*

PM1101 & 201

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)'

PM1102 & 202

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)'

PM1103 & 203

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1104 & 204

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)'

PM1105 & 205

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1108 & 208

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100Level)(2)*

PM1109 & 209

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1106 & 206
PM1107 & 207

...

PM1110 & 210

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)'

PM1111 & 211

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music (100 Level)(2)

PM1112 & 212

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music (100 Level)(2)

PM1113 & 213

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1114 & 214

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1115 & 215

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1116 & 216

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)'

PM1117 & 217

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)*

PM1118 & 218

...

Music 172 or 182 (2)*

Music 140 or (100 Lev al)(2)'

Music 172 or 182 (2)'

Music (100 Level)(2)
Music 105 or (100 Level)"

PM1119 & 219
PM1120 & 220

...

Music 107 (3)*

PM1150 & 250

...

Music 171 or 181 (1)'
Music 171 or 181 (1)'

PM1151 & 251

Music 171 or 181 (1)'

PM1152 & 252
PM1157 & 257

...

Music 171 or 181 (1)*

PM1159 & 259

...

Music 171 or 181 (1)'

PM1163 & 263

...

Music 171 or 181 (1)'

PM1164 & 264

...

Music 171 or 181 (1)*

PM1165 & 265

...

Music 171 or 181 (1)'

PM1166 & 266

Music 171 or 181 (1)*

PM1167 & 267

Music 171 or 181 (1)'

PM1169 & 269

Music 171 or 181 (1)'

PMI 300 & 400

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

PMI 301 & 401

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Muaic240or(200Level)(2)'

PMI 308 & 408

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI309 &409

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

...

PMI 302 & 402
PMI 303 & 403

...

PMI 304 & 404
PMI 305 & 405

...

PMI 306 & 406
PMI 307 & 407

...

TRANSFER GUIDE

165

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

PM! 310 & 410

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

PMI 311 &411

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music (200 Level) (2)

PMI 312 & 412

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music (200 Level) (2)

PMI 313 & 413

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'
Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 314 & 414
PMI315&415

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)'

PMI 316 & 416

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

PMI317&417

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)*

PMI 318 & 418

...

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)'

Music 272 or 282 (2)*

Music (200 Level) (2)

...

Music 207 (3)*

Music 205 or (200 Level)(2)"

PMI 319 & 419
PMI 320 & 420
PMI 350 & 450

Music 271 or 281 (1)*

PMI 351 &451

...

PMI 352 & 452

Music 271 or 281 (1)*
Music 271 or 281 (1)*

PMI 357 & 457

...

Music 271 or 281 (1)*

PMI 359 & 459

...

Music 271 or 281 (1)*

PMI 363 & 463

...

Music 271 or 281 (1)'

PMI 364 & 464

...

Music 271 or 281 (1)*

PMI 365 & 465

Music 271 or 281 (1)*

PMI 366 & 466

Music 271 or 281 (1)*

PMI 367 & 467

Music 271 or 281 (1)*

PMI 369 & 469

Music 271 or 281 (1)'
'Credit to be confirmed by
examination for B.Music.

* As determined by the Admissions
and Auditioning Committee.
" To be determined after submission
of scores and tapes.

Psychology 100

Psychology (3)

Psychology (1 1/2)

Psychology (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Psychology 101

Psychology (100 Level) (11/2)

Psychology (3)

Psychology (11/2)

Psychology 100 & 101

Psychology 101 (3), Psychology (3)

Psychology 100 (3)

Psychology 100(3)

Psychology 100 & 200

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 100 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
Sse individual numbers.

Psychology 100 & 204

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 100 (3)

Psychology 100 (3)

Psychology 100 & 205

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 100 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 200

Psychology 360 (3)

Psychology (1 1/2)(precludes credit
for Psychology 308)

Psychology (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Psychology 201

Psychology (3)

Psychology (1 1/2){precludes credit
for Psychology 308)

Psychology (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Psychology 204

Psychology 351 (3)

Psychology (1 1/2)(predudes credit
for Psychology 301)

Psychology (100 Level)(1 1/2)

TRANSFER

166

GUIDE

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Psychology 205

Psychology 357 (3)

Psychology (11/2)

Psychology (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Psychology 206

Psychology 355 (3)

Psychology (11/2)

Psychology (200 Level)(11/2)

Psychology 220

Psychology 370 (3)

Psychology' (1 1/2)

Psychology (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Psychology 222

Psychology 340 (3)

Psychology' (11/2)

Psychology (200 Level)(11/2)

Psychology 220 & 222

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Psychology 206*(3)

Psychology 220 (3)

'Credit for Capilano Psychology 220
and/or 222 precludes credit for UBC
Psychology 300 and/or 305 respectively.
NOTE: Maximum advance credit
permitted in Psychology is 9 units.

Recreation 130 & 131

Kinesiology 143 (3)

Recreation 160

Kinesiology 143 (3)

Recreation 280

Kinesiology (3)

Recreation 281

Kinesiology (3)

Recreation 280 & 281

Kinesiology 343 (3)
Kinesiology (3)

Sociology 100

Physical Education 103 (11/2)

...

...

S.A. 150 (3)

Sociology (11/2)

Sociology 100(11/2)

Sociology 101

SA250(3)

Sociology (11/2)

Sociology 210 (11/2)

Sociology 100 & 101

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Sociology 200 (3)(1 st or 2nd year)

These courses transfer separately.

Sociology 200

S.A. 100 (3)

Sociology (11/2)

Sociology 203 (1 1/2)

Sociology 201

S.A. (3)

Sociology (11/2)

Sociology (200 Level) 11/2

Sociology 200 & 201

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Sociology 210 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Sociology 210

S.A. 260 (3)

Sociology (11/2)

Sociology (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Sociology 211

S.A. 280 (3)

Sociology (1 1/2)(2nd year)

Sociology (200 Level)(11/2)

Sociology 222

S.A. (3)

Sociology (11/2)

Sociology (100 Level)(11/2)

Sociology 223

Communications 230 (3)

Sociology (1 1/2)(2nd year)

Sociology (100 Level)(11/2)

For further information on Sociology
see Note #1 (page 156)

Spanish 100 & 101

Spanish'(3)

Spanish 100 (3)

Spanish 100(3)

Spanish 200 & 201

Spanish'(3)

Spanish 200 (3)

Spanish 260 (3) ("C+" required,
oral test if continuing in Spanish)

'For information on the transferability
of any one of the following Spanish
courses see Note #3 (page 157)

Thai 100

G.E. Thai 100 (3)

To be determined

To be determined

Thai 101

G.E. 101 (3)

To be determined

To be determined

Theatre 100

Theatre (Studio)

Theatre (11/2)

Theatre (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Theatre 101

Theatre (Studio)

Theatre (11/2)

Theatre (100 Level)(1 1/2)

TRANSFER

GUIDE

167

Capilano College

Simon Fraser University

University of B.C.

University of Victoria

Theatre 100 & 101

Fine & Performing Arts 151 (3)

Theatre 160 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Theatre 120

Theatre History (3)

Theatre (11/2)

Transfers with 121

Theatre 121

Theatre History (3)

Theatre (11/2)

Transfers with 120

Theater 120 & 121

Fine & Performing Arts 150 (3) and
Theatre History (3)

Theatre 120 (3)

Theatre 100 (3)

Theatre 200

Assessed on individual basis

Theatre (11/2)

Theatre (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Theatre 201

Assessed on individual basis

Theatre (11/2)

Theatre (200 Level)(1 1/2)

Women's Studies 100

Women's Studies 202 (3)

Women's Studies 101

Women's Studies (3)

Women's Studies 104

Women's Studies (3)

Arts {11/2)

English (100 Level)(1 1/2)

Women's Studies 105

Women's Studies (3)

Women's Studies 106

Women's Studies (3)

Women's Studies 107

Women's Studies (3)

Women's Studies 110

Women's Studies (3)

Women's Studies 112

Women's Studies (3)

Women's Studies 120

Women's Studies 200 (3)
(Students may request credit for
History (3) instead.)

Women's Studies 121

Women's Studies (3)

Women's Studies 122
Women's Studies 122
& Anthropology 120

...

...

Women's Studies (100 Level)(11/2)

History (11./2)

History (200 Level)(11/2)

Women's Studies 200 (3)

Anthropology (11/2)(1 st or 2nd year)

Women's Studies 200 A (11/2)

SA170(3), S.A. (3) or S.A. 170 (3),
Women's Studies 200 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100 (3)

Women's Studies 122
& Anthropology 121

S.A.170(3), S.A. (3) or S.A. 170 (3),
Women's Studies 200 (3)

These courses transfer separately.
See individual numbers.

Anthropology 100(3)

Women's Studies 150

Women's Studies (3)

Women's Studies 151

Women's Studies (3)

Women's Studies 192

Theatre (Studio)(2)

TRANSFER

168

GUIDE

Index
c

A
ACADEMIC POLICIES:
Grades
11
Transcripts
11
Diplomas and Certificates
12
ACADEMIC S C H E D U L E
4
ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY
TRANSFER
27
For Individual subjects see Course
Descriptions
ACHIEVEMENT R E S O U R C E
CENTRE:
Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish
14
ADDING C O U R S E S
8
A D D R E S S E S & PHONE NUMBERS O F
CAMPUSES
1
ADMINISTRATION
171
ADMISSION:
Who is Eligible
5
Application Procedure
5
International Students
5
Sechelt & Sunshine Coast
6
Dates - Career & Vocational
5
ADMISSIONS ADVISING
14
ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/
FOUNDATIONS
72
ADVISING C E N T R E & HOTLINE
14
ALTERNATIVE C A R E E R TRAINING ....74
APPEAL O F G R A D E S
11
ART P R O G R A M S :
General Information
76
Studio Art Program
78
Clay & Textile Arts
82
Crafts Instructor Training
85
Graphic Design and Illustration
85
Foundations of Visual
Communications
85
ATHLETICS
15
ATTENDANCE
10
AUDIT S T A T U S
10
AWARDS - See Financial Aid

B
BARTENDING
BOOKSTORE
B.C. S T U D E N T ASSISTANCE
BURSARIES
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
PROGRAMS:
General Information
Administrative Management
Financial Management
Marketing Management
Computer Systems Mgt
International Business
Retail Management
Accelerated Programs
Part Time Evening Certificate
Programs
RIA, C G A , C A Transfer

148
15
20
21

90
91
92
93
93
93
94
94
96
97

CAFETERIAS
16
CALENDAR FOR 1989/90
4
CANADIAN STUDIES SPECIALTY
29
"CAP CORNER" - See Student Store
CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE
16
CAREER/VOCATIONAL
PROGRAMS:
General Information
71
CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA
REQUIREMENTS
12
CHALLENGING C O U R S E S
10
C H A N G E O F NAME OR A D D R E S S
7
CHANGING REGISTRATION S T A T U S . 8
CHEATING & PLAGIARISM
13
C O L L E G E BOARD &
ADMINISTRATION
171
C O L L E G E FOUNDATION
20
COLLEGE GOVERNANCE
171
COMMUNICATIONS
105
C O M P U T E R S Y S T E M MISUSE
13
CONTRACT EDUCATION
151
COPYRIGHT POLICY
13
CORRESPONDENCE COURSES
- See Distance Education
COUNSELLING
15
COURSE CHALLENGE
PROCEDURE
10
C O U R S E DESCRIPTION C O D E ... 28, 71
C O U R S E DESCRIPTIONS:
A.R.C
151
Adult Basic Education
72
Anthropology
32
Art
76
Biology
33
Business Management
90
Chemistry
36
Commerce
38
Communications
105
Computing Science
39
Dialogue Canada - see French
Economics
41
English
42
English as a Second Language
75
Fine Arts
45
French
46
Geography
48
Geology
49
German
50
History
51
Japanese
52
Labour Studies
52
Legal Assistant
114
Legal Secretary
135
Mathematics
54
Media Resources
118
Medical Office Assistant
138
Music
120
Music Therapy
123
Office Technology
130
Philosophy
58
Physics
61
Political Studies
62
Psychology
64

Recreation
Retail Management
Sociology
Spanish
Thai
Theatre Arts
Tourism Management
Women's Studies
Word Processing
COURSE OVERLOAD
C O U R S E VERIFICATION
CREDIT F R E E C O U R S E S - See
Extension Programs & Services

140
94
65
67
68
68
145
70
131
7
8

D
DEAN'S LIST
DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE
REQUIREMENTS
DISTANCE EDUCATION
Open Learning Agency
Knowledge Network
DROPPING C O U R S E S

25
12
16
16
8

E
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION .... 107
E.C.E. Post Basic Program
108
ENGLISH A S A S E C O N D
LANGUAGE
75
ENGLISH ENTRANCE
REQUIREMENTS
English Diagnostic Test
28
For International Students
5
English Proficiency
7
EXAMINATION W E E K
10
EXEMPTION STANDING
70
EXTENSION P R O G R A M S AND
SERVICES:
General Information
151
Community Music School
151
Fees Policy
9
Contract Education
151
Co-sponsorship of Activities
151

F
FACULTY - Refer to specific Programs
and Course Areas
FEES
Deadlines for Payment
9
Conditions of Registration
9
Non-Registration
9
Fee Waivers for Seniors
9
Refunds
9
Fees Policy, Extension Programs
9
Student Activity Fees
9,19
FIRST AID AND HEALTH
16
FITNESS C E N T R E
16
FOOD SERVICE W O R K E R
PROGRAM
111
FOOD SERVICES
16
FOUNDATIONS O F VISUAL
COMMUNICATIONS - See Art

INDEX

169

G
G E N E R A L C O U R S E INFORMATION .. 10
GRADES
11
G R A D E POINT A V E R A G E
11
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
11

H

I
11
6
14
5
17
17
17
17
17, 149

J
JOB P L A C E M E N T - See Student
Employment

L
LABOUR STUDIES P R O G R A M
LANDSCAPE HORTICULTURE
PROGRAM
LEARNING ASSISTANCE - See
Achievement Resource Centre
LEGAL ASSISTANT P R O G R A M
LEGAL S E C R E T A R Y P R O G R A M
LIBRARY
Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish
LOANS - See Financial Aid
LONG T E R M C A R E
LOST AND FOUND
LYNNMOUR C E N T R E :
Address & Phone

52
113

114
135
18
111
18
1

M
MATH LEARNING C E N T R E
MEDIA C E N T R E - See Library
MEDIA R E S O U R C E S P R O G R A M
MEDICAL O F F I C E ASSISTANT
PROGRAM

INDEX

170

25
120
120
122
123

N

HEALTH AND HUMAN S E R V I C E S
PROGRAMS
Long Term Care Aide
111
Food Service Workers
111
Working with the Mentally Fragile ... 112
HEALTH SERVICES & FIRST AID
16
HIGH S C H O O L EQUIVALENCY - See
Adult Basic Education
HOLIDAYS IN 1989/90
4
HOSPITALITY C O U R S E S
148
HOWE SOUND C E N T R E - See Squamish
Centre
HUMANITIES DIVISION
27

T GRADES
IDENTIFICATION C A R D
INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES
INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION
Application for Admission
General Information
International Student Uaison
International Exchanges
International Projects
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
PROGRAM

MERIT LIST
MUSIC PROGRAMS:
General Information
Commercial Music
Bachelor of Music Transfer
Music Therapy

14
118
138

NATURAL SCIENCES DIVISION
NEWSPAPER, STUDENT
NON-CREDIT P R O G R A M S

27
19
151

o
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION:
General Information
130
Office Technology Program
130
Accelerated Office Training
132
Information Processing
133
Legal Secretarial Program
135
Medical Office Assistant
138
OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT
General Information
140
Outdoor Recreation Management ..140
Wilderness Leadership
141
OVERLOAD O F C O U R S E S
7

18
13
6

13
9
6
7
8
11
148

s
SCHOLARSHIPS
SCHOLASTIC AWARDS
SCIENCE: G E N E R A L
INFORMATION
SECHELT CENTRE ADDRESS &
PHONE NUMBER
S E L F STUDY C O U R S E S
SENIOR CITIZEN F E E WAIVERS
SERVICES
S E X U A L HARASSMENT
SKI TECHNICIAN C O U R S E
SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISION
SPECIAL N E E D S SERVICES
SPECIAL P R O G R A M S
S P O R T S - See Athletics
SQUAMISH C E N T R E A D D R E S S &
PHONE NUMBER

THAI
TOURISM MANAGEMENT
PROGRAM
TOWING
TRANSCRIPTS
TRANSFER GUIDE
TRANSER TO AND FROM
OTHER INSTITUTIONS:
Academic
Career
TUITION - See Fees

68
145
18
11
152

27
71

UNIVERSITY TRANSFER/ACADEMIC
PROGRAMS
27
UNIVERSITY T R A N F E R GUIDE
152

V
VISITORS
VOCATIONAL P R O G R A M S

R
RECORDS, STUDENT
REFUND O F F E E S
REGISTRATION:
How & When to Register
Dates
Changing Registration Status
REPEATING A C O U R S E
RESTAURANT T E C H N O L O G Y

T

u

P
PARKING
PLAGIARISM & CHEATING
PRIORITY S E Q U E N C E FOR
REGISTRATION

S T U D E N T EMPLOYMENT C E N T R E ... 18
S T U D E N T IDENTIFICATION CARD
6
S T U D E N T LOANS
20
STUDENT N E W S P A P E R
19
S T U D E N T NUMBER
6
STUDENT RECORDS
13
S T U D E N T SERVICES
14
STUDENT STORE
19
S T U D E N T SOCIETY
19
SUNSHINE C O A S T - See Sechelt

23
25
29
1
28
9
14
13
148
27
14
149

1

10
148

w
WAIT LISTS
8
WAITER/WAITRESS TRAINING
148
W E L C O M E T O CAPILANO C O L L E G E ...2
WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP - See
Outdoor Recreation
WITHDRAWING FROM A C O U R S E
8
WOMEN'S C E N T R E
19
WOMEN'S STUDIES SPECIALTY
29
WORD PROCESSING - See Office
Administration Programs
WORK-STUDY P R O G R A M
20
WRITING C E N T R E
19

Capilano College Governance
Capilano College Board
The Board members serve as
trustees of the College and are
responsible for its governance.
Appointed by the Minister of
Advanced Education and Job
Training, the Board members
have a wide range of professional and community experience and expertise.

Corey Coyle

David Craig

Norris Martin, Chairman

Administration

Graham Crockart

Dan Devlin

Nancy Farley

Allen Lacroix

Bob McMillin

Nancy Treiber

David Brewer, P.P.; Director of Supplies & Services
Garry Gatley; Director of Personnel Services
Franklin C. Gelin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Dean of Academic
Studies
William G. Gibson, B.A., Dip. Ed., Ph.D.; Associate Dean,
Academic Studies
Beverly Greene, B.I.D.; Director of Public Relations
Beverley A. Harnett, B.A. Bus. E c , B.Ed.; Associate
Dean, Career/Vocational Programs
Geoff Holter, B.A., M.A.; Director of Employee Relations
Ken Hughes, Facilities Supervisor
Douglas K. Jardine, B.A.Sc. (Hons.) Ph.D.; President
Jon L. Jessiman, B.A., LL.B., Dip. Int. Law, LL.M., LL.D.;
Associate Dean of Student and Instructional Services
Marie Jessup, C.G.A.; Bursar
Greg F. Lee, B . S c , M.Sc, Ph.D.; Dean of Career/
Vocational Programs
Anne MacLean; C.G.A., Budget Officer
Janet Morris, Dip. Management; Administrator, Extension
Programs & Satellite Services
Alan Ng, B.Sc, C.G.A.; Comptroller
John Potts, B.A., M.P.A.; Associate Dean, Career/
Vocational Programs
Alan P.D. Smith, B.A., M.A.; Director of Planning
Robert W. Turner, B.A., B.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D.; Dean of
Student and Instructional
Services
Frieda Wiebe, B.A. (Hons.),
M.L.S., M.B.A.; Head
Librarian
David Woolley, B . S c ;
Registrar

Robin Wilson

Capilano College Governance
171

Notes

Notes

172

Notes

Notes

173

Notes

174

Notes

175

Notes

Notes

176

Frequently Called Numbers
Admissions
Adult Basic Education
Achievement Resource
Centre (ARC)
Advising Centre Hotline
Art Department
Bookstore
Business Management
Daycare
Deans:
Academic
Career/Vocational
Instructional Services
Early Childhood Education
Extension Programs
Financial Aid
Humanities
International Studies

984-4913
984-4971
984-4945
984-4990
984-4911
984-4972
984-4960
984-4950
984-4921
984-4924
984-4922
984-4947
984-4901
984-4966
984-4957
984-4981

Library
Maintenance
Media Resources
Music Department
Natural Sciences
Nurse
Office Administration
Outdoor Recreation
Personnel
President
Public Relations
Purchasing

984-4944
984-4963
984-4940
984-4951
984-4955
984-4964
984-4959
984-4947
984-4929
984-4925
984-4903
984-4904

Social Sciences
Student Employment
Student Society
Switchboard/Reception
Women's Centre

984-4953
984-4965
984-4969
986-1911
984-4941

Capilano College
2055 Purcell Way
British Columbia

V7J 3H5
Phone 986-1911